Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines · Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines...

Canadian VICS EDI

Implementation Guidelines

Version 5010 Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills Road, Suite 201 Toronto, Ontario (416) 510-8039 www.eccc.org Fall 2004

Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines

Disclaimer The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) is providing this voluntary standard as a service to the food and drug industry. This voluntary standard was developed through a consensus process of industry participants. Although efforts have been made to assure that the standard is correct, reliable, and technically accurate, the ECCC makes no warranty or representation, express or implied, that this standard is correct, will not require modification as experience and technological advances dictate, or will be suitable for any purpose or workable in any application, or otherwise. Use of the standard is with the understanding that the ECCC has no liability for any claim to the contrary, or for any damage or loss of any kind or nature. If a user perceives a need for a change to the standard, they should contact the ECCC. Users are cautioned that this is a voluntary industry standard. Should it conflict with government laws or regulations, the legal requirements supersede the standard.

ECCC – Industry Relations ii Version 005010 Fall 2004


Table of Contents Message from Co-Chairs

Section I Statement of Direction

• Business Benefits of 5010 • Business Enablers of EDI • Acknowledgements

Section II Introduction to EDI Section III Extended Data Element Information Section IV Glossary Of Terms & Acronyms And Related Websites Section V Data Mapping Section VI Version Migration

• VICS EDI Change Summary • Canadian Data Mapping • Canadian EDI Guidelines Change Request Form

Section VII Business Examples Section VIII Appendix Transactions:

810 Invoice

850 Purchase Order

852 Product Activity Data

855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment

856 Ship Notice/Manifest

867 Product Transfer and Resale Report

870 Order Status Report

882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information

894 Delivery/Return Base Record

895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment

997 Functional Acknowledgment

ECCC – Industry Relations ii Version 005010 Fall 2004


Message from Co-Chairs

Change is the only constant in today’s business world. This adage is no truer than in the world of technology. Five years ago we had to face the reality of a new millennium. This required companies from all around the world to adapt their computer applications to deal with the challenge of storing dates in the new century format.

The EDI standard used to exchange business documents was impacted and the adoption of the VICS standard, version 4010, by the Canadian Food and Drug companies, provided the opportunity for the publication of the “Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI”. This was made possible by collaboration between Canadian industry members and ECCC.

Since then, there have been several releases of the VICS EDI standard published culminating in 5010. Global data standards have also emerged with an emphasis on data synchronization between trading partners.

With this background the timing is right to publish an up-to-date version of the Canadian VICS EDI standard. This will give Canadian industries the opportunity to take advantage of the functional improvements that have been made since release 4010.

This version of the VICS EDI standard should be considered as an additional step to simplify the exchange of business documents within the Canadian industry and also in the global market arena.

We strongly encourage, that any Canadian company thinking of implementing EDI or upgrading to a newer release, use the updated VICS EDI version 5010.

In the short term, all Canadian companies should consider supporting two (2) versions of the VICS EDI standard, and these should be versions 4010 and 5010. This should help Canadian businesses transition to the latest release and stay in synch with current business requirements and technology.

John Tyler Serge Viau Kraft Canada Inc. Metro Inc.

Message from Co-Chairs iii Version 005010 Fall 2004


Section I Statement of Direction Page 1 of 672 Version 005010

Fall 2004

Section I

Statement of Direction

In 1998 the Canadian Food and Drug Industry identified the year 2000 as being a turning point and an opportunity for business to establish a standard way of communicating electronic business documents. This produced the “Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI” based on the VICS 4010 Release. Over the last five years there have been significant developments in both the business and e-commerce landscape. With new business requirements (such as: a need for data synchronization) at a global level, new functionality and transaction sets have been added for communicating data between trading partners. To address these changes, stakeholders from the representative industry sectors formed the Canadian VICS EDI Work Group. Their mandate was to develop and enhance these guidelines to respond to current and future business requirements. This work group has revised and expanded this guideline now renamed to “Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines”. This implementation guideline covers data mappings, business usage and associated benefits with examples for the transactions identified and conforms to all the DISA (Data Interchange Standards Association) ASC X12 (Accredited Standards Committee) conventions and is fully compliant with VICS EDI. Although compliance to these guidelines is voluntary, adherence is strongly encouraged to ensure that all transactions are aligned to a common standard. Any business requirements not addressed in this guideline may be submitted on-line at:

http://www.eccc.org/Members/Ecommerce/?langid=e&pageid=edixml

select - EDI/XML Change Request Form EDI Change Request, for review and consideration by the Canadian e-Commerce Committee. The “Approved Change Request” will then be submitted to either or both the GSMP (Global Standards Management Process) or the X12 Requirements Group (XRG) and DISA ASC X12, if required, for incorporation in a subsequent version. (See Appendix for Standards Hierarchy)

Business Benefits of 5010 In the last five years one key word that has become important to business is the word “Global”. In Version 005010 the ability to handle new functionality and transaction sets have been developed to allow business to communicate electronically in the global business environment. These standards allow the global identification of both:

1. Products and services via GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) and ePC (Electronic Product Code)

2. Global identification of locations GLN (Global Location Number).



Fall 2004

The GTIN standard builds upon the current North American use of UPC and SCC14 codes. It allows these codes to be used globally. To do business globally, you must communicate information about your business electronically. GLNs allow the business to identify locations on the global scale similar to the current usage of North American DUNS numbers.

Business Enablers of EDI It is recognized, within Canadian Industry, that to fully realize all the identified benefits, that the implementation of key enablers such as EDI and bar coding will bring, will require the implementation of the Canadian VICS EDI suite of transaction sets across the entire supply chain as envisioned in the various Efficient Consumer Response initiatives. Within the supply chain a number of industry enablers are required across several business areas. These enablers are:

• The use of GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) to identify products and services Section IV Glossary Of Terms & Acronyms And Related Websites • Marked product with bar code symbology as follows:

o Consumer Unit packaging for POS (point of sale) o Shipping Case for selection, sorting and control o Pallet Identification for tracking and management

• The use of GLN (Global Location Number) to identify locations

See ECCC website for documentation on GLN Currently the Canadian VICS EDI Guideline includes the following EDI transactions:

810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report 870 Order Status Report 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 894 Delivery/Return Base Record 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment 997 Functional Acknowledgment

In the future – the e-Commerce Committee will be addressing Canadian business requirements for additional transaction sets.



Fall 2004

Acknowledgements The Canadian VICS EDI Guideline Work Group

Company Name Representative Sector Type Sector

Atlas Cold Storage Rob Gordon Distributor Info/Mgmt Services

Atlas Cold Storage Phil Mayer Distributor Info/Mgmt Services

Bristol-Myers Squibb Jeanne Schembari Mfg HealthCare

H.J. Heinz Company of Canada Ltd.

Richard McTavish Mfg Grocery

Holt Renfrew Chris Ford Retailer Apparel

Hudson's Bay Company Theresa Shelton Retailer General Merchandise

Kraft Canada Inc. John Tyler Co-Chair Mfg Grocery

La Cie McCormick Canada Bob Crawford Mfg Grocery

Loblaw Companies Limited Renato Asdrubolini Retailer Grocery

Metro Richelieu Inc. Serge Viau Co-Chair Retailer Grocery

Nestle Canada Cherylyn Booth Mfg Grocery

Pfizer Consumer Healthcare Don Weston Mfg Rx

Procter & Gamble Brady Gick Mfg Grocery

Q.T.G. Canada Inc. (Quaker/Tropicana/Gatorade)

Sherie Dracup Mfg Grocery

Schneider Foods Louise Rudland Mfg Grocery

Thomas, Large & Singer Inc. Debi McOuat Dist. All

Unilever Canada Nicole Laurin Mfg Grocery

Wal-Mart Stores Inc. Teresa Breshears Retailer General Merchandise, Rx, Grocery, Hardlines

Electronic Commerce Council of Canada

Rita Laur Council All

Electronic Commerce Council of Canada

Angele Lapointe Council All

The ECCC wishes to recognize the Foresight Corporation for the use of the EDISIM® product that was used in the development and publication of this document.



Fall 2004

Appendix

Appendix A – ECCC The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) Note: in 2005 ECCC will be renamed to GS1 – Canada Toronto Office 885 Don Mills Road Suite 301 Toronto, Ontario M3C 1V9

Telephone: (416) 510-8039 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.eccc.org

Section IV – Glossary of Terms and Acronyms A listing is provided in section IV of this documentation and The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) provides a full listing of Glossary of Terms at the following website address: www.eccc.org (http://www.eccc.org/Standards/e-Commerce/index.asp?langid=e&pageid=glossary) Some specific terms and definitions relating to this document are: GTIN (Global Trade Item Number)

The GTIN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for products and services. A Global Trade Item Number may be 8, 12, 13, or 14 digits in length using the EAN/UCC-8, UCC-12, EAN/UCC-13, or EAN/UCC-14 Data Structure respectively.

Consumer Unit Packaging for POS (Point Of Sale) Retail good intended for sale to consumers. The consumer unit is defined as the most elementary unit that is or could be offered to consumers for purchase. That implies, among other things, that the product includes, in clearly visible form, all of the information required by law for products offered for sale to the public.

Shipping Case Within the shipping environment, this represents the container that holds product being shipped between trading partners.

Pallet Identification Pallet is a portable platform for transporting and storing loads. These pallets may be marked with a unique reference as its “identification”.

GLN (Global Location Number)

The GLN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for physical or legal entities. The Global Location Number uses the EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure.


Section II Introduction to EDI Page 5 of 672 Version 005010

Fall 2004

Section II

Introduction to Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)

INTRODUCTION The intent of this publication is to assist companies in implementing EDI, using the Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines. Many companies are already using computers to send business documents instead of mailing paper documents. Since computerized transmission of business data will ultimately replace traditional paper based systems, it is important for the Canadian industry to establish and maintain guidelines for these activities. This publication has been developed through the cooperative efforts of representatives from involved industry in Canada under the umbrella of The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). Any comments or questions concerning this publication may be directed to the Council by telephone at: (416) 510-8039 or by email at [email protected]. The different sections of this document have been written for different audiences; ranging from the General Manager who will be faced with the decision to implement the EDI project with all of the attendant business considerations, to the technicians who will perform the data requirements and the programming efforts.

EDI: THE CONCEPT

In order to evaluate the decision to implement EDI, let’s first review the general concept of electronic data interchange. EDI is simply the means to communicate between companies from one computer to another. In 1979 the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) formed the Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 to eliminate the confusion in electronic communication between trading partners. The ASC X12 standards are recognized by the United Nations as the standard for North America. The VICS (Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard) EDI Retail Industry formats for EDI follow the ASC X12 standards.



Fall 2004

BENEFITS OF EDI

Why should retailers and suppliers-to-retail establish EDI links? The reasons for implementing EDI fall increasingly within the tactical rather than the strategic category. Competitive position within the marketplace is driving the decision more than any strategic considerations. Listed below are some of the major benefits identified by many companies already involved in EDI.

• Improved accuracy • Increased customer service • Increased sales • Reduced manual data entry • Reduced postage and handling cost • Reduced printing cost of forms • Reduced mail time • Reduced labour processing cost • Reduced order cycle time • Reduced lead times • Reduced filing of paperwork • Reduced inventory carrying cost

The most compelling reason to implement EDI is in response to major trading partners requesting the establishment of links in order to realize the benefits listed above. How much is it going to cost? The cost to implement EDI can and will vary widely among companies. The skills of the business and technical personnel, the design and condition of existing computer systems, but most importantly, the ability of the organization to absorb and adapt to change, will determine the cost of this effort. The companies that have implemented EDI have done so because they have realized that the benefits are tangible, that the benefits outweigh the costs, and that EDI has become the accepted practice for conducting business – referred to as “Best Practices”. Following is the EDI Implementation Considerations and Checklist, which provides a guideline for implementing the EDI project, and will provide assistance in identifying the costs and benefits of the project.



Fall 2004

EDI IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS

Implementation Introduction The purpose of this section is to provide a guideline for the successful implementation of EDI in your organization. EDI impacts many areas of a company’s structure. The management of the company must be involved in the approval phases of the project to ensure the commitment of needed personnel, resources and cross-functional cooperation. While the requirements for implementation vary from one business or organization to another, the following information is intended to present major areas for consideration within your implementation strategy.

1. Problems to avoid • Deviating from the published standards Without exception AVOID any deviations from the published VICS EDI Industry Conventions and Implementation Guidelines. Deviations will cause unnecessary customization to your system, which will complicate adding new trading partners and increase time and costs. • Too much too soon Do not begin your EDI implementation prematurely. Provide adequate time for education and exposure to the relevant business issues and standards. Talk to potential trading partners and other companies who have already implemented similar EDI functions to learn from their experiences. For additional educational opportunities, contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) at (416) 510-8039 or by email [email protected] • Be certain that the systems interfacing with EDI are working properly EDI is not a cure for the problems you may have in your existing systems. These problems may be accentuated by the EDI method of transmitting and receiving data for these systems. • Communication Guidelines This publication does not define a single communication standard. Instead, these guidelines describe the most commonly used methods for communicating between trading partners. The communication of the message syntax is accomplished in one of two ways: 1) commercial network interface, or 2) direct trading partner interface. • Commercial Network The commercial network acts as an intermediary for information passing between trading partners. The network’s data management function can be thought of as a large mailbox, where each user has an assigned slot. The network accepts messages from all



Fall 2004

participants and stores them in the appropriate slots, where only the assigned users may access them. This simplifies EDI for the trading partners, who only need to interface with their mailbox slot on the network, instead of with each individual trading partner. This service is provided by “solution providers” who may be referred to as “VANs (Value Added Networks)” or a “Service Bureau”. • Direct Communication Direct Communication is a trading partner specific electronic communication link. No other organization is involved with the transmission and management of the EDI message. This method of communicating eliminates the ongoing expense of a commercial network (this means no VANS or Service Bureau intervention). However, direct communication with trading partners requires an in-house communication system and resources capable of providing the required business services. These services include: electronic mailbox capability, security to limit system access, and the ability to handle a variety of protocols and data transmission requirements. • EDI over the Internet The contemporary standard used is AS2, which allows for secure, trading partner to trading partner communication over the Internet.



Fall 2004

2. Implementation Checklist These steps highlight the critical considerations for the successful completion of your EDI Implementation Project. Each of the steps listed is then detailed.

1. Obtain commitment from management

2. Establish a plan

3. Education

4. Establish project team and define responsibilities

5. Designate EDI business contacts

6. Designate EDI technical contacts

7. Review internal system and business procedures

8. Secure the appropriate reference materials

9. Establish Trading Partner Contact

10. Conduct an EDI survey with trading partners

11. Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged

12. Determine what product information will be provided

13. Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used

14. Develop an overall systems design

15. Decide on translation software strategy

16. Decide on communication solution

17. Code and test the interface to in-house systems

18. Finalize network provider’s optional services

19. Implement the translation software

20. Network connection implementation

21. Conduct system test with translation and network

22. Conduct system test with your trading partner

23. Establish production cutover date criteria

24. Implementation

25. Re-Evaluate the checklist for future implementations



Fall 2004

1. Obtain commitment from management Identify and obtain Key Management commitment and support for this EDI project. Involve all the departments that will be impacted by the implementation (e.g., accounts payable and receivables, merchandising and order processing, information technology, sales and marketing, etc.). Each department should be included in the analysis, testing, and implementation to insure the accuracy of the test results and promote the support of these groups. 2. Establish a plan

I. Identify Project – Purpose, Scope (and out of scope) components

II. Identify which business documents are be traded

III. Develop a work plan

IV. Identify as many of the tasks as possible

V. Provide cursory estimates to each task

VI. Define current document process costs to facilitate cost benefit analysis to be included in the project post mortem.

3. Education Take the time to learn what other companies are doing with EDI. This may help you to avoid the pitfalls that other companies have experienced. Education efforts should focus on: software, network/communication topics, and the adjustments to business practices by similar companies. One of the best opportunities to refine a basic understanding of EDI is to participate in the user groups and standards setting bodies for the industry. 4. Establish project team and define responsibilities Construct a Project Plan. This will help determine if enough resources have been identified to accomplish the EDI Implementation Project and its on-going maintenance. You should be specific about the deliverables expected from each task. Ensure communication and acceptance of Project and the Defined Responsibilities are signed off. 5. Designate EDI business contacts The core of the EDI Implementation Project Team should be from within your organization. Additional project personnel may be supplemented by contracting external experts who have previously participated in other successful EDI implementations.



Fall 2004

Identify and list people who will be primary and secondary contacts for all areas. This list should have complete contact information with major responsibilities clearly defined and signed off. 6. Designate EDI technical contacts As with business contacts this group should include representatives from each trading partner, as well as your own internal staff. A contact list should be established with names, contact information and major responsibilities. Industry groups (e.g. Electronic Commerce Council of Canada), network providers and other retailers and vendors are a good source to provide direction to your in-house staff. 7. Review internal system and business procedures A thorough current system analysis should be undertaken. The present process that creates the business documents and the flow of the documents should be recorded. Rules or procedures that affect its life as a document need to be included.

I. Determine how EDI should be integrated into existing systems

II. Develop a preliminary scope of the effort to achieve integration 8. Secure the appropriate reference materials Your list should include:

• Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines • EDI Architecture Guides • Internal systems documentation

For addit ional information or questions contact the ECCC (416) 510-8039 or send an email to [email protected] 9. Establish Trading Partner Contacts This will serve to initially establish the contacts within each trading partner organization for both business and communication related requirements. For each contact, the following information should be obtained:

• Name of contact and position • What their responsibilities are in relation to EDI • How they may be contacted



Fall 2004

10. Conduct an EDI survey with trading partners Survey your trading partners to identify their EDI capabilities including:

• EDI Transactions • EDI Standards and Versions • Communication methods (e.g. Commercial Network / Direct Connection / EDI

over the internet) 11. Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged A thorough review of the data mapping requirements for each business document should be performed against the Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines. Through this process you will be able to determine whether your internal system documents contain all of the required/mandatory data elements. Optional data elements can be identified and discussed with each trading partner to determine applicability. All outstanding issues should be identified and addressed with each trading partner. 12. Determine what product information will be provided Product information/identification does vary widely from one retailer or supplier to another. Whether a unique product code structure or any of the existing options will be used must be identified. 13. Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used A unique trading partner identifier needs to be established for each trading division of your organization. (Example: GLN or any unique sequence of characters that uniquely identify the trading partner). 14. Develop an overall systems design Some of the elements likely to be included:

• General systems narrative • System data flow diagram • Functional analysis • Inputs/outputs • Processing • Controls • Backup/restart specifications • Program descriptions • Impact on facilities • Detailed specifications of the computer programs • Specifications of the data formats and data mappings



Fall 2004

• Specifications of the communications mechanisms • Specifications of billing procedures and any back up statistical reports • Details of security procedures • Operational procedures • Documentation of all processes and programs

15. Decide on translation software strategy There are two options to handle this. Purchase transla tion software or outsource the services to a third party solution provider. Factors for either Purchasing or Outsourcing that should be used considered are:

• Estimated Transaction Volume • Current technology infrastructure • Internal resource availability • Analyze the costs and maintenance for initial and future development • Integration to existing systems

16. Decide on communication solution The results of your EDI Survey with your trading partners will influence your choice of communication solution. The timing of this decision should be made very early, as it will influence many of the future decisions you will have to make. VAN Solution Providers have standard cost contracts and commercial price lists, all of which should be reviewed before making your decision. Direct connection is an alternative to using commercial networks (VANS). This decision requires the trading partners to accept the burden of maintaining the connection, coordinating the polling schedule, providing audit reports, and generating invoices if the costs (if any) are to be shared and related responsibilities. EDI over the Internet is another communication solution. The cost and maintenance of the Internet solution should be investigated. 17. Code and test the interface to in-house systems It will be necessary to develop programs, which interface between your internal applications and files generated by translation software, in order to process the business information. It is also important to test that these programs are functioning properly. 18. Finalize network provider’s optional services Compliance checking is one of many types of services that are offered. Various reports that could be useful to determine the status of transmissions can be made available. Be sure to establish the cost of the optional services — they are not always offered for free!



Fall 2004

19. Implement the translation software The implementation time will vary. If a vendor has supplied you with this software, make sure implementation and education support is available. 20. Network connection implementation If you contracted with a network service provider, follow the installation checklist that has been provided. You will find that many of the networks offer a facility by which you can send an EDI transmission into the network and have the network send it back to you for validation. NOTE: Some networks also have a facility for data validation of transmissions on a per request basis. This can be particularly useful in initial testing for your pilot and subsequent trading partners. 21. Conduct system test with translation and network The purpose of this will be to verify the following capabilities:

Sending Documents • Generate the data from the internal system • Translate the data into the EDI document format • Send document to the network • If applicable, receive functional acknowledgement Receiving Documents • Receive transmission from the network • Translate the document into your data files • Interface data into internal system • If applicable, generate and send a functional acknowledgment

Determine cost associated with testing. 22. Conduct system test with your trading partner The purpose of this test is to be able to verify the following capabilities:

• Send and receive transmission to and from your trading partner through your selected communication provider and process functional acknowledgment

• For received documents, translate into internal file and interface with your systems

• For sent documents, receive data from the internal systems and translate into required document formats

• Validate received or sent documents were successfully transmitted



Fall 2004

• Validate the content of the documents against the specific business event such as: order, invoice, etc.

• Send paper documents in parallel to your trading partner for validation of the documents sent electronically. You may wish to extend this practice for some pre-determined period following your EDI implementation.

Extensive system testing should be done prior to implementation. 23. Establish production cutover date criteria Develop a signoff document that includes all the participants (Example: internal departments and all external trading partners) in the EDI Implementation Project. Following the testing and resolution of all outstanding issues, the cutover date can be defined. 24. Implementation One document transmitted successfully will be more rewarding than hundreds with problems. Selecting your initial trading partner for piloting will be key to the overall success of the project. It is recommended that you collect data during the first few months for use in a post mortem review of the project. This information will be useful for your management and new or potential trading partners. 25. Re-Evaluate the checklist for future implementations Eliminate unnecessary tasks and simplify the process of establishing new trading relationships. This is also a good time to review whether assumptions about the benefits have been realized (e.g. reductions in data entry/data validation/data corrections, lower inventory levels etc).


Section III Extended Data Element Information Page 16 of 672 Version 005010

Fall 2004

Section III Extended Data Element and External Code Source

Index

Extended Data Element Information................................................................... 17

Data Element 23 Commodity Code Qualifier ...................................................... 17

Data Element 235 Product / Service ID Qualifier ................................................ 18

Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code........................................ 20

Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Introduction .......... 24

Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix .............. 25

Data Element 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge................................ 40

Data Element 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix......... 70

External Code Source...................................................................................... 73



Fall 2004

Extended Data Element Information

Data Element 23 Commodity Code Qualifier

Data Element: 23 Commodity Code Qualifier Code Code Definition and Extended Definition

0 National Association of Convenience Stores SEE CODE SOURCE 850

2 Dun's SIC 2+2, Dun & Bradstreet SEE CODE SOURCE 117

3 Empty Non-hazardous Last Contained (HMRC) Code SEE CODE SOURCE 13

4 Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number SEE CODE SOURCE 69

5 National Drug Code SEE CODE SOURCE 134

A Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States Annotated Classification of imported merchandise for rate of duty and statistical purposes SEE CODE SOURCE 6

B U.S. Foreign Trade Schedule B, Statistical Classification of Domestic and Foreign Commodities Exported from the United States SEE CODE SOURCE 7

C Canadian Freight Classification SEE CODE SOURCE 8

D Department of Defense Unique Codes

E Coordinated Motor Freight Classification SEE CODE SOURCE 9

F National Stock Number SEE CODE SOURCE 27

G Canadian Wheat Board, Grain Code for Terminal Elevator Accounting

H Brussels Nomenclature SEE CODE SOURCE 10

I Milstamp AITC or Water Commodity Code SEE CODE SOURCE 350

J Harmonized System-Based Schedule B Classification of exported merchandise SEE CODE SOURCE 75

K Federal Supply Classification SEE CODE SOURCE 27

L Last Contained Contents STCC SEE CODE SOURCE 13

M Dun & Bradstreet Standard Product and Service Code SEE CODE SOURCE 572

N National Motor Freight Classification (NMFC) SEE CODE SOURCE 11

P Bulk Petroleum Codes SEE CODE SOURCE 261

Q Quota Category SEE CODE SOURCE 146

R North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) Code SEE CODE SOURCE 672

S Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) SEE CODE SOURCE 12

T Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC) SEE CODE SOURCE 13

U Uniform Freight Classification (UFC) SEE CODE SOURCE 25

V Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code SEE CODE SOURCE 113

W Department of Defense Commodities and Services Code SEE CODE SOURCE 879

Z Mutually defined



Fall 2004

Data Element 235 Product / Service ID Qualifier

Data Element:235 Product / Service ID Qualifier Code Code Definition and Extended Definition

AG Age Used only by the alcohol beverage industry.

BC Supplier Brand Code

BL Brand/Label BO Buyers Color BV Beverage Common Code

Used only by the alcohol beverage industry. See External Code Source 467 in Section III for reference document.

CG Commodity Grouping CH Country of Origin Code CM National Retail Federation Color Code

This is the three-digit NRF code. See External Code Source 88 in Section III for reference document.

CN Commodity Name Used only by the alcohol beverage industry.

EN EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN).

EO EAN/UCC-8 Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN).

FV Drug Identification Number (DIN) See External Code Source 874 in Section III for reference document.

IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) IN Buyer’s Item Number IS International Standard Serial Number (ISSN) IT Buyer’s Style Number IZ Buyer’s Size Code LT Lot Number MN Model Number ND National Drug Code (NDC)

Used only by the Canadian pharmaceutical retail industry. OC Old U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code

This code will be marked for deletion in Version 005020 (May 2005) and will no longer appear in Version 005030 (May 2006).

P8 Retail Price Look Up Number (PLU) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

PI Purchaser’s Item Code This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

PJ Product Date Code SM National Retail Federation Size Code

This is the five-digit NRF code. See External Code Source 88 in Section III for reference document.

SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code U2 U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5)

This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.



Fall 2004

Data Element:235 Product / Service ID Qualifier Code Code Definition and Extended Definition

UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UB U.P.C./EAN Multipack Code This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UC U.P.C. Suffix (Defines Packing Variations) The two or five digit code used to further define the contents of a consumer unit or multipack, also referred to as an ADD-ON code.

UD U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UE U.P.C./EAN Module Code (2-5-5) (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-4-6-1) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN).

UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.

UP UP UCC-12 Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.).

VA VA Vendor’s Style Number VE VE Vendor Color VN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number VT VT Vintage

Used only by the alcohol beverage industry. ZZ ZZ Mutually Defined

Self-Identifying Container via Radio Frequency ID Device



Fall 2004

Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition

12 12 Packet 15 15 Stick 1N 1N Count 26 26 Actual Tons 2W 2W Bin 50 50 Actual Kilograms AF AF Centigram AM AM Ampoule AR AR Suppository AS AS Assortment AV AV Capsule AZ AZ British Thermal Units (BTUs) per Pound BA BA Bale BF BF Board Feet BG BG Bag BK BK Book BO BO Bottle BP BP 100 Board Feet BR BR Barrel BX BX Box C3 C3 Centiliter CA CA Case CC CC Cubic Centimeter CE CE Centigrade, Celsius Degrees CF CF Cubic Feet CH CH Container CI CI Cubic Inches CM CM Centimeter CN CN Can CR CR Cubic Meter CT CT Carton CW CW Hundred Pounds (CWT) CX CX Coil CY CY Cubic Yard DA DA Days DC DC Disk (Disc) DD DD Degree DG DG Decigram DL DL Deciliter DM DM Decimeter DO DO Dollars, U.S.



Fall 2004

Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition DR DR Drum DS DS Display DZ DZ Dozen EA EA Each EP EP Eleven pack F2 F2 International Unit FA FA Fahrenheit Degrees FG FG Transdermal Patch FO FO Fluid Ounce FT FT Foot / Feet FZ FZ Fluid Ounce (Imperial) GA GA Gallon GN GN Gross Gallons GR GR Gram GS GS Gross H3 H3 18-pack H5 H5 22-pack H6 H6 30-pack H7 H7 38-pack H8 H8 62-pack H9 H9 75-pack HC HC Hundred Count HL HL Hundred Feet Linear HR HR Hours HS HS Hundred Square Feet IH IH Inhaler IN IN Inch J1 J1 80-pack J3 J3 81-pack J4 J4 82-pack J5 J5 84-pack J6 J6 85-pack J7 J7 96-pack J8 J8 5000-pack J9 J9 Left Unit JC JC Caplet

To denote items in caplet form JX JX Exposure

To be used to indicate the number of exposures on a roll of film JV JV Ovule

Refers to products which come in “ovule” form JN JN Pan

Refers to items in a pan (such as eye shadow) and would be associated with the number of different colors



Fall 2004

Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition

JL

JL Refill Refers to the number of refill units in a package

JT

JT Tin Refers to giftware products in a tin

JS

JS Use Refers to the number of uses from a product (such as a box of laundry detergent that provides sixty washes)

JP

JP Prepak To indicate this is “n” assortment product with different UPC codes on it

KE KE Keg KG KG Kilogram KT KT Kit L1 L1 Right Unit LB LB Pound LF LF Linear Foot / Running Feet LT LT Liter LY LY Linear Yard / Running Yard M4 M4 Monetary Value MC MC Micrograms ME ME Milligram MJ MJ Minutes ML ML Milliliter MM MM Millimeter MO MO Months MR MR Meter NG NG Net Gallons OP OP Two pack OZ OZ Ounce - Av P1 P1 Percent P3 P3 Three pack P4 P4 Four-pack P5 P5 Five-pack P6 P6 Six pack P7 P7 Seven pack P8 P8 Eight-pack P9 P9 Nine pack PC PC Piece PD PD Pad PF PF Pallet (Lift) PH PH Pack (Pak) PK PK Package PL PL Pallet/Unit Load PR PR Pair PT PT Pint



Fall 2004

Data Element:355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Code Code Definition and Extended Definition QB QB Pages-Hardcopy QT QT Quart RL RL Roll S9 S9 Slipsheet SH SH Sheet ST ST Set SX SX Shipment SY SY Square Yard SZ SZ Syringe TB TB Tube TC TC Truckload TE TE Tot e TH TH Thousand TK TK Tank TM TM Thousand Feet (Board) TP TP Ten-pack TS TS Thousand Square Feet U2 U2 Tablet UN UN Unit V2 V2 Pouch VI VI Vial

WG WG Wine Gallon Y4 Y4 Tub YD YD Yard YR YR Years Z7 Z7 13-pack marketing Z9 Z9 14-pack marketing ZF ZF 16-pack marketing ZG ZG 48-pack component parts ZH ZH 51-pack component parts ZI ZI 52-pack component parts ZJ ZJ 60-pack gift pack ZK ZK 72-pack gift pack ZL ZL 83-pack gift pack ZM ZM 10-pack marketing ZN ZN 120-pack promotional ZO ZO 150-pack component parts ZQ ZQ 200-pack component parts ZR ZR 1000-pack component parts ZS ZS 15-pack



Fall 2004

Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Introduction VICS EDI has defined a coding structure to represent variations of the item in a Semi-Custom product environment. This code is for PID04, Data Element 751, however, this code and combinations of, text in PID05, placement location in PID06, and measurement values in additional MEA segments, may be needed to completely describe the product. The ten (10)-position code is structured into four (4) parts as follows: Part 1 Position 01-02 Product Category Code Part 2 Position 03-04 Format Option Code Part 3 Position 05-08 Description Code Part 4 Position 09-10 Locator Placement Code Within each part of the code the values are left justified, blank filled. Parts 3 and 4 code values are dependent on the combination of code values in Parts 1 and 2, e.g., specific code values in Parts 3 and 4 may only be used with specific code values in Parts 1 and 2. The ten (10) position code may not be parsed. The complete codes are shown in the Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix. Part 1 Product Category Code The Product Category Code defines the broad product category. Currently there are eleven product categories identified for use within the retail industry:

AT Automotive Note: Used in support and maintenance of older vehicles where exact U.P.C.s, for specific parts, were not assigned.

CB Cabinets FC Floor Coverings FN Furniture FS Fire Screens IA Intimate Apparel JW Jewelry LB Linens and Bedding OP Optical SD Doors WC Window Treatments WP Wall Coverings

Part 2 Format Option Code The Format Option Code defines the use and requirement of Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code. It informs the receiver what other codes to expect to define the exact product.

01 Part 3 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners.

02 Part 3 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code required. The MEA segment is not used.

03 Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code are required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners. PID05 is not used.

04 Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code are required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners. Additional text description is contained in PID05.



Fall 2004

Data Element 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix

Data Element: 751 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Code CODE DEFINITION

Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04

AT Automotive

01

END Engine Displacement; actual measurement contained in the MEA segments

02

MAK Make (Manufacturer) of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05

MOD Model of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05

YER Model Year of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03

CRB Carburetion

BA 2 Barrel BB 4 Barrel BC Dual Quad (two 4 barrels) BD Three Duces (three 2 Barrels) BE 1 Barrel BA 2 Barrel

ENG Engine Type

CA 4 Cylinder CC 8 Cylinder CD 12 Cylinder CE V8 CF V6

CB Cabinets

01

CBS Cabinet Box Size

02

DRA Drawer Accessories

04

CBF Cabinet Box Frame

ES Extended stile; name, number or description contained in PID05

FT Flushed toe; name, number or description contained in PID05

DBC Drawer Box Construction

SL Slides; name, number or description contained in PID05

TC Type of construction; name, number or description contained in PID05

WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05



Fall 2004



DOR Door Options

CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05

ET Edge treatment; name, number or description contained in PID05

FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05

GI Glass insert; name, number or description contained in PID05

HG Hinge swing; name, number or description contained in PID05

LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05

PU Pull; name, number or description contained in PID05

SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05

SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05


DFR Drawer Front


ET Edge treatment; name, number or description contained in PID05


GI Glass insert; name, number or description contained in PID05

HG Hinge swing; name, number or description contained in PID05






EBC Exterior Cabinet Box Construction


FB Finished back; name, number or description contained in PID05



Fall 2004






TO Toe; name, number or description contained in PID05


FSC Cabinet Finish Stain & Color





IBC Interior Cabinet Box Construction








INA Installed Accessories

BA Cabinet box accessories; name, number or description contained in PID05

DA Drawer accessories; name, number or description contained in PID05

IN Installation instructions; name, number or description contained in PID05

PEN Peninsula

AD Add doors; name, number or description contained in PID05

IN Installation instructions; name, number or description contained in PID05



Fall 2004



FC Floor Coverings

01

BND Bound Size; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)

FGR Fringe Required

RLL Roll Width; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment

RUN Runner; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)

USD Cut Size (Unbound); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

FN Furniture

01

ARM Arm Coverlets Required

CST Coasters Required

EXL Extended Leg Rest Required

HED Head Coverlets Required

SLF Self-Deck Required

SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

STG Stain Guard Required

SVL Swivel Base Required

02

BOK Book Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BTC Bottom Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FTB Fabric Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LOT Lot Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05

MAT Mattress Firmness or Type; name, number or description contained in PID05

TMC Trim Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TMS Trim Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TPC Top Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TPD Tablepad requirements; name, number, or description contained in PID05; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)

03

SEL Sector Location

LT Left RT Right

FS Fire Screens

03

SN Screen Type; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

FD Front LT Left



Fall 2004



RT Right IA Intimate Apparel

03

MSB Mastectomy Brassiere (bra) Type; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

BI Bilateral LT Left RT Right

JW Jewelry

01

GAG Gauge; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LTH Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

RGS Ring Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

STW Stone Weights; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

WRS Wire; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

02

BZN Bezel Name; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CNS Chain or Bracelet Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

DAT Date in the format of YYMMDD contained in PID05

STC Stone Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

STL Stone Clarity; name, number, or description contained in PID05

STQ Stone Quality; name, number, or description contained in PID05

STQ Stone Quality; name, number, or description contained in PID05

STT Stone Letter; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03

EAR Earring Type

CP Clip LT Left PN Post - Normal Cap PS Post - Screw Cap RT Right

LOK Lock Type

BL Barrel FF Safety FH Fish Hook NO None SP Spring

MEF Metal Finish

BR Brushed CS Cast



Fall 2004



DM Diamond Cut ET Etched FO Florentine HM Hammered PO Polished RP Rhodium Plated TA Stamped

MET Metal Type

GP Gold Plated MT Multiple (white and yellow gold) PL Platinum SV Silver TM Trillium WG White Gold YG Yellow Gold

RGH Ring Hand

LT Left RT Right

RSD Ring-Side

LL Left Lower LU Left Upper RL Right Lower RU Right Upper

STM Stone or Gem Month. Note: PID06 may be used to indicate the relative placement of the stone for multiple stones in the item.

MA January MB February MC March MD April ME May MF June MG July MH August MI September MJ October MK November ML December MM Blank

STK Stone Cut

FF Faceted Fireburst FT Faceted SE Smooth with Encrusted Initial SF Smooth Fireburst SM Smooth SU Smooth with Under-Stone Initial



Fall 2004



STS Stone Cut or Shape

SA Brilliant SB Round SC Heart SD Marquis SE Emerald SF Pear SG Baqiette SH Oval SI Trilliant

TOP Topography, of item

FL Flat PF Puffed

04

STN Stone or Gem Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

RL Real (natural) SY Synthetic

LB Linens and Bedding

01

QLT Quilting Required RFC Custom Ruffle Requirements; actual measurement

contained in the MEA segment(s) RUF Standard Ruffle Required SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement

contained in the MEA segment(s) 02

QTS Quilt Style or Pattern; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03

CK California King FU Full KG King QQ Queen TW Twin

OP Optical

03

AD Axis Degree AP Add Power BC Base Curve C1 Curve 1 C2 Curve 2 CL Cylinder D1 Degree 1 D2 Degree 2



Fall 2004



DE Dot in Eye DI Diameter LZ Lenticular Optical Zone OZ Optical Zone PC Peripheral Curves PM Prism SC Secondary Curves SH Segment Height SP Sphere ST Segment Height after truncation VT Vertex TI Trial Indicator TK Thickness TR Truncation

SD Doors

01

DOR Door Measurements (height; width); actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)

SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)

03

HNG Hinge Replacement

LT Left

RT Right

WC Window Treatments

01

ABL Angle Bracket Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

ABT Angle Bottom; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

ACN Angled Corner

AGB Angle Bind

ALD Angle Left Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

AOS Arch Over Standard Shade

ARD Angle Right Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

AWD Angle Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

BAW Bay Window - Degree Angle; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

BRW Bottom Rail Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

BTC Bottom Chain required

CDL Cord Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

COH Cutout Height; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)



Fall 2004



COS Cutout Start; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

COW Cutout Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

CRD Cord cleat

CRL Cord loop

CTL Control Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

CVL Continuous Valance; actual measurements contained in the MEA segment(s)

DAC Disc arch cover

DCV Dust cover

DOR Door Measurements (height; width); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

EBL Extension Bracket (length); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

EPL Extension plate

EXP Extension pole

FHL Fixed height lift cord

HDB Hold Down Breaket required

HGA Hinged adapter

HMZ Hem Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LIN Lining required

LSD Left Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LSR Left Side Rail Reduction; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LSW Left Stack Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LTL Limited tilt

MUL Multi-color; use MEA segment for number of colors

OEP Override End Route Position; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

ORA Orientation Angle; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

PVP Pivot plate

RNG Ring pull

RSC Rounded slat corners

RSD Right Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

RSR Right Side Rail Reduction; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

RTD Restrict Tilt Down; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

RTU Restrict Tilt Up; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

SDD Sher Delight Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

SIL Sill Height; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)



Fall 2004



SKY Skylight Pole

SSD Short Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

STG Stain Guard required

TCL Top Lock Cord Lock

TIE Tiebacks required

TMP Template available

TNP Tension Pulley

TPC Two Position Cord Lock

TRS Track Stop

TRW Top Rail Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

VGL VG Left Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segments(s)

VGR VG Right Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

VRL Valance Return Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

VWD Valance Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

WTH Number of Widths (fullness); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

WIN Window Measurements (height; width); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

02

AGL Angled Location; name, number, or description contained in PID05

APP Application; name, number, or description contained in PID05

ART Arch Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BAC Backing Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BAP Butt and Pass; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BAT Backing Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BGS Bridges; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BKC Swivel Bracket Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BKS Brackets; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BUB Butt Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05

BYB Bypass Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CBC Cable Tape Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CDC Cord Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CHP Channel Panel; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CNC Cornice Frame Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CNY Control Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

COL Product Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

DHS Decorative Hem Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

DPF Drapery Fullness; name, number, or description contained in PID05



Fall 2004



EBL Extension Bracket; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FCL Fabric Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FCT Fabric Color Top; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FHA Free Hanging/anchored; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FTT Fabric Type Top; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FTY Fabric Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

GRC Groover Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

GTC Gear Track Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HMS Hem Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HMT Hem Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HRC Head Rail Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HRY Headrail Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HWC Hardware Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HWT Hardware Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

IGR Insert/Groover Required; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LNC Lining Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LNF Lining/Sheer Fullness; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LNS Lining Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

MOT Motorized; name, number, or description contained in PID05

MVE Moveable; name, number, or description contained in PID05

OMU Overlap or Multi-Unit; name, number, or description contained in PID05

PLS Pull Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

PLC Pull Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

RDC Rod Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

RDR Roll Direction; name, number, or description contained in PID05

ROT Rotation Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

RTC Retainer Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SAS Shade Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SBL Number of Spacer Blocks; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SBS Side By Side Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SBY Support Bracket Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SCL Scallop Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SDC Sheer Delight Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

SSP Specialty Shape; name, number, or description contained in PID05

STY Stack Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TAC Tape Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05



Fall 2004



TER Tier; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TKS Track System; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TLC Tilt Control Type; name, number or description contained in PID05

TMC Trim Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TMS Trim Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

VAD Vane Description; name, number, or description contained in PID05

VCO Valance Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

VLT Valance Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

VMT Valance Mount; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03

ACH Arch Tops

DD Standard (Height is one half of window width) DR Diagram Required

CNK Crank Type

SK Skylight CPS Control Position

LT Left RT Right

CRN Corner or Cornice Treatments

DE Dental ED Egg & Dart PT Pass Track RP Rope TT Butt Track

CTC Cord Control Placement or Measurement; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

BT Both LT Left NO None RT Right

CTO Cutouts

CT Center DE Side DR Diagram Required LT Left RT Right TS Two Sided

DRW Draw (stacking)

AK Stack Center CT Center LA Left Angle Stack LT Left OP Open



Fall 2004



RA Right Angle Stack RT Right SI Side SP Split UN Uneven

HDS Heading Style

PP Pinch Pleated ST Standard Rod Pocket

LFT Lift Position

BT Both CS Cordless CT Center LT Left NO None RT Right

MBU Multi Blind Units

CC Center Cord CI Center Tilt CW Center Width LC Left Cord LI Left Tilt LW Left Width RC Right Cord RI Right Tilt RW Right Width

MNT Mounting

AS Attach to Shade AQ Attach to Wall BO Bottom CL Ceiling DO Door EI Exact Inside EM End Mount EO Exact Outside IN Inside IO Inside Bracket Outside Mount OI Outside Bracket Inside Mount OT Outside TP Top

OVP Overlap Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LT Left RT Right

PRF Perforation

PL Pinlight



Fall 2004



SV Sheerview PRH Per Headrail Size

CZ Center Size LZ Left Size RZ Right Size ZC Spacing Center ZL Spacing Left ZR Spacing Right

RTL Roller Type

CH Chain SP Spring

RTZ Return (bracket clearance) Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LT Left NA Not Applicable RT Right

STL Slant Top Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LL Slant Bottom Left LR Slant Bottom Right SL Straight Bottom Left SR Straight Bottom Right

TAP Tape Type

BR Braided C1 Cotton FT Fabric Twill Tapes P1 Plastic Tapes VT Vinyl

TCT Tilt Control Placement

CT Center LT Left NO None RT Right

TLC Tilt Control Type

CH Chain CO Cord NO None WA Wand

TLF Tilt/Lift Position

CN Tilt Center & Lift None LN Tilt Left & Lift Left RL Tilt Right & Lift Left RN Tilt Left & Lift Right RR Tilt Right & Lift Right



Fall 2004



TLT Tiltward Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

CT Center LT Left RT Right

WP Wall Coverings

01

WPC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

02

BOK Book Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LOT Lot Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05

PAT Pattern; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03

ROL Roll Identification

DB Double Roll DR Diagram Required ON Single Roll



Fall 2004

Data Element 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge

Data Element: 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge

Code CODE DEFINITION

A010 Absolute Minimum Charge

A020 Access Charge - Federal

A030 Access Charge - State

A040 Access Charges

A050 Account Number Correction Charge

A060 Acid (Battery)

A070 Acknowledgment of Delivery Fee (AOD)

A080 Activation of Carnet

A090 Ad Valorem

A100 Add on - Destination

A110 Add on - Origin

A112 Add to Make Market Value

A120 Additional Copies of Freight Bill

A121 Additional Commercial Invoices

A122 Additional Tariff Classifications

A130 Additional Material

A140 Address Correction

A150 Adjustment for Maximum Charges Billing

A160 Adjustment for Minimum Average Time Requirement Billing

A170 Adjustments

A172 Administrative

A180 Advance Charges Handling

A190 Advance Destination Amount

A200 Advance Destination Fee

A210 Advance Fee

A220 Advance Lading Charge

A230 Advance Origin Amount

A240 Advance Origin Fee

A250 Advances

A260 Advertising Allowance

A270 Affidavit

A280 Agent Disbursement - Destination

A290 Agent Disbursement - Origin

A300 Air Export Certificate

A310 Air Express Charge

A320 Air Transportation Charge



Fall 2004



A330 Aircraft On Ground (AOG)

A340 Airline Opening Fee

A350 Airport Terminal Handling Charge

A360 Alcoholic Beverage Report Charge

A370 Allegheny County, PA Delivery Charge

A380 Allowance Advance

A390 Allowance for Consignment Merchandise

A400 Allowance Non-performance

A410 “Alterations”

A420 Amending Export Documentation

A430 Anneal/Heat (Steel or Glass Treatment)

A440 Anodizing Charge

A445 Anti-dumping Duty

A450 Appointment (Notification)

A460 Arbitrary (In Addition to Through Rates and Charges)

A470 Art Work

A480 Assembly

A485 Assist Amount

A490 Attachments to Bill of Lading Charge

A500 Bad Debt

A510 Banking Drafts

A520 Base Charge

A530 Basic Reorder Allowance

A540 Beaming Charge

A550 Bedding/Feeding/Disinfecting

A555 Beef Fee

A560 Beyond Charge

A570 Beyond Freight Charges

A580 Bill and Hold

A590 Bill of Lading Attendancy

A600 Bill of Lading Charge

A610 Billed Demand

A620 Black Lung Tax

A630 Blocking and Bracing Charge

A640 Blower Charge

A650 Bobtail Charges

A658 Bond Amount



Fall 2004



A660 Bond Charge

A670 Bordeaux Arbitraries

A680 Both-Flat

A690 Break Bulk Surface Charge

A691 Breakbulk Services

A700 Bridge Toll

A710 Broken Lot

A720 Broken Package Charge

A721 Brokerage

A730 Brokerage or Duty

A740 Bunker Surcharge

A750 Burning

A760 Buyer Hand Carry

A770 Buyers Car Allowance

A780 Cable Pressurization

A790 Cables (sending of)

A800 Call Tag

A810 Camp Arbitrary

A820 Canada Great Lakes Additionals

A830 Canadian C.Q.Customs Clearance

A840 Canadian Currency Exchange

A850 Canadian Import Termination Fee

A860 Canadian Reconsignment Fee

A870 Canadian Remanifest Fee

A880 Cancellation Charge

A890 Cancelled Order, Heavy Duty Flatcar

A900 Capping

A910 Car Loading

A920 Car Rental

A930 Carrier Credit Allowance

A940 Carrier Debit Allowance

A950 Carrier Notification Charge

A960 Carrier

A970 Cartage Charge

A980 Cartage

A990 Cataloging Services

ADOW Payroll Additives, Overtime Labor



Fall 2004



ADRW Payroll Additives, Straight Time Labor

AFEE Fee

ALPT Port Changes

B000 Central Buy

B010 Cents Off

B015 Bop Sheet

B020 Certificate of Conformance

B030 Certificate of Origin

B040 Certificate of Registration

B050 Certification

B060 Chain and Binders

B070 Chamber of Commerce Service Charge

B080 Change of Airbill - Service Fee

B090 Charges Forward/Advance Charge

B091 Charter Services

B100 Chassis Transfer

B110 Chemical Milling Charge

B120 Chicago Loop Charge

B130 Cigarette Stamping

B140 City Delivery

B150 City maintenance fee

B160 City Pickup

B170 City Terminal Charge

B180 Cleaning Charge

B190 Closing & Sealing

B200 Co-manufacturing Discount

B210 Co-op Credit

B220 Coating (Dip, Rustproof, EDP)

B230 COD Amount

B240 COD Charges

B250 Collect on Delivery Alteration Charge

B260 Collect on Delivery Deletion Charge

B270 Collect Surcharge

B280 Combination Performance and Non-performance

B290 Combination

B300 Combine All Same Day Shipment

B310 Commission Amount



Fall 2004



B320 Competitive Allowance

B330 Competitive Car Allowance

B340 Competitive Price

B350 Compressor Charge

B360 Concession Credit

B370 Concession Money

B380 Congestion Surcharge

B390 Connect Charge

B400 Conservation research fee

B500 Consignee Unload

B510 Consolidation

B520 Constant Surveillance Service - Armed

B530 Constant Surveillance Service

B540 Consular Legalization Service

B550 Consularization Fee

B551 Consulting Service

B555 Consumer Service Provider Charge

B560 Container Allowance

B570 Container Deposits

B580 Container Destuffing

B581 Container Discount

B590 Container Leasing

B600 Container Service Charge UK/EUR

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

B620 Container Stuffing

B630 Container/Trailer Allowance

B650 Continuous Mileage

B660 Contract Allowance

B670 Contract Escalation

B680 Contract Service Charge

B690 Controlled Atmosphere

B700 Converting

B720 Cooperative Advertising/Merchandising Allowance (Performance)

B730 Copy of Bill of Lading Charge

B740 Copy of Delivery Receipt Charge

B742 Copying

B750 Core Charge



Fall 2004



B760 Cost Recovery Factor

B770 Cost recovery/adjustment

B775 Cotton Fee

B780 Count and Recount

B785 Coupon Reimbursement

B787 Countervailing Duty

B790 Crafting

B791 Crating

B800 Credit

B801 Credit Card Processing Fee

B802 Credit Card Processing Fee - Automated Dial-up Line

B803 Credit Card Processing Fee - Leased Line

B804 Credit Card Processing Fee - Fleet Cards

B810 Currency Adjustment Factor

B820 Currency Adjustment

B830 Currency Discount

B840 Customer Account Identification

B850 Customer Equipment Allowance

B860 Customs Broker Fee

B870 Customs Charge

B872 Customs Duty

B880 Customs Entry

B881 Customs Exam

B890 Customs Formalities

B900 Customs Invoice - Additional Page

B910 Customs Invoice

B911 Customs Penalty

B920 Cut and Parallel

B930 Cut

B940 Cutting Charge

B950 Damaged Merchandise

B960 Data/Drawing Charge

B970 De-Installation

B980 Deadhead Mileage Charge

B990 Deaf and Disabled Surcharge

B992 Declared Value for Carriage

B994 Declared Value for Customs



Fall 2004



B996 Declared Value for Insurance

B998 Deduct to Make Market Value

BU2T Bunker Adjustment - 20 Foot Container

BU4T Bunker Adjustment - 40 Foot Container

BUAT Bunker Adjustment

BURD Burden, Overhead, or Allowance for Indirect Costs

C000 Defective Allowance

C010 Deficit Freight

C020 Delay Furnishing Destination Weights

C030 Delivery Surcharge

C040 Delivery

C050 Demand charge

C060 Demurrage - Average Agreement

C070 Demurrage - Special

C080 Demurrage

C090 Deposit Charges

C100 Deposit in Lieu of Order

C110 Deposit

C120 Deramping

C130 Derrick Charge

C140 Designated Supplier Inspection

C150 Destination Charge

C160 Detention - Special Type Flat Car

C170 Detention Loading

C180 Detention of Power Units

C190 Detention of Trailers

C200 Detention Unloading

C210 Determined Freight

C220 Development Charge

C230 Die Service Charge

C231 Disbursement

C240 Disconnect Charge

C250 Discount - Drop Box/Convenience Ctr.

C260 Discount - Incentive

C270 Discount - Multiple Shipment

C280 Discount - Service Option (Delivery)

C290 Discount - Service Option (Pickup)



Fall 2004



C300 Discount - Special

C310 Discount

C320 Display Allowance

C330 Distribution Fee

C340 Distribution Service

C350 Distributor Discount/Allowance

C360 Diversion and Reconsignment

C370 Diversion Charge

C380 Diversion to Air Charge

C390 Dockage - Boat Detention

C400 Documentation Charge

C401 Document Handling

C402 Door-to-Door

C410 Dowel Pin Charge

C420 Drayage

C430 Drayage/Line Haul

C440 Driver Assisted Unloading

C450 Driver’s Wages

C460 Drop Dock

C470 Drop Yard

C480 Drum Cost

C490 Drum Deposit

C500 Drum Up Charge

C510 Dry Ice

C520 Dryer Charge

C530 Duty Charge

C531 Duty Drawback

C540 Early Buy Allowance

C550 Early Payment Allowance

C560 Early Ship Allowance

C570 Early Ship Allowance

C580 Emergency Service

C590 Emergency Surcharge

C600 Empty Weighing Charge

C610 Enclosure

C630 Endorsement Fee

C640 Energy charge



Fall 2004



C650 Energy Surcharge (Fuel Adjustment Factor)

C660 Engineering Charge

C670 Engraving

C675 Entered Value

C680 Environmental Protection Service

C690 Escalation

C700 Escort Service

C710 Eur1 Presentation Fee

C720 European Port Charges

C730 Excess Mileage Charge

C740 Excess Periods

C750 Excess Value Fee

C760 Excess Weight

C770 Excessive Value Charge

C780 Exchange Access Credit

C790 Exclusive Use Of Equipment

C800 Exclusive Use

C810 Exhibition Delivery Charge

C820 Exhibition Pickup Charge

C830 Expanded Service

C840 Expedited One Day Consular Service

C850 Expedited Service Charge

C860 Expedited Shipments

C870 Expediting Fee

C880 Expediting Premium

C890 Export Customs Clearance

C900 Export Declarations - Automated

C910 Export Declarations - U.S. Shippers

C920 Export License Application

C930 Export Shipping Charge

C940 Export/Import Charge

C950 Extra Copies and Mailings

C960 Extra Labor (Helper Service)

C970 Extra Length

C980 Extra Service - Counter-to-Counter

C990 Fabrication Charge

CA2T Currency Adjustment - 20 Foot Container



Fall 2004



CA4T Currency Adjustment - 40 Foot Container

CFCT Customs Fees - Container Level

CFLT Customs Fees - Lift Level

CGTT Cargo Taxes

CLDT Container Loss/Damage

COMM Communications Charges

CONC Container Charge

CRLT Container Lease

CUFT Currency Adjustment - Break Bulk

D000 Facsimile Charges - Additional Pages

D010 Facsimile Charges

D015 Dunnage

D020 Failed Lamp Panel Charge

D025 Fax Pre-alert

D030 Federal Transfer Surcharge

D040 Finance Charge

D050 First Article Charge

D060 First Flight Out

D070 Flat Rate

D080 Floor Stock Protection

D100 Food and Lodging

D101 Foreign Office Advance

D103 Foreign Customs Duty

D110 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Rental

D120 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Special Charge

D130 Forwarding Agent Commission

D140 Forwarding Charge

D141 Forward Coupons

D142 Capture Additional Data

D143 Provide Name and Address

D144 Provide Household Identifier

D150 Franchise fee

D160 Free Domicile Shipment Processing

D170 Free Goods

D180 Freight Based on Dollar Minimum

D190 Freight Charges to Border

D200 Freight Charges to Destination



Fall 2004



D210 Freight Equalization

D220 Freight Passthrough

D230 Freight Surcharge

D240 Freight

D242 Freight, International

D244 Freight, International, U.S. Dollars

D246 Freight, International, Non-U.S. Dollars

D250 Freshness/Leaker Allowance

D260 Fuel Charge

D270 Fuel Surcharge

D280 Full Service

D290 Full Truckload Allowance

D292 Fumigation

D300 Garment District

D301 Gateway Fee

D310 Gas Pressure

D320 Glaze

D330 Gold Factor

D340 Goods and Services Charge

D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance

D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge

D370 Government Inspection

D380 Government Warehouse Fee - Destination

D390 Government Warehouse Fee - Origin

D400 Grain Doors

D410 Grain Flow Charge

D420 Grinding

D430 Gross Receipts Surcharge

D440 Groupage Discount

D450 Grouped Items

D460 Guaranteed Inspection Technical Service

D470 Gulf Port Delivery Charge

D480 Handling Charges on Distribution Freight Forwarded Beyond

D490 Handling Freight At Positions Not Immediately Adjacent To Vehicle Charge

D500 Handling

D501 Harbor Maintenance Report

D502 Harbor Maintenance Fee



Fall 2004



D510 Hauling and Hoisting to be Direct Billed

D520 Hauling and Hoisting

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D540 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - Domestic

D550 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - International

D560 Hazardous Storage

D570 Heat in Transit Charges

D580 Heat Treat Charge

D590 Heavy Duty Flat Car Charge

D600 Heavy Lift

D610 High Security Red In-bond Seal Charge

D620 Highway Interchange

D630 Hointins and Hauling

D640 Holding Charge

D650 Home Line Freight Charge

D655 Honey Fee

D660 Hook-up charge

D670 Hose Charge Special

D680 Hose Charge

D690 Household Goods Pickup or Delivery

D700 IATA Airbill Preparation

D701 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Commission

D710 IATA Fee

D711 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Markup

D720 Identification

D730 Import Service Fee

D740 In Transit Price Protection

D750 Inbound Freight Charges

D760 Income Freight (Manufacturing to Shipping Point)

D770 Incorrect Billing Account Charge

D780 Industry Price Allowance

D790 Initial License Fee

D800 Inland Transportation

D810 Inside Cable Connectors

D820 Inside Delivery

D830 Inside Pickup

D840 Inspect at Destination



Fall 2004



D850 Inspect at Origin

D870 Inspection

D880 Installation & Warranty

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation

D910 Insulated Tank Charge

D920 Insurance Fee

D930 Insurance Placement Cost Charge

D940 Insurance Premium

D950 Insurance Provided by Lessee

D960 Insurance Provided by Lessor

D970 Insurance Surcharge

D980 Insurance

D990 Interdivision Profit

D995 Interest Amount

DCET Damage to Carrier Equipment

DCVT Damage to Carrier Vessel

DDZT Drayage at Port of Debarkation (Rate Zone)

DEZT Drayage at Port of Embarkation (Rate Zone)

DFDT Keep From Freezing Percent Differential

DGET Damage to Government Equipment

DOVT Container Diversion

DPDT Drayage at Port of Debarkation

DPET Drayage at Port of Embarkation

E000 Interest on refund

E010 Interest on Security Deposit

E020 Interim Use Permitted at Special Rate

E022 International Courier

E030 International Door-to-Door Handling Fee

E040 Interplant Charge

E050 Intersta te/Highway Toll

E060 Intra-plant Charge

E063 Invoice Additional Amount

E065 Invoice Adjustment

E067 Invoice At-Cost Amount

E068 Invoice Delivery Terms Amount

E069 Invoice No-Charge Amount



Fall 2004



E070 Invoice Services

E080 Invoice with Goods

E090 Irish Arbitraries

E100 Island Delivery Charge

E110 Island Pickup Charge

E120 Italian Release Charge

E130 Item Percentage

E140 Item-Unit

E150 Koshering

E160 Label Allowance

E170 Labeling

E180 Labor (Repair and Return Orders)

E190 Labor Charges

E191 Labor, Straight-time

E192 Labor, Overtime

E193 Labor, Premium Overtime

E200 Labor Cost of Removal

E210 Labor Service

E220 Labor, Modify

E230 Labor, No Trouble Found

E240 Labor, Test and Calibrate

E250 Lading Adjustment Charge

E260 Lashing

E270 Late Order Charge

E280 Late Payment Charge

E290 Layout/Design

E300 Layover Charges

E310 Lead Factor

E320 Leaking Underground Storage Tax (LUST)

E330 Lease Shortfall Consideration

E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

E350 Letter of Credit Processing

E360 License and Title

E370 Lifeline Surcharge

E380 Lift Gate (Truck) or Forklift Service at Pickup/Delivery

E381 Lime Fee

E382 Liquidation Anti-Dumping Duty



Fall 2004



E384 Liquidation Countervailing Duty

E386 Liquidation Tax Amount

E388 Liquidation Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS)

E389 Liquidation Total Fees

E390 Load Weighing Charge

E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

E410 Loading

E420 Loan Fee

E430 Local Delivery/Drayage

E440 Locomotive Delayed in Switching Service

E450 Locomotive Under Own Power

E460 Lot Charge

E470 Lump Sum

E480 Machining Charge

E485 Mail Fee

E490 Mail Invoice to Each Location

E500 Mail Invoice

E510 Mailing - Postage Cost

E520 Mailing - Service Fee

E530 Manifest Charge

E540 Manufacturing

E550 Market Development Funds

E560 Marking or Tagging Charge

E565 Markdown Allowance

E570 Marriage Rule

E580 Memo Returnable Container

E585 Merchandise Processing Fee

E590 Message Charge

E600 Message Rate Adjustment

E610 Messenger Service

E620 Metals Surcharge

E630 Meter Charge

E640 Mileage Fee (For Repair and Return)

E650 Mileage or Travel

E660 Monthly Rental

E670 Mount/Demount

E680 Mounting



Fall 2004



E690 Municipal Surcharge

E695 Mushroom Fee

E700 N.H.D. Wharfage

E710 New Discount

E720 New Distribution Allowance

E730 New Item Allowance

E740 New Store Allowance

E750 New Store Discount

E760 New Warehouse Discount

E770 New Warehouse

E780 New York Delivery Charge

E790 New York Pickup Charge

E800 No Return Credit Allowance

E805 Non-Dutiable Charges

E810 Non Generated Freight

E820 Non-returnable Containers

E830 Normal Pump Charge

E840 Notarized Affidavit

E850 Notify Consignee Before Delivery

E860 Notify Consignee

E870 Nozzle Charge

E880 Ocean Charges - Hazardous

E890 Ocean Freight

E900 Offshore - Alaska/Hawaii

E910 On Carriage

E920 On Hand Service

E930 One - Day Service

E940 One Time Engineering Charge

E950 One-Time License Fee

E960 One-Time-Only Charge

E970 Onetime Tooling

E980 Operator Credit

E990 Option Charge (Color Fabric Office Furniture)

ENGA Engineering Supplies

EXLT Extra Length Surcharge

F000 Optional Charge

F010 Optional Software Support for Operational Support Systems



Fall 2004



F020 Optional Software Support for Switching Systems

F030 Order Notify Charge

F040 Order-Flat

F050 Other (See related description)

F060 Other Accessorial Service Charge

F061 Other Advances

F062 Other Export Charges

F063 Other Government Agency Declaration

F065 Other Government Agency Exam

F067 Other Import Charge

F070 Out of Route Miles

F080 Out of Zone Pickup or Delivery

F090 Outside Cable Connectors

F100 Over Dimension

F110 Overrun Charge

F120 Oversized Premium

F130 Overtime Loading

F140 Pack Invoice with Shipment

F150 Packaging Service

F155 Packaging

F160 Painting (Primer or Finish)

F170 Pallet Exchange Charge

F180 Pallet

F190 Palletizing

F200 Paralleling

F210 Parish/County Sales Tax (only)

F220 Passing Shippers Export Entry

F225 Pecan Fee

F230 Penalty Charge

F240 Per Item Charge

F250 Per Order Charge

F260 Per Pound Charge

F270 Percent of Product

F271 Percent of Shipped Quantity that is Returnable

F272 Percent of Shipment Value that is Returnable

F280 Performance Allowance

F290 Performance Award



Fall 2004



F300 Permit Charge

F310 Permits Bonds Escort Attendant

F320 Phosphatizing (Steel Treatment)

F330 Pickup and Delivery

F340 Pick/Up

F350 Pickle and Oil

F360 Pickup - Out of Area

F370 Pickup Surcharge

F380 Pier Charges - Wharfage

F390 Pier Charges Other Than Wharfage

F400 Pier Pickup and/or Delivery

F401 Pier Unloading

F410 Pilot Inspection

F420 Placement and/or Removal Charge

F430 Plating

F440 Pole, Wood-service Charge

F445 Pork Fee

F450 Positioning at Origin

F460 Postage

F465 Potato Fee

F470 Power Factor Adjustment

F480 Pre-carriage Excess

F490 Pre-carriage

F500 Pre-Positioned Inventory Service

F510 Precious Metal Content

F520 Preloading Charge

F530 Prelodge Charge

F540 Premise Use

F550 Premium Charge

F560 Premium Transportation

F570 Prepaid Usage Allowance

F580 Preparation and Delivery

F590 Preparation of Air Waybill - Origin

F600 Preparation of Canadian Customs Invoice

F610 Preparation of Commercial Invoice

F620 Preparation of Export Entry

F630 Preparation of Insurance Certificate



Fall 2004



F640 Preparation of U.S. Export Documentation

F650 Preparation

F660 Previous Billing

F670 Price and Marketing Allowance

F680 Price Deviation

F690 Prior Balance

F700 Prior Billing Amount

F710 Prior Delivery Of Bill Charge

F720 Prior Month Credit

F730 Priority Service

F740 Process in Transit Privilege

F750 Processing Charge

F760 Processing

F765 Procurement Charge

F770 Professional Fees

F780 Proforma Invoice

F790 Progress Payment Requirement

F800 Promotional Allowance

F810 Promotional Discount

F820 Proof & Composition

F830 Proof of Delivery

F840 Protective Service - Cold

F850 Protective Service - Heat

F860 Protective Service Charge

F870 Pulling Eyes

F880 Pump Air Charge

F890 Pump Charge

F900 Purchase Option

F910 Quantity Discount

F920 Quantity Surcharge

F930 Equipment Manufacturer Restoration Audit

F940 Ramping

F950 Rate Code

F955 Rate Reduction Bond

F960 Re-Bill Charge

F970 Rebate

F980 Rebilled Drayage - Destination



Fall 2004



F990 Rebilled Drayage - Origin

F991 Receiving

FAKT Barge Freight All Kinds Service

FLST Flatrack Surcharge

G000 Recipient Address Correction

G010 Reclamation, Federal

G020 Reclamation, State

G025 Reconciliation

G030 Reconnect charge

G040 Reconsign Consignee Charge

G050 Reconsign Delivery Charge

G060 Reconsignment Charge

G070 Recoopering (at Owner’s or Shipper’s Expense)

G080 Record/Filing

G090 Recovery Fee

G100 Recovery

G110 Recrating/Recoopering - Destination

G120 Recrating/Recoopering - Origin

G130 Recurring Hardware Maintenance Charge

G140 Recurring License Fee

G150 Recurring Software Maintenance Charge

G160 Redelivery

G170 Redistribution Allowance

G180 Reduction Prepalletized Cargo

G190 Reel Cable

G200 Reel Deposit

G210 Reel

G220 Refrigeration

G230 Refrigeration/Mechanical Detention

G240 Refund

G250 Refurbishing Charge

G260 Regain

G270 Registration of Export for Reentry

G280 Registration of Export Shipments

G290 Regulatory Fee

G300 Regulatory required refund

G310 Reliability Charge



Fall 2004



G320 Relinquishment Charge

G322 Reliquidation Anti-Dumping Duty

G324 Reliquidation Countervailing Duty

G326 Reliquidation Tax Amount

G328 Reliquidation Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS)

G329 Reliquidation Total Fees

G330 Rental Charge

G340 Rental Deduction

G350 Rents and Leases

G360 Repack Charge

G370 Repair at Buyers Expense Charge

G380 Repair at Customer Expense Charge

G390 Repair at Government Expense Charge

G400 Repair

G410 Repickup

G420 Request Via Canada

G430 Research & Development Fee

G440 Resellers Discount

G450 Residential Delivery

G460 Residential Pickup

G470 Restocking Charge

G480 Restricted Article Fee

G490 Retainer

G500 Return Cargo Charge

G510 Returnable Container

G520 Returned Load

G530 Rework

G540 Riding Attendant Charge

G550 Rocky Mountain Bureau 583 Item 1100 Arbitrary Charge

G560 Roll Out Adjustment

G570 Roll Rebate

G580 Royalties

G590 Salvage

G600 Same - Day Service

G610 Saturday Delivery

G620 Saturday Pickup or Delivery Charge

G630 Saturday Pickup



Fall 2004



G640 Scale Charge Unloading

G650 Scale Charge

G660 Scrap Allowance

G670 Security Signature Service

G680 Segregating (Sorting)

G690 Select Charge

G700 Self Unloader

G710 Seller Hand Carry

G720 Service Assistance Program Surcharge

G730 Service Charge (with Cash Discount)

G740 Service Charge

G750 Service Upgrade

G760 Set-up

G770 Shearing

G775 Sheep Fee

G780 Ship to Stock Quality Audit

G790 Shipper Load and Count

G800 Shipper Load Carrier Count

G810 Shipper Load Consignee Unload

G820 Shipper Load

G821 Shipping

G830 Shipping and Handling

G840 Shipside Pickup

G850 Shotblasting

G860 Shrink Allowance

G870 Shrink-Wrap Charge

G880 Shrinkage Allowance

G890 Single Invoice Allowance

G900 Single Pickup

G910 Single Shipment Fee

G920 Sleeving

G930 Slip Sheet Unloading Allowance

G940 Slip Sheet, Rail

G950 Slip Sheet, Truck

G960 Slotting Allowance

G970 Small Order Charge

G980 Software Support Service



Fall 2004



G990 Source Inspection

GMST Garment Surcharge

H000 Special Allowance

H010 Special Buy

H020 Special Circus Trains

H030 Special Credit

H040 Special Delivery

H050 Special Detention Charge

H060 Special Equipment Charge

H070 Special Finish Charge

H080 Special Freight Supplements

H090 Special Handling

H100 Special Mileage Movements

H110 Special Packaging

H120 Special Permits

H130 Special Pickup

H140 Special Pump Charge

H150 Special Seal Charge

H151 Special Services

H160 Special Test Equipment Charge

H170 Special Tooling Charge

H180 Special Tooling rework charge

H190 Special Train Movement

H200 Special Use

H210 Special Vehicle Rent

H215 Specific Duty

H220 Specification Review

H230 Split Delivery

H240 Split Pickup at Pier Charge

H250 Split Pickup

H260 Spool Charge

H270 Spotting of Trailer

H280 Spreader Charge

H290 Stamp Fee

H300 Stamping

H310 Standby Charge

H320 State Motor Fuel



Fall 2004



H330 State Sales Charge

H340 State Surcharge

H350 State/Metropolitan Transit Authority Surcharge

H360 Steaming Charge

H370 Stenciling Charge

H380 Stop-off at Pier Charge

H390 Stop-off Charge

H400 Stopcharge

H410 Stopping in Transit

H420 Storage in Transit

H430 Storage

H440 Straightening Charge

H450 Strapping

H460 Street lamps charge

H470 Stripping, Sorting, and Consolidation

H480 Subject to Cooperative Advertising Allowance

H490 Subject to Tax on Resale

H500 Sufferance Warehouse Charge (Export or Import)

H505 Sugar Fee

H507 Sum of Adds and Deducts to Make Market Value

H510 Sunday or Holiday Pickup or Delivery

H520 Super Bag Charge

H530 Supervisor Charge

H535 Supplemental Duty

H540 Supplemental Items

H550 Surcharge

H551 Surety Bond

H560 Swell

H570 Switch Charge

H580 Switching Charge

H590 Tank Car Allowance

H600 Tank Rental

H605 Tarping

H610 Tax - Airport Tax, Destination

H620 Tax - Airport Tax , Origin

H625 Tax - Beverage Tax

H630 Tax - City Sales Tax (Only)



Fall 2004



H640 Tax - Excise Tax - Destination

H650 Tax - Excise Tax - Origin

H660 Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET

H670 Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET, on Tires

H680 Tax - Governmental

H690 Tax - Handling Charge Tax

H700 Tax - Local Tax

H710 Tax - Metropolitan Transit Tax

H720 Tax - Regulatory Tax

H730 Tax - Local Sales Tax

H740 Tax - Sales and Use

H750 Tax - Sales Tax (State and Local)

H760 Tax - State Hazardous Substance

H770 Tax - State Tax

H780 Tax - Super Fund Excise Tax

H790 Tax - Use Tax

H800 Tax - Value Added Tax (VAT)

H806 Tax Credit

H810 Tax Liability - Amortized

H820 Tax Liability - One Time

H830 Tax on Miscellaneous Charges

H840 Tax on Transportation

H850 Tax

H855 Tea Fee

H860 Technology Exchange

H870 Telegram Chargeback

H880 Telephone - Destination

H890 Telephone - Origin

H900 Telephone Charge

H910 Temperature Protection

H920 Temporary Allowance

H930 Temporary Voluntary Allowance

H935 Tendered as Truckload

H940 Terminal Charge

H950 Terminal Differential

H960 Terminal Service Fee

H970 Terms Allowance



Fall 2004



H980 Test/Qualification Charge

H990 Testing Services Charge

HZDT Hazardous Cargo on Deck

I000 Testing

I010 Third Party Allowance

I020 Third Party Pallets

I030 Throughput Allowance

I040 Throughput Container Charge

I050 Thruway Charge

I060 Ticketing Service

I070 Tobacco Products Report Charge

I080 TOFC Service Charge

I090 Tool Charge

I100 Tooling Rework Charge

I110 Tooling

I120 Tools for Printing

I130 Total Assessorial Charges

I131 Total Fees

I132 Total Invoice Amount

I133 Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS)

I134 Total Invoice Amount, U.S. Dollars

I136 Total Invoice Amount, Non-U.S. Dollars

I138 Total Material Invoice Amount

I140 Tracing Inbound Via Other Carriers

I150 Tracing Service Fee

I160 Track Storage

I170 Trade Discount

I180 Trade In

I190 Trailer Rental Charge

I200 Transfer Charge

I210 Transfer of Lading Charge

I220 Transferred Charges

I230 Transit

I235 Transmission Charge

I240 Transportation And Setup

I250 Transportation Charge (Minimum Rate)

I260 Transportation Direct Billing



Fall 2004



I270 Transportation Third Party Billing

I280 Transportation Vendor Provided

I290 Trimming Charge

I300 Truck Detention

I310 Truckload Discount

I320 Turning Charge

I330 Two - Day Service

I340 Two Door Pickup

I350 U.S. Vehicles

I360 Unabsorbed Switching

I370 Unitized

I380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

I390 Unloading

I400 Unloading/Reloading Charge

I410 Unsaleable Merchandise Allowance

I411 Unscheduled Fee

I420 Up Charge

I430 Usage Plan Detail Charge

I431 U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Flat Assist Amount

I432 U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Maximum Assist Amount

I440 USDA Inspected, Stamping Certification

I450 Use - Special Type Flat Car

I460 Use Charge Tooling/Personnel

I470 Valuation Fee

I480 Vehicle Ordered but Not Used

I490 Vehicle Prep Charge (Courtesy Delivery)

I495 Vehicle Road Charge

I500 Vendor Freight

I510 Venting Instructions

I520 Virgin Island Transfer Charge

I530 Volume Discount

I540 Voluntary Contribution Charge

I550 Waiting Time

I560 War Risk Surcharge

I570 Warehouse

I580 Warehousing

I590 Warranties



Fall 2004



I595 Watermelon Fee

I600 Waybill and Invoice Distribution

I610 Weather Protection

I620 Weight Verification Charge

I630 Wharfage & Handling

I640 Wharfage Charge

I650 Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS) Usage Credit

I660 Will Call Charge

I670 Written Proof of Delivery

I680 X-ray Charge

I690 Gratuity

I700 Escrow

I710 Payment

I720 Direct Product Handling (DPC)

I730 Price Adjustment Percent (PCT)

I740 Post Damaged Handling (PDC)

I750 Reclamation Center Handling (Chute)

I760 Reclamation Shared Responsibility (SRS)

I770 Mid-Tier Lottery Winners

I780 Mid-Tier Lottery Cashing Bonus

I790 Lottery Cross Redeemed

I800 Low-Tier Lottery Winners

I810 Low-Tier Lottery Cashing Bonus

I820 Lottery Charge Back

I830 Tote

I840 Extra Hour Charges

I850 Refused Delivery Charge

I860 Reimbursement for Online Cashing Bonus

I870 Reimbursement for Online Winners

I880 Online Sales Bonus

I890 Instant Sales Bonus

IDCT Improper Documentation

LC2T Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 20 Foot Container

LC4T Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 40 Foot Container

LCLT Percent Differential - Less Than Container

LECT Less Than Container

LFDT Linehaul from Port of Debarkation



Fall 2004



LMDT Liner Terms at Port of Embarkation

LNDT Liner Terms at Port of Debarkation

LPDT Linehaul Percent Differential

LQDT Liquidated Damages

LTET Linehaul to Port of Embarkation

MATT Modified Atmosphere

OCNT Over Height Container

OFFA Office Supplies

OODT On Deck Break Bulk Differential

OTHR Other Miscellaneous Earning or Additive

OWCT Over Width Container

PFCH Prepared Food Charge

PRST Stuffing Charge

PTAX Payroll Taxes

PVPT Private Owned Vehicle Processing

R020 Personal Property, Member

R030 Personal Property, Spouse

R040 Port Handling and Unloading

R060 Packing, Crating, and Handling Charge

R080 Packing, Crating, Handling, and Transportation Charge

RDHT Railhead Handling

RFMT Reefer Maintenance

RPDT Reefer Cargo Percent Differential

RSTT Respotting

SFBT Single Factor Origination/Destination

SFDT Single Factor Origination/Port of Debarkation

SFET Single Factor Port of Embarkation/Destination

SSCT Stripping, Sorting and Consolidation

SSUT Pole Lashing Equipment (PLE) Surcharge

STDT Stop-off at Destination

STFT Stuffing

STOT Stop-off at Origination

TERT Terminal Handling Charges

VCLT Van Cleaning

WBBT Wharfage - Breakbulk

WCFT Wharfage - Container

WFTT Wasted/Futile Trip



Fall 2004



WRBT War Risk Crew Insurance

WRIT War Risk Insurance

X001 Auto Towing

X002 Late Return

X003 One Way/Drop Off

X004 Passenger Facility Charge

X005 Lodging

X006 Business Center

X007 Gift Shop

X008 Health Club

X009 Laundry/Dry Cleaning

X010 In-room Movie

X011 In-room Mini-bar

X012 Meals

X013 Parking

X014 Prepaid Amount

X015 Liquor Charge

ZZZZ Mutually Defined



Fall 2004

Data Element 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix

Data Element: 1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code Matrix

Code CODE DEFINITION Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05

AR Assembly Requested CS Custom Service

(Service type code in SAC13 and/or description of service in SAC15) GC Gift Card

(Gift card type in SAC13, gift card message in SAC15) GP Graphic Print

(Graphic print type code in SAC13 and/or description in SAC15) GW Gift Wrap

(Gift wrap type code in SAC13 and/or description in SAC15) HA Hanger Service IN Inscription

(Inscription text in SAC15) MO Monogram

(Monogram letters in SAC15) MR Mounting Requested OH Order Handling

BH Bill and Hold Goods DC Direct to Consumer DS Drop Ship FC First Cost Order

(Retailer, customer of importer, pays cost of getting the product into the country) KO Close Out Order KT Key Titles (Music/Software/Video) LO Landed Order

(Importer, third party, pays all costs of getting the product into the country) NP New Product Introduction Offer NS New Store Order PR Promotional Order PU Prepack U.P.C.

A prepack U.P.C. request is one in which a U.P.C. number is specified in a batch request and all the prepack U.P.C.s for which the specified U.P.C. is a component are returned.

RC Raincheck Order RO Rush Order SB Seasonal Build Up Order SI Sibling U.P.C.

A sibling U.P.C. request is one in which a U.P.C. number is specified in a batch request and all U.P.C.s belonging to the Product ID of the specified U.P.C. are returned.

SP Sample Order SO Special Order ZQ Mutually Defined Order Type

(Code in SAC13) RE Response Level

PC Product ID & Color ID PS Product ID & Size ID



Fall 2004



SC Selection Code UP U.P.C. VC Product ID

TC Ticketing Service 01 No Ticket 02 Hang Tag (Swiftach) 03 Gummed label 04 Pin Ticket 05 String Ticket (String around button) 06 Hang Tag (Securtach) 07 Dumbell Gum (Jewelry) 08 Double Gummed Label (Peel off on gummed label) 09 As Agreed to By Trading Partners 10 Do Not Price

This code is used to override an agreement between trading partners that the supplier will apply the retail price to the product prior to shipment.

11 Clearance 99 Non Standard Ticket

The codes in Part 03 may be used with any code in Part 02. 01 1 Part Ticket 02 2 Part Ticket 03 3 Part Ticket 04 4 Part Ticket 05 5 Part Ticket 06 6 Part Ticket 07 7 Part Ticket 08 8 Part Ticket 09 9 Part Ticket 10 10 Part Ticket 11 11 As Agreed to by Trading Partners 12 12 Retailer Provides and Vendor Applies Ticket 13 13 Vendor Produces and Applies Ticket 14 14 Vendor Produces and Retailer Applies Ticket

The codes in Part 04 may be used with any code in Part 03. 01 Mutually Defined Code (Code in SAC13) 02 Ticket Text (Text in SAC15)

03 Both Code & Text (Code in SAC13, Text in SAC15) 04 Tickets Included In Carton Not Attached to

Merchandise (Carton Seed) 05 Tickets Attached to Merchandise 06 Clearance 07 Ticket attached with 1" swift 08 Ticket attached with 3" swift 09 Ticket attached with 5" swift 10 Ticket attached with 3" secure 11 Ticket attached with 3" and 9" secure



Fall 2004



12 Ticket attached with 5" secure 13 Ticket attached with 3/4" secure 14 Ticket attached with 16" elastic and 3” secure 15 Ticket attached with 16" elastic 16 Ticket attached over ISBN bar code 17 Ticket attached around shank 18 Ticket attached rattail back of pad 19 Ticket attached through neck label 20 Ticket attached left armhole 21 Ticket attached bottom of merchandise 22 Ticket attached inside brim 23 Ticket attached, vendor defined placement. The

codes in Part 05 may be used with any code in Part 04.

01 Ticket with U.P.C. and with or without retail and color by size of product (Text in SAC15)

02 Ticket without U.P.C. and with retail price (Text in SAC15)

03 Ticket with U.P.C. and with retail price (Text in SAC15)

04 Ticket with U.P.C. only (Text in SAC15)

05 Ticket with retail price only (Text in SAC15)

06 Ticket U.P.C. perforated (Text in SAC15)

07 Ticket with retail price perforated (Text in SAC15)

08 Ticket with size only (Text in SAC15) 09 Ticket with size, color and description

(Text in SAC15) 10 Ticket with color and description

(Text in SAC15) 11 Ticket with size and color (Text in

SAC15) 12 Ticket - clearance only (Text in

SAC15) 13 Ticket with color only (Text in SAC15) 14 Ticket with style only (Text in SAC15)



Fall 2004

External Code Source

Code Code Source Information

2 Airlines Code

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

4, 66/4

SOURCE

IATA Traffic Handbook - Part II

ACT Trade Practice Manual

Resolution No. 5.38, 11/1/74

AVAILABLE FROM

Air Transport Association of America

1301 Pennsylvania Ave, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004-1707

ABSTRACT

This handbook lists two-letter air carrier codes.

NOTES

The air carrier data element is assigned a field length of 3 because of

planned expansion by IATA.

4 ABA Routing Number


20, 66/13, 506/01, 647/806

SOURCE

Key to American Bankers Association Routing Numbers

AVAILABLE FROM

Rand McNally & Company

P. O. Box 7600

Chicago, IL 60680

ABSTRACT

Contains the Federal Reserve Routing Codes. The first four digits identify

the Federal Reserve District, the next four the institution, and the last

is a check digit.

5 Countries, Currencies and Funds


26, 100, 1715, 66/38, 235/CH, 955/SP

SOURCE

Codes for Representation of Names of Countries, ISO 3166-(Latest

Release)



Fall 2004


Codes for Representation of Currencies and Funds, ISO 4217-(Latest

Release)

AVAILABLE FROM

American National Standards Institute

25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10036

ABSTRACT

Part 1 (Country codes) of the ISO 3166 international standard establishes

codes that represent the current names of countries, dependencies, and

other areas of special geopolitical interest, on the basis of lists of country

names obtained from the United Nations. Part 2 (Country subdivision

codes) establishes a code that represents the names of the principal

administrative divisions, or similar areas, of the countries, etc. included

in Part 1. Part 3 (Codes for formerly used names of countries) establishes

a code that represents non-current country names, i.e., the country names

deleted from ISO 3166 since its first publication in 1974. Most currencies

are those of the geopolitical entities that are listed in ISO 3166 Part 1,

Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries. The code may be

a three-character alphabetic or three-digit numeric. The two leftmost

characters of the alphabetic code identify the currency authority to which

the code is assigned (using the two character alphabetic code from ISO

3166 Part 1, if applicable). The rightmost character is a mnemonic

derived from the name of the major currency unit or fund. For currencies

not associated with a single geographic entity, a specially-allocated

two-character alphabetic code, in the range XA to XZ identifies the

currency authority. The rightmost character is derived from the name of

the geographic area concerned, and is mnemonic to the extent possible.

The numeric codes are identical to those assigned to the geographic

entities listed in ISO 3166 Part 1. The range 950-998 is reserved for

identification of funds and currencies not associated with a single entity

listed in ISO 3166 Part 1.

6 TSUSA Number


23/A

SOURCE

Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (Supplement 1) Annotated,

1992; Publication 2449

AVAILABLE FROM



Fall 2004


Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printing Office

Washington, DC 20402

ABSTRACT

Supplement 1, 1992 of the HTSUSA is an extensive redraft of the original

1992 edition, a classification and identification code for imported merchandise,

for use in determining rates of duty and for statistical purposes.

11 National Motor Freight Classification


59, 23/N, 1270/NK, 22

SOURCE

National Motor Freight Classification, NMF 100 Series

AVAILABLE FROM

American Trucking Associations

2200 Mill Road

Alexandria, VA 22314-4677

ABSTRACT

An identification code for commodities transported by motor carriers.

The commodity code is a six-digit numeric of the form: ddddddA seventh

digit is added where necessary to indicate supplementary information

such as density ranges, different forms of shipment, special packaging

requirements, etc.

13 STCC Code


23/3, 23/L, 23/T, 1270/STC

SOURCE

Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC)

Tariff STCC 6001-T, 1992

AVAILABLE FROM

STCC/Hazardous Materials Shipping Description

Rail inc/Association of American Railroads

Suite 200

7001 Weston Parkway

Cary, NC 27513

ABSTRACT

A numeric code that identifies commodities that are transported by

multi-modal carriers in the U.S. The STCC code is a 2 to 7 digit numeric

that may identify a commodity, a product class, an individual industry, a



Fall 2004


minor industry group, or a major industry group. The code is of the form:

dd=2-digit level=major industry group dd d=3 digit level=minor industry

group dd dd=4 digit level=an industry dd ddd=5 digit level=product class

dd ddd dd=7 digit level=description of an article The number of digits

indicates the level of a given code in the hierarchical structure of the

STCC. The higher the level number, the more detailed is the data

represented by the code. A code of 49 at the 2 digit level identifies a

hazardous material or substance. This code is of the form: dd=2 digit

level=hazardous material or substance dd dd=4 digit level=hazard class

as designated by the U.S. Department of Transportation dd ddd=5 digit

level=hazard class group dd ddd dd=7 digit level=U.S. Department of

Transportation proper shipping name or description (bridged to descriptions

coded at 2 digit levels 01 through 47)

14 Identification Marking Code for Freight Containers


24

SOURCE

Freight Containers - Coding, Identification and Marking (ISO

6346:1995)

AVAILABLE FROM



New York, NY 10036

ABSTRACT

This international standard relates to an identification marking code for

freight containers which is intended to provide information on both

containers and the documentation and communications associated with

their movement. The information is presented in such a manner as to be

informative to operating personnel upon visual inspection and is suitable

for automatic data processing. Data elements are derived from: Annex

B, Size Code Designations: 2 numeric characters; Annex C, Type Code

Designations: 2 numeric characters.

16 D-U- N-S Number


860, 66/1, 66/9, 128/DNS, 128/DUN

SOURCE

Dun & Bradstreet

AVAILABLE FROM



Fall 2004


U.S. D-U-N-S Number assignment and lookup services are available

through EDI, on-line, several types of mainframe and personal computer

media, through a 900 Number Service (900-990-3867), and in print.

Dun & Bradstreet Information Services

Information Quality Department

D-U-N-S Number Administration

899 Eaton Avenue

Bethlehem, PA 18025-0001

ABSTRACT

The D-U-N-S Number is a non-indicative nine-digit number assigned

and maintained by Dun & Bradstreet to identify unique business establishments.

D-U-N-S Numbers are assigned to businesses worldwide. The

ninth digit of the D-U-N-S Number is a Modulus Ten Check Digit which

catches 100% of single digit errors and 98% of single transposition

errors. D-U-N-S Numbers provide positive identification of business

locations possessing unique, separate, and distinct operations. Through

the D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet maintains linkage between units

of an organization to easily identify corporate family relationships, such

as those between headquarters, branches, subsidiaries, and divisions. The

D-U-N-S Number is the non-indicative computer “address” of a business

for which detailed marketing and credit information is maintained by

Dun & Bradstreet.

17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC)


140, 206, 296, 298, 66/2, 66/ND, 309/RS

SOURCE

Directory of Standard Carrier Alpha Codes (SCAC), NMF 101 Series

AVAILABLE FROM

National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc.

2200 Mill Road


ABSTRACT

The standard carrier alpha code (SCAC) lists and codes transportation

companies. The SCAC program contemplates that each company will be

assigned a unique two to four letter (alpha) code for use as an abbreviation

or to identify a particular company for transportation data processing

purposes. The combination of letters used by any one carrier does not

conflict with those assigned to other carriers, even though such other



Fall 2004


carriers may belong to a different mode. The SCAC directory contains

two sections. Section 1 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier names.

Section 2 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier codes. The Standard

Carrier Alpha Code directory is available as a printed directory or as a

data file on CD-ROM and 9-Track Tape.

18 Federal Maritime Commission


66/3

SOURCE

Federal Maritime Commission (FMC)

Forwarder License Number

Federal Maritime Commission

Automatic Tariff Filing Interface

AVAILABLE FROM

Federal Maritime Commission

1100 L Street, N.W.


ABSTRACT

The Federal Maritime Commission (FMC) number is the licenser number

assigned to independent ocean freight forwarders by the FMC. The

Tariff Modification Code describes the type of modification to be applied

to a particular tariff.

21 Standard Point Location Code (SPLC)


154, 1244, 66/20, 120/SPLC, 128/SPL, 309/CS, 309/SL

SOURCE

Continental Directory of Standard Point Location Codes (SPLC)

AVAILABLE FROM

The SPLC for motor carrier points in the United States, Canada, and

Mexico and railroad stations in the United States and Mexico is copy-righted

by, and available in hard copy, CD-ROM, and magnetic tape

from:

National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc.

2200 Mill Road


A separate SPLC system for Canada, used by the railroad industry is

available from:

Canadian Transportation Agency



Fall 2004


Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0N9

The only factor common to both the NMFTA and CTA systems is that

the basic code for a point in Canada begins with “0".

ABSTRACT

The standard point location code is designed to provide each point

originating freight and each point receiving freight with a unique six-digit

code number so constructed as to identify the point with its geo-graphic

location. SPLC is based on a system of nesting recognized

entities and numbering them in a standard geographic pattern. The

system is state-county-city (point) using two digits to identify each.

Different nomenclatures for areas equivalent to these three are substituted

as they occur. Commonwealth, province and territory are synonymous

with state, while parish, municipio and census district or census

division are synonymous with county. Cities, borough, municipalities,

rail stations, towns, villages, named rural areas, or the like, constitute the

point list. To identify motor carrier locations requiring definition beyond

the six-digit level, as defined above, the SPLC is appended with an

additional three digits referred to as the sub-code. The sub-code is

assigned in conjunction with existing six-digit SPLC. Certain groups of

sub-codes are reserved for use as follows: Sub-Codes 001 - 199 Parts of

(example: Georgetown part of Washington, DC). Sub-Codes 200 - 239

Colleges, Universities, Hospitals, Prisons, Museums, Post Offices, Stadiums,

Buildings - including government (non-military). Sub-Codes 240

- 299 Military Facilities. 240 - 249 Air Force 250 - 259 Army 260 - 269

Coast Guard 270 - 279 Defense Logistics Agency 280 - 289 Marine Corps

290 - 299 Navy Sub-Codes 300 - 499 Plant Sites, Warehouses, Power

Stations, Docks, Piers. Sub-Codes 500 - 599 Delivery Zones. Sub-Codes

600 - 699 Resorts, Tracks, Parks, Racetracks, Amusement Centers, Zoos,

Shopping Centers, Resorts, Historical Monuments, Miscellaneous. Sub-Codes

700 - 999 Reserved for use by code subscribers for their internal

usage to define locations peculiar to their own needs.

NOTES

The SPLC data element is assigned a field length of 9 to allow for a

subcode when necessary to specify a rating point, switching point, or pier

number.

22 States and Provinces


156, 66/SJ, 235/A5, 771/009



Fall 2004


SOURCE

ISO 3166-2 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their

subdivisions

AVAILABLE FROM

DIN,

Germany

http://www.din.de/gremien/nas/nabd/iso3166ma

ABSTRACT

Provides names, abbreviations, and codes for the states, provinces and

sub-country codes for all countries registered with ISO. Non-normative

Note: The U.S. state codes may be obtained from: U.S. Postal Service

National Information Data Center P.O. Box 2977 Washington, DC 20013

www.usps.gov The Canadian province codes may be obtained from:

http://www.canadapost.ca

The Mexican area codes may be obtained from: Servicio Postal Mexicano

Nezahualcoyotl 109 Centro 06082 MEXICO, D.F. MEXIQUE

http://rtn.net.mx/sepomex

35 Incoterms

SIMPLE DA TA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

SOURCE

Guide to Incoterms 1990

AVAILABLE FROM

ICC Publishing, Inc.

156 Fifth Avenue, Ste 308

New York, NY 10010

ABSTRACT

41 EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN), includes

Universal Product Code

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT REFERENCES

438, 766

SIMPLE CODE REFERENCES

88/UC, 88/UP, 235/AV, 235/EN, 235/EO, 235/O0, 235/O7, 235/O8,

235/R0, 235/R7, 235/R8, 235/U2, 235/UA, 235/UB, 235/UC, 235/UD,

235/UE, 235/UG, 235/UH, 235/UI, 235/UJ, 235/UK, 235/UL, 235/UN,

235/UP, 235/UR, 559/FD

SOURCE

Uniform Code Council Solutions Center



Fall 2004


AVAILABLE FROM

Uniform Code Council, Inc.

7887 Washington Village Drive; Suite 300

Dayton, OH 45459

ABSTRACT

The EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) is a globally unique

number for the identification of products and services. The Universal

Product Code (U.P.C.) encodes a 12-digit GTIN.

The identification number may be 8, 12, 13 or 14 digits in length using

the EAN/UCC-8, UCC-12, EAN/UCC-13, and EAN/UCC-14 data structures

respectively. The EAN/UCC-8 comprises (from left to right) an

EAN/UCC-8 Prefix, Company and Item Reference, and a Check Digit.

The UCC-12 comprises (from left to right) a UCC Company Prefix, an

Item Reference, and a Check Digit. The EAN/UCC-13 comprises (from

left to right) an EAN.UCC Company Prefix, an Item Reference, and a

Check Digit. The EAN/UCC-14 comprises (from left to right) an Indicator

Digit, an EAN.UCC Company Prefix, an Item Reference, and a

Check Digit. Its Application Identifier (AI) is ’01’.

Some existing EDI Codes make specific assumptions about the construction

of the GTIN, including eliminating certain digits. A specific GTIN

may not conform to these construction assumptions. A GTIN must be

used in its entirety to ensure uniqueness.

There also exist EDI codes related to a GTIN for coupons, product

variants and additional product identification.

46 Telecommunications Industry Codes


150, 560, 1000, 1301, 66/42, 235/SH, 235/SV, 235/TY, 235/WJ, 559/TI

SOURCE

Telecommunication Industry Forum (TCIF) Guidelines

TCIF Service Characteristic Qualifiers and Codes

AVAILABLE FROM

Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions, Secretariat1200 G

Street, NW Suite 500 Washington, DC 20005

ABSTRACT

The TCIF Guidelines and Service Characteristic Qualifiers and Codes

list the suggested codes to be used in the industry. The codes in the

Guidelines are subsets of the ASC X12.3 Data Element Dictionary. The

Service Characteristic Qualifiers and Codes contain the industry-maintained



Fall 2004


codes for the service ordering and billing processes for the

industry.

51 ZIP Code


116, 66/16, 309/PQ, 309/PR, 309/PS, 771/010

SOURCE

National ZIP Code and Post Office Directory, Publication 65

The USPS Domestic Mail Manual

AVAILABLE FROM

U.S Postal Service


New Orders


P.O. Box 371954

Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954

ABSTRACT

The ZIP Code is a geographic identifier of areas within the United States

and its territories for purposes of expediting mail distribution by the U.S.

Postal Service. It is five or nine numeric digits. The ZIP Code structure

divides the U.S. into ten large groups of states. The leftmost digit

identifies one of these groups. The next two digits identify a smaller

geographic area within the large group. The two rightmost digits identify

a local delivery area. In the nine-digit ZIP Code, the four digits that follow

the hyphen further subdivide the delivery area. The two leftmost digits

identify a sector which may consist of several large buildings, blocks or

groups of streets. The rightmost digits divide the sector into segments

such as a street, a block, a floor of a building, or a cluster of mailboxes.

The USPS Domestics Mail Manual includes information on the use of

the new 11-digit zip code.

52 Hazardous Materials ID, DOT


62, 64, 208/9, 208/D, 559/DO, 665/P, 665/R

SOURCE

Code of Federal Regulations, Transportation. Title 49, parts 100 to 177,

revised as of November 1, 1983, pages 75-170.

AVAILABLE FROM





Fall 2004



ABSTRACT

Provides codes, names, and hazard classes for materials designated by

the U.S. Department of Transportation as hazardous for purposes of

transportation in commerce. The identifier of the materials listed is

alphanumeric of the form: “AAdddd”. The numeric portion of the identifier

has no significance. The alphabetic prefix may be: UN for materials

appropriate for both international and domestic shipments: or NA for

materials appropriate only for domestic shipments and shipments to and

from Canada.

53 United Nations Number (Dangerous Goods)


62, 64, 208/U, 559/UN

SOURCE

“Transportation of Dangerous Goods”, Recommendations of the Committee

of Experts of the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Third Revised

Edition United Nations ST/SG/AC10/1/REV. 3, 1983, SALES NO. E.

83. VIII. 1

AVAILABLE FROM

United Nations Publications

Polaris des Nations

CH - 1211 Geneva 10

Switzerland

ABSTRACT

Provides codes, names and hazard classes for materials designated as

dangerous for purposes of transport in commerce. The identifier of the

dangerous goods listed is numeric of the form “dddd”.

54 Schedule D Location Qualifier


66/D, 309/D

SOURCE

Schedule D, Customs District Classification

AVAILABLE FROM

The Bureau of Census

Foreign Trade Division

Room 2179, Bldg. 3


ABSTRACT



Fall 2004


Numbering system of the Customs districts and ports.

55 Schedule K Location Qualifier


66/K, 309/K

SOURCE

Schedule K, Classification of Foreign Ports and Geographic Trade Area

and Country

AVAILABLE FROM

Bureau of Census


Room 2179-Bldg. 3


ABSTRACT

A listing of the major ports of the world directly handling waterborne

shipments in the foreign trade of the United States and the numeric code

numbers by which such ports are designated in tabulations.

60 (DFI) Identification Number


507

SOURCE

a) Thompson Bank Directory: American Bankers Association (ABA)

Routing Numbers

b) New York Clearinghouse Association: Clearinghouse Interbank Payment

System (CHIPS) Participant Numbers

c) Canadian Payments Association Directory: Canadian Bank Transit

Numbers

d) ISO/S.W.I.F.T. Bank Identifier Code Directory: ISO Bank Identifier

Codes

AVAILABLE FROM

a) Thompson Financial Publishing

P.O. Box 65

Skokie, IL 60076-0065

b) New York Clearinghouse Association

450 West 33rd Street

New York, New York 10001

c) Bowne of Toronto

60 Gervais Drive

Toronto, Ontario



Fall 2004


Canada M3C 1Z3

d) S.W.I.F.T. SC

Avenue Adele 1

B-1310 La Hulpe

Belgium

ABSTRACT

Assigned alphanumeric codes identifying depository financial institution.

70 Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standards (VICS)

EDI


559/VI

SOURCE

VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines for EDI

AVAILABLE FROM


8163 Yankee Road, Suite J

Dayton, OH 45459

ABSTRACT

Conventions and implementation guidelines for electronic data inter-change

utilizing the ASC X12 Standards within the retail industry.

71 U.P.C. Shipping Container Code


88/UC

SOURCE

U.P.C. Shipping Container Code and Symbol Specification Manual

AVAILABLE FROM


8163 Yankee Road, Suite J

Dayton, OH 45459

ABSTRACT

The U.P.C. Shipping Container Code is a 14 digit code, that identifies

shipping containers of fixed content (products sold on a fixed

weight/fixed unit of measure basis).

75 United States Harmonized Code System


23/J

SOURCE



Fall 2004


HS-Based Schedule B - 1992 Edition

Publication of U.S. Department of Commerce

Bureau of the Census



AVAILABLE FROM




ABSTRACT

The HS-based schedule B code is a ten-digit number, the first six of which

is the harmonized code. The remaining four digits represent statistical

subdivisions. The schedule is a statistical classification of domestic and

foreign commodities exported from the United States.

77 X12 Directories


721, 725

SOURCE

X12.3 Data Element Dictionary

X12.22 Segment Directory

AVAILABLE FROM

Data Interchange Standards Association, Inc. (DISA)

Suite 200

1800 Diagonal Road


ABSTRACT

The data element dictionary contains the format and descriptions of data

elements used to construct X12 segments. It also contains code lists

associated with these data elements. The segment directory contains the

format and definitions of the data segments used to construct X12

transaction sets.

94 International Organization for Standardization (Date

and Time)


623

SOURCE

ISO 8601

AVAILABLE FROM



Fall 2004




New York, NY 10036

ABSTRACT

ISO Standards code list for representation of date and time.

98 SSCC-18 and Application Identifier


88/GM, 235/UO

SOURCE

a) Application Specification for the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping

Container Code

b) UCC/EAN Code 128 Application Identifier Standard

AVAILABLE FROM


8163 Old Yankee Street, Suite J

Dayton, OH 45458

ABSTRACT

The SSCC-18 and Application Identifier is a twenty-character code

which is unique within the UCC/EAN numbering system. 2 Digits

SSCC-18 Application Identifier (00) 18 Digits SSCC-18 Identification

Number

102 Languages


819, 66/LE

SOURCE

Code for the representa tion of names of languages (ISO 639)

AVAILABLE FROM



New York, NY 10036

ABSTRACT

A set of symbols used to designate languages.

108 U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Agency (OHSA)


559/OS

SOURCE

Code of Federal Regulations



Fall 2004


Department of Labor

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

Title 29, Part 1910

AVAILABLE FROM




ABSTRACT

OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard establishes regulations on

manufacturers and importers of hazardous chemicals to provide employees

with information by means of hazard communication programs,

including labels, material safety data sheets, training, and access to

written records. Specific Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) are cited

for individual chemicals.

121 Health Industry Number


66/21, 128/HI, 1270/HI, I0 5/20

SOURCE

Health Industry Number Database

AVAILABLE FROM

Health Industry Business Communications Council

5110 North 40th Street

Phoenix, AZ 85018

ABSTRACT

The HIN is a coding system, developed and administered by the Health

Industry Business Communications Council, that assigns a unique code

number to hospitals other provider organizations, and manufacturers and

distributors.

123 Open and Prepay Station List Number


309/OL

SOURCE

Official List of Open and Prepay Stations

ICC OPSL 6000-K

AVAILABLE FROM

Station List Publishing

906 Olive Street

St. Louis, MO 63101



Fall 2004


ABSTRACT

A published tariff that contains a listing of all valid railroad stations and

their associated reference number. Note: In some circumstances the

number published for a given railroad is the same as published in the

Freight Station Accounting Code.

146 U.S. Customs Quota Category Codes


23/Q

SOURCE

Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System

AVAILABLE FROM

Customs Co-operational Council

26-38 Rue de l’Industrie

B 1040 Brussels

Belgium

ABSTRACT

The Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System, commonly

referred to as the Harmonized System (HS), is a multipurpose

goods nomenclature combining in a single integrated instrument the

descriptions required for customs tariffs, statistical nomenclatures, and

transport classifications. The role of the Harmonized System in many

other areas such as for tariff-related negotiations, determination of origin

of a commodity, etc. is becoming increasingly important. The Harmonized

System consists of structured nomenclature (5,018 groups of goods

identified by a six-digit code) and is provided with necessary definitions

and rules to ensure its uniform applications. It is supplemented by

Explanatory Notes, an Alphabetical Index, a Compendium of Classification

Opinions, and Trailing Modules. An Electronic HS Commodity Data

Base, providing an enormous listing of commodities traded internationally

with their corresponding 6-digit HS code numbers, is now under

preparation. All United Nations economic classifications use the HS

subheadings as building blocks. Thus, for examples, all of 3,118 basic

headings in the SITC, Revision 3 are correlated to the 5,018 HS subheadings.

The content of each SITC heading corresponds to one or more of

the HS subheadings to which it is keyed.

197 Packaging Requirement Codes


753/CD, 753/CT, 753/IC, 753/LP, 753/PK, 753/PM, 753/UC, 753/WM,



Fall 2004


753/CUD, 753/OPI, 753/PML, 753/SMK, 753/UCL, 1270/JF, 1270/JG,

1270/JH, 1270/JI

SOURCE

Packaging Requirement Codes, MIL-STD-2073-2

AVAILABLE FROM

Standardization Document Order Desk Building 4D 700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094

ABSTRACT

MIL-STD-2073-2C establishes and defines codes used in describing

packaging material and techniques specified in Department of Defense

contracts. Data Element 1270 Code JF Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C,

Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes

which identify the Level A packing requirements for an item. Code

JG Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a Reference MIL-STD-

2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department

of Defense codes which identify the Level B packing requirements for

an item. Code JH Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a

comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes which identify the

Level C packing requirements for an item. Code JI Reference MIL-STD-2073-

2C, Table VII. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of

Defense codes which identify the intermediate container requirements

for an item.

289 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System

(WHMIS)


559/WH

SOURCE

WHMIS Core Manual

AVAILABLE FROM

Workers Compensation Board

Attn: Publications

6951 Westminster Highway

Richmond, British Columbia V7C 1C6

Canada

ABSTRACT

A resource manual for the application and implementation of the Canadian

Federal Hazardous Products Act using the rules and components of

WHMIS. The manual includes topic and subtopic requirements, expo-sure



Fall 2004


limits, and ingredient disclosure lists.

307 National Association of Boards of Pharmacy Number


128/D3

SOURCE

National Council for Prescription Drugs (NCPDP) Provider Number

Database and listings

AVAILABLE FROM

National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP)

4201 North 24th Street, Suite 365

Phoenix, AZ 85016-6268

ABSTRACT

A unique number assigned in the U.S. and its territories to individual

clinic, hospital, chain, and independent pharmacy and dispensing physician

locations that conduct business by billing third-party and dispensing

physician locations that conduct business by billing third-party drug

benefit payers. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs

(NCPDP) maintains this database. The NCPDP Provider Number is a

seven-digit number with the following format SSNNNNC, where

SS=NCPDP assigned state code number, NNNN=sequential numbering

scheme assigned to pharmacy locations, and C=check digit calculate by

algorithm from previous six digits.

320 National Alcohol Beverage Control Association


66/WR, 559/AL, 1270/AC, 1270/CU, 1270/ST

SOURCE

Alcohol Beverage Industry Implementation Guideline for Electronic

Data Interchange

AVAILABLE FROM

National Alcohol Beverage Control Association

4216 King Street West


ABSTRACT

The Alcohol Beverage Industry Implementation Guideline for Electronic

Data Interchange contains implementation guidelines for electronic data

interchange based on the ASC X12 Standards. The guideline also includes

industry maintained codes and definitions used to exchange

information between trading partners.



Fall 2004


321 Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department

of the Treasury


750/B8, 750/TZ

SOURCE

Laws and Regulations under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act,

Title 27, United States Code of Federal Regulations

AVAILABLE FROM




ABSTRACT

This handbook outlines U.S. Government laws pertaining to the advertisement,

sale and distribution of alcoholic beverages as well as containing

code lists that categorize the class, type, formula content, etc. of

alcoholic beverages.

421 EDI Council of Australia Communications ID Number


I05/19

SOURCE

EDI Council of Australia Communications ID Number

AVAILABLE FROM

EDI Council of Australia (EDICA)

854 Glenfeme Road, 2nd Floor

P.O. Box 521

Hawthorn, Victoria 3122

Australia

ABSTRACT

A 13-digit number assigned by the EDI Council of Australia (EDICA)

to uniquely identify trading partners as either the sender or receiver of a

transmission.

467 NABCA/DISCUS Common Code


235/BV

SOURCE

NABCA/DISCUS Common Code Tables

AVAILABLE FROM



Fall 2004


National Alcohol Beverage Control Association

4216 King Street West

Alexandria, VA 22302

ABSTRACT

The National Alcohol Beverage Control Association (NABCA)/Distilled

Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS) Common Code is a code

that links a specific alcohol beverage product with a unique identifier

which is assigned by the aforementioned agencies to aid interested

parties in tracking product movement and inventory.

497 AMECOP


I05/AM

SOURCE

Association Mexicana Del Codigo De Producto (AMECOP)

AVAILABLE FROM

AMECOP (Association Mexicana del Codigo de Producto)

Horacio #1855 6* Piso

Col. Chapultepec Morales

11570 Mexico, D.F.

ABSTRACT

A 13-digit number assigned by AMECOP to uniquely identify trading

partners as either the sender or the receiver of a transmission.

583 EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN)


66/UL, I05/07

SOURCE

EAN.UCC Location Number

AVAILABLE FROM


7887 Washington Village Drive, Suite 300

Dayton, OH 45459

EAN International

Rue Royal 145

1000 Bruxelles,

Belgium

ABSTRACT

The EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN) is a globally unique

number for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location.



Fall 2004


It is comprised (from left to right) of a Company Prefix, Location

Reference, and a Modulus 10 Check Digit. The EAN.UCC Company

Prefix is assigned by the Numbering Authority. The Location Reference

is assigned by the company and is unique within that company. The

EAN.UCC GLN is a 13 digit data structure.

664 SSCC-18


88/AA

SOURCE

a) Application Specification for the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping

Container Code

b) UCC/EAN Code 128 Application Identifier Standard

AVAILABLE FROM


8163 Old Yankee Street, Suite J

Dayton, OH 45458

ABSTRACT

The SSCC-18 is an eighteen-character code which is unique within the

UCC/EAN numbering system. 18 Digits SSCC-18 Identification Number

707 Uniform Fire Code (UFC)


208/B

SOURCE

Uniform Fire Code (UFC)

AVAILABLE FROM

International Fire Code Institute (IFCI)

5360 Workman Mill Road

Whittier, CA 90601-2298

ABSTRACT

Volumes I and II of the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) contain the United

States’ premier model fire code and sets forth provisions necessary for

fire prevention and fire protection. It is endorsed by the Western Fire

Chiefs Associates, the International Association of Fire Chiefs and the

International Conference and Buildings Officials (ICBO).

708 Poly-America Plastic Product Index


753/02



Fall 2004


SOURCE

Poly-America Plastic Product Index

AVAILABLE FROM

American Plastics Council

1275 K Street NW, Suite 500


ABSTRACT

The Poly-America Plastic Product Index is a list of plastic categories

used for packaging consumer goods.

715 Cancellation and Rejection Reason Code


128/R9, 1270/Z

SOURCE

Cancellation and Rejection Reason Code List

AVAILABLE FROM

Collision Industry Electronic Commerce Association (CIECA)

P.O. Box 74404

Romulus, MI 48174

ABSTRACT

An industry maintained code list to identify codes for reasons an auto-mobile

rental was not processed.

850 National Association of Convenience Stores’ Category

and Sub-category Codes


23/0, 750/05, 750/06

SOURCE

Category Definition and Numbering Guide

AVAILABLE FROM

National Association of Convenience Stores

1605 King Street


ABSTRACT

Contains codes for the categorization of goods and services sold in

convenience stores.

852 UCC Bill of Lading Number


128/UCB, 128/UCM



Fall 2004


SOURCE

UCC/EAN-128 Application Identification Standard

AVAILABLE FROM


7887 Washington Village Drive

Suite 300

Dayton, OH 45459-8605

ABSTRACT

Application Identifier 402 is a shipment identification number assigned

by the consignor (initial shipper) of a shipment. It provides a globally

unique number that identifies a grouping of shipping containers for the

purpose of a transport shipment. AI 402 is used as a bill of lading number

and as a reference in EDI messages. The data structure is seventeen digits

in length and is constructed in three parts: a UCC/EAN company prefix,

a serial number assigned by the consignor, and a check digit. For

companies with a UCC number, the company prefix is seven digits long

and is composed of a zero in front of the six digit UCC company number.

874 Drug Identification Number


235/FV

SOURCE

Health Protection Branch, Canadian Federal Government

AVAILABLE FROM

Bureau of Policy and Coordination

Therapeutic Products Programme

Health Canada

Tunney’s Pasture

Locator 0201A1

Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0L2

Canada

ABSTRACT

The Drug Identification Number (DIN) is a non-unique number assigned

by the Health Protection Branch of the Canadian Federal Government

which identifies the active ingredient and its strength on Over The

Counter (OTC) and pharmacy products.

881 Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code




Fall 2004

480

SOURCE

Data Interchange Standards Association

AVAILABLE FROM

Data Interchange Standards Association

333 John Carlyle Street, Suite 600

Alexandria, VA 22314

ABSTRACT

Code indicating the version, release, sub-release, and industry identifier

of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if

code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the

version number; positions 4-6 are the release and sub-release, level of

the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association

identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment

is T, then other formats are allowed.

894 National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities

(NAPRA)


559/NP

SOURCE

National Association of Pharmacy Authorities (NAPRA)

AVAILABLE FROM

NAPRA

222 Somerset Street

Ottawa, Ontario K2P 2G3

Tel: (613) 569-9658

Fax: (613) 569-9659

ABSTRACT

The National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities (NAPRA)

was founded to enable members to take a national approach in addressing

common issues. As an umbrella association of the regulatory authorities,

NAPRA offers harmonization of standards with credibility, depend-ability,

and acceptance. NAPRA is incorporated under the Canada Corporations

Act as a voluntary, not-for-profit organization.


Section IV Glossary Page 98 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004

Section IV

GLOSSARY OF TERMS & ACRONYMS and RELATED WEBSITES American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American National Standards Institute ANSI Standard A document published by ANSI that has been approved through the consensus process of public announcement and review. Each of these standards must have been developed by an ANSI committee and must be revisited by that committee within five years for update. Referred to as “Draft Standards” For Trial Use. Application Acknowledgment A transaction set whose purpose is to respond to a transaction set which has been received and processed in an application program. The Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) is an example of an application acknowledgment, can be used to respond to the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) presenting information, such as, whether the receiver can fulfill the order and it can be done on time. ASC X12 (DISA Data Interchange Standard Association Inc) Accredited Standards Committee, X12 (sub-group of DISA) comprised of industry members for the purpose of creating EDI standards. ATA American Trucking Associations, Inc. Authentication A mechanism which allows the receiver of an electronic transmission to verify the sender and the integrity of the content of the transmission through the use of an electronic ‘‘key’’ or algorithm which is shared by the trading partners. May be referred to as an electronic signature. Assortment A single SKU, as defined in the purchase order, that represents multiple items (e.g., men’s three piece suit, ordered as a set). This information is found in the Trade Item Identification Communication (TIIC) Document (contact the ECCC for information). Communication Protocol The rules or specifications allowing computers to communicate with each other Communication System Computer programs and hardware used for transmitting information electronically.



Compliance Checking The process used to ensure that a transmission complies with “EDI” standards syntax rules. Composite Data Element A composite data structure consists of two or more component data elements preceded by a data element separator. Conditional (X) A data element requirement designator indicates that the presence of a specified data element is dependent on the value or presence of other data elements in the segment. The condition must be stated and must be processed by computer. Consumer Unit Packaging for POS (Point Of Sale) Retail goods intended for sale to consumers. The consumer unit is defined as the most elementary unit that is or could be offered to consumer for purchase. That implies, among other things, that the product includes, in clearly visible form, all of the information required by law for products offered for sale to the public. Control Segment A control segment has the same structure as a data segment but is used for transferring control information for grouping data segments. Control Segments are Loop Control Segments (LS/LE), Transaction Set Control Segments (ST/SE), and Functional Group Control Segments (GS/GE), and Interchange Control Segments (ISA/IEA). Control Validation Confirmation that information within the control segments is correct. Customer An individual or firm purchasing goods and/or services from a supplier Data Element A data element can represent a qualifier, a value, or text (such as a description). Each data element is identified by a number used for reference in the Data Element Dictionary, which defines specifications for each simple data element.

Data Element Description Each data element is defined in a description statement that specifies the purpose of the data element.

Data Element Length This is the range, minimum to maximum, of the number of character positions available to represent the data element value. A data element may be of variable length with range from minimum to maximum, or it may be of fixed length in which the minimum is equal to the maximum. The range length is shown in the standard as MIN and MAX (minimum and maximum, respectively). Length may be defined differently for different types of data elements.



Data Element Reference Number Data elements are assigned unique reference numbers. This reference number is used in all segments to aid in locating the data element definitions in the Data Element Dictionary. If the reference number begins with a “C”, this indicates that the data element is a composite data structure. Data Element Requirement Designator The code defining the need for a data element value to appear in the segment if the segment is transmitted. The codes available are mandatory (M), optional (O), or conditional (X). Data Element Separator Each data element in a segment is preceded by a separator character, or, in the case of composite data structures, a sub-element separator, both specified by the interchange sender in the Interchange Control Header segment (ISA). The data element separator and sub-element separator have ranges of influence from this header to the next Interchange Control Trailer segment (IEA). The data element separator and sub-element separator must be different from the segment terminator and, once specified in the ISA, must not appear in a data element value with the exception of their possible appearances in Data Element #785, Binary Data. If optional data elements occurring at the end of a segment are not used, the data element separators need not be transmitted. If optional data elements at the end of a composite data structure are not used, the sub-element separators need not be transmitted.

Data Element Position Data elements are assigned a specific position within a segment. In a transmission, the segment is terminated after the last data element used. In this case, the transmission of the segment terminator signifies that the remaining data elements have been omitted. The omission of data elements other than at the end of a segment is signified by successive data element separators or, in the case of a composite data structure, sub-element separators. Data Element Type A data element may be one of eight types: numeric, decimal, identifier, string, date, time, binary, or fixed-length string. The symbols used to designate the data element types are as follows.

Numeric (Nn) The numeric type of data element is symbolized by the two-position representation Nn. N indicates a numeric, and n indicates the decimal places to the right of a fixed, implied decimal point. The decimal point is not transmitted in the character stream. For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) should not be transmitted. Leading zeros should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The length of the data element is the number of



digits used. The minus sign (-) is not counted when determining the length of the data element value. Decimal Number (R) The decimal type of data element is symbolized by the representation R. The decimal point is optional for integer values, but required for fractional values. For negative values the leading minus (-) sign is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) should not be transmitted. Leading zeros should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The minus sign and the decimal point are not counted when determin ing the length of the data element value. Identifier (ID) The identifier type of data element is symbolized by the representation ID. An identifier data element must always contain a value from a predefined list of values. The value is left justified. Trailing spaces should be suppressed. String (AN) The string type of data element is symbolized by the representation AN. Contents of string-type data elements are a sequence of any letters, digits, spaces, and/or special characters and contain at least one nonspace character. The significant characters must be left justified. Leading spaces, if used, are assumed to be significant characters. Trailing spaces should be suppressed. Date (DT) The date type of data element is symbolized by the representation DT. Format for the date type is either YYMMDD or CCYYMMDD in which CC is the first two digits of the calendar year, YY is the last two digits of calendar year, MM is the month (01 to 12), and DD is the day in the month (01 to 31). Time (TM) The time type of data element is symbolized by the representation TM. Format for this type is expressed in 24-hour clock format, HHMMSSd..d. HH is the numeric expression of the hour (00-23), MM is the numeric expression of the minute (00-59), SS is the numeric expression of the second (00-59), and d..d is the numeric expression of decimal seconds. Binary (B) The binary type of data element is symbolized by the representation B. The binary type is any sequence of octets ranging in value from binary 00000000 to binary 11111111. This data element type has no defined maximum length; actual length is specified by the immediately preceding data element. The B type may only exist in the BIN or BDS segments

Data Mapping The Data Mapping is the format in which the EDI message is transmitted. Delimiters The delimiters consist of two levels of separators and a terminator. The delimiters are an integral part of the transferred data stream. Delimiters are specified in the interchange header and may not be used in a data element value elsewhere in the interchange. From highest to lowest level, the separators and terminator are segment terminator, data element separator, and sub-element separator.



Detail (Transaction Set Level) The detail area used within a transaction set containing various segments and attributes. The Detail area is after the header and before the summary area of the transaction set. DISA (Data Interchange Standards Association) Data Interchange Standards Association (DISA) is a non-profit organization, which serves as the secretariat for the ASC X12 organization. Direct Transmission Direct transmission is the exchange of data from computer to computer. Delivery/Return Base Record (894) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Base Record Transaction Set (894) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate the details of a DSD delivery and is to be used during the check-in procedure. Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment (895) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Transaction Set (895) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a distributor or Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate adjustments to a DSD delivery or to acknowledge the completion of a delivery. The transaction set contains changes to the Delivery/Return Base Record identified during the check-in procedure. A Delivery/Return Acknowledgment and/or Adjustment Transaction containing no changes is considered to be an acceptance of the preceding Base Record or Adjustment. The transaction set will contain only the detail data, which is to be changed. Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Transaction Set (882) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. This transaction set can be used to summarize detailed delivery, return and adjustment information which was previously reconciled at time of delivery in a retail direct store delivery environment, and also to request payment for the products delivered. This transaction set will provide only a summary of direct store deliveries and adjustments without product detail. ECR Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) is an industry cost-reduction initiative. Companies throughout the grocery industry are working together to find ways to eliminate inefficient practices that are not value-added to the consumer. www.ecr.ca EDI Electronic Data Interchange, the computer-to-computer exchange of business information previously communicated via paper documents.



EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Used for product or service identification of a non-North American item. EAN/UCC-8 Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Used for product or service identification of a non-North American small package item. EDI Translation The conversion of application data to and from the EDI standard format. EDI Translator Computer software used to perform the conversion of application data to and from the EDI standard. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) The computer application to computer application exchange of business information in a standard format. Electronic Envelope Electronic information which groups a set of transmitted documents being sent from one sender to one receiver. Element Delimiter Single character delimiter follows the segment identifier and each data element in a segment except the last. Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (Website www.eccc.org ) To be renamed to GS1 – Canada in 2005 Electronic Mailbox A term used to refer to the place where an EDI transmission is stored for pickup or delivery within a third party service provider’s system. Trading partners can also maintain mailboxes within their own domain. Encryption A process of transforming cleartext (data in its original, unencrypted form) into ciphertext (encrypted output of a cryptographic algorithm) for security or privacy. Functional Acknowledgment A transaction set (997) transmitted by the receiver of an EDI transmission to the sender, indicating receipt and syntactical acceptability of data transmitted according to the VICS EDI standards. The functional acknowledgment allows the receiving party to report back to the sending party problems encountered by the syntax analyzer as the data is interpreted. It is not intended to serve as an acknowledgment of data content.



Functional Group A group of one or more transaction sets bounded by a functional group header segment and a functional group trailer segment. Functional Group Segments GS/GE segments identify a specific functional group of documents such as purchase orders. GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) The GTIN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for products and services. A Global Trade Item Number may be 8, 12, 13, or 14 digits in length using the EAN/UCC-8, UCC-12, EAN/UCC-13, or EAN/UCC-14 Data Structure respectively. GLN (Global Location Number) The GLN is a globally unique EAN.UCC System identification number for physical or legal entities. The Global Location Number uses the EAN/UCC-13 Data Structure. Header (Transaction Set Level) The header area used within a transaction set containing various segments and attributes. The Header area is at the start of Transaction Set. Industry Guideline Defines the EDI environment for using conventions within an industry. It provides assistance on how to implement the Canadian VICS EDI standard. Interchange Control Segments ISA/IEA segments identify a unique interchange being sent from one sender to one receiver. Interchange Control Structure The interchange header and trailer segments envelope one or more functional groups or interchange related control segments and perform the following functions: 1) defines the data element separators and the data segment terminators, 2) Identifies the sender and receiver, 3) provides control information for the interchange, and 4) allows for authorization and security information. ISO International Standards Organization Invoice (810)

This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the billing for goods and services provided.



Loop A group of semantically related segments; these segments may be either bounded or unbounded. The N1 loop, which includes segments N1 to PER for name and address information, is an example of a loop. Mailbox Function Computer system to deposit EDI documents into and extract from, with each trading partner having a unique address. Mandatory (M) A data element/segment requirement designator which indicates the presence of a specified data element/segment is required. Max Use Specifies the maximum number of times a segment can be used at a given location in a transaction set. Message Entire data stream including the outer envelope. Modem A device that modulates and demodulates signals transmitted over communications facilities. Network A central hub (location) for EDI communications, providing computer power, communications facilities and interfaces with trading partners and applications Optional (O) A data element/segment requirement designator which indicates the presence of a specified data element/segment is at the option of the sending party, which can be based on the mutual agreement of the interchange parties. Order Status Report (870) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Order Status Report Transaction Set (870) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to report on the current status of a requirement forecast, an entire purchase order, selected line items on a purchase order, selected products/services on a purchase order, or purchase orders for a specific customer in their entirety or on a selection basis. The transaction set can also be used to report on the current status of single or multiple requisitions. The report format allows for the inclusion of "reasons" relative to the status. This transaction set may also be used to update the supplier's scheduled shipment or delivery dates. This transaction set can result from either an inquiry or a prearranged schedule agreed to by the trading partners.



Pallet Identification Pallet is a portable platform for transporting and storing loads. These pallets may be marked with a unique reference as its "identification". Purchase Order (850) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information. Product Activity Data (852) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Activity Data Transaction Set (852) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to advise a trading partner of inventory, sales, and other product activity information. Product activity data enables a trading partner to plan and ship, or propose inventory replenishment quantities, for distribution centers, warehouses or retail outlets. The receiver of the transaction set will maintain some type of inventory/product movement records for its trading partners to enable replenishment calculations based on data provided by the distributor, warehouse or retailer. Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set (867) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to: (1) report information about product that has been transferred from one location to another; (2) report sales of product from one or more locations to an end customer; or (3) report sales of a product from one or more locations to an end customer, and demand beyond actual sales (lost orders). Report may be issued by either buyer or seller. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice rela tive to a seller's acknowledgment of a buyer's purchase order. This transaction set can also be used as notification of a vendor generated order. This usage advises a buyer that a vendor has or will ship merchandise as prearranged in their partnership. Qualifier A data element which identifies or defines a related element, set of elements, or a segment. The qualifier contains a code taken from a list of approved codes. Retailer Business which buys for resale to the ultimate consumer.



Security System screening which denies access to unauthorized users and protects data from unauthorized uses.

Segment A segment is the intermediate unit of information in a transaction set. Segments consist of logically related data elements in a defined sequence. Segments have a unique segment identifier that comprises the first characters of the segment. When segments are combined to form a transaction set, their relationship to the transaction set is defined by a segment condition designator and a segment sequence. Some segments may be repeated, and groups of segments may be repeated as loops. The transaction sets in which the segments are used are listed under the heading “TRANSACTION SETS USED IN,” referenced by transaction set ID. Segment Identifier A unique identifier for a segment composed of a combination of two or three uppercase letters and digits. The segment identifier occupies the first character positions of the segment. The segment identifier is not a data element. The segment identifier in EDIFACT is a component data element — part of a composite data element consisting of a segment identifier and an explicit looping designator. Segment Terminator A unique character appearing at the end of a segment to indicate the termination of the segment. Each segment ends with a segment terminator specified by the interchange sender in the Interchange Control Header segment (ISA). The segment terminator has a range of influence from this header to the next Interchange Control Trailer segment (IEA). The segment terminator must be different from the data element separator and, once specified in the ISA segment, it must not appear in a data element value with the exception of its possible appearance in Data Element #785, Binary Data. Shipping Case Within the shipping environment, this represents the container that holds product being shipped between trading partners. Ship Notice/Manifest (856) This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to list the contents of a shipment of goods as well as additional information relating to the shipment, such as order information, product description, physical characteristics, type of packaging, marking, carrier information, and configuration of goods within the transportation equipment. The transaction set enables the sender to describe the contents and configuration of a shipment in various levels of detail and provides an ordered flexibility to convey information. The sender of this transaction is the organization responsible for detailing and communicating the contents of a shipment, or shipments, to one or more receivers of the transaction set. The receiver of this transaction set can be any



organization having an interest in the contents of a shipment or information about the contents of a shipment. SKU Stock Keeping Unit, a SKU usually identifies an item at the color and size level through one code or a set of codes. Sub Element Separator A unique character used to delimit the component data elements within a composite data element. Summary (Transaction Set Level) The summary area used within a transaction set containing various segments and attributes. The Summary area is at the end of Transaction Set. Syntax The grammar or rules, which define the structure of the EDI standards (e.g., the use of loops, qualifiers, etc.) Trading Partner The sending and/or receiving party involved in the exchange of electronic data interchange transmissions. Transaction Set The transaction set unambiguously defines, in a standard syntax, information of business one or more segments in a specified sequence. The various areas used within a transaction set are header, detail and summary containing specific segments and attributes. Transaction Set Id An identifier that uniquely identifies the transaction set. This identifier is the first data element of the transaction set header segment. Translation The act of accepting documents in other than standard format and translating them to the standard. Uniform Code Council (UCC) Uniform Code Council UCC-12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)



Value Added Network (VAN) Value Added Network are third party service organizations for Electronic Data Interchange. Vendor Any individual, firm or corporation from whom purchases are made. Vendor Pack Package of two or more retail selling units which has been pre-defined by the retailer and the vendor. Retailers often order merchandise by pack instead of by selling unit. Version/Release Identifies the publication of the standard being used for the generation or the interpretation of data in the VICS EDI standard format. May be found in the Functional Group Header Segment (GS) and in the Interchange Control Header Segment (ISA). See Control Segment. VICS EDI Committee (VICS) Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard for Electronic Data Inter-change WINS Warehouse Information Network Standard X12 (DISA) The Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 was chartered in 1979 by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) to develop uniform standards for inter-industry electronic exchange of business transactions – specifically electronic data interchange (EDI).



RELATED WEBSITE CANADIAN SITES

Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) http// www.ecr.ca Efficient Consumer Response Pharmaceutical (ECRx) http:// www.ecrx.org Efficient Foodservice Response (EFR) http// www.efrcanada.org Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) http// www.eccc.org

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SITES

Data Interchange Standards Association (DISA) Secretariat for X-12 http// www.disa.org Uniform Code Council Inc. (UCC) http// www.uc-council.org


Section V

DATA MAPPING EDI Standards are laid out in the following format in the Implementation Guideline. Each of the areas listed below are detailed in this section.

TABLE OF CONTENTS CANADIAN INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION IMPLEMENTATION GUIDELINE FORMAT CANADIAN VICS EDI SEGMENT HIERARCHY VICS EDI CONVENTIONS ENVELOPE & GROUP MAPPING

Control Segments (ISA, IEA, GS, GE) ISA Interchange Control Header IEA Interchange Control Trailer GS Functional Group Header GE Functional Group Trailer

Transaction Sets

810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report (In or Out) 870 Order Status Report 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 894 Delivery/Return Base Record 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment 997 Functional Acknowledgment

Section V Data Mapping Page 111 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004


CANADIAN INTRODUCTION


UCC VICS EDI Standard

DISA ASC X12 Standard DISA X12 Standard The DISA (Data Interchange Standards Association) ASC (Accredited Standards Committee) X12 is the base standard for EDI that includes everything (transactions, segments, and elements). UCC VICS EDI Standard The UCC (Uniform Code Council) VICS (Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard) is a subset of ASC X12 designed for Retail Business. Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines The Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines are a subset of the UCC VICS EDI Standards specifically designed to make EDI easier for Canadian Industry.

INTRODUCTION The purpose of this section is to provide the necessary information to enable trading partners to utilize the VICS EDI standards for the exchange of electronic business documents within the retail industry. The EDI message transmission, in the VICS EDI format, is comprised of an outer envelope (transmission envelope), which identifies the sender and receiver. Within the transmission envelope are one or more functional groups. The functional groups are analogous to batches of like documents, e.g. purchase orders, invoices, etc. Each functional group contains one or more transaction sets (electronic documents). Each transaction set is an ordered collection of segments. Each segment is an ordered collection of data elements. (See Envelope and Group Mapping) Each segment has been assigned a two or three character identifier. This identifier marks the beginning of each segment. Each element within the segment is separated by a data element

separator character such as a ‘‘*’’ is used to depict the data element separator in printed examples. A segment terminator character is used to mark the end of a segment such as a ‘‘N/L’’ is used to depict the segment terminator in printed examples. Most end or terminator values are not seen on



a printout but the translators recognize the “NON-PRINTABLE” characters. Usually it is a hexadecimal character that the application recognizes. Note: most business examples of message segments do not show this value. Example being used below is Transaction Set 850 - Purchase Order SEGMENT EXAMPLE 1 All Data elements used * * * N/L

Data Element 3

Data Element 2

Data Element 1

BEG

Many of the data elements are optional, i.e., if the data element is not applicable, it is not necessary to send it. When a data element is omitted the data element separators remain to explicitly indicate the omission. See Segment Example 2. SEGMENT EXAMPLE 2 Data Element 2 omitted * ** N/L

Data Element 3

Data Element 1

BEG

When the data element that is being omitted is at the end of the segment, the segment terminator is placed after the last data element used. See Segment Example 3. SEGMENT EXAMPLE 3 Data Elements 2 and 3 omitted * N/L

BEG Data Element 1

As with the data elements, some of the segments are optional. However, when a segment is omitted it is not sent. There is no need to explicitly indicate the omission of a data segment.

IMPLEMENTATION GUIDELINE FORMAT Each transaction set in the data mapping section begins with an introduction, which will contain any conditions applicable only to that transaction. After the introduction, the Canadian VICS EDI segment hierarchy is listed.

CANADIAN VICS EDI SEGMENT HIERARCHY The Canadian VICS EDI segment hierarchy lists all the segments in the order they are used. This provides the conventions and guidelines with a list of segments available for use, and in the sequence to be used. Following the VICS EDI segment hierarchy, a detailed description of each segment is provided, in order.



Segment Detail Each segment is listed with: Segment (Identifies the Segment Identification and a description of the segment) Level Loop, Usage and Max Use (which is for the Loop Repeats) Usage Max Use Purpose Syntax Semantic Comments Notes

The description will be found in PID03 and PID04, and PID05.

VICS EDI note forthis codedefinition

Indicates thatthis data

element must beused

Conditions fordata elements

with “C”attribute

PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form S Structured (From Industry Code List) X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

The description will be found in PID05.

The description will be found in PID03 and PID04.

VICS EDIConventions

for thissegment

ASC X12Data

REF. DATA DES. ELEMENT NAME ATTRIBUTES

Data Element Summary

The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 ar maintained by the VICS EDI SMC eand are only printed in this guideline. Notes

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Level: Detail Loop: PO1/PID Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000

Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

Syntax: 1 C0403 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 R0405 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 C0703 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 C0803 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required. 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being

referred to. Semantic:

2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A “Y” indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an “N” indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: A If PID01 equals “F”, then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals “S”, then PID04 is

used. If PID01 equals “X”, then both PID04 and PID05 are used. B Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being

described in the segment. C PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.



Segment (ID) and Name A unique identifier for a segment composed of a combination of two or three uppercase letters and digits. The segment identifier occupies the first character positions of the segment. The segment identifier is not a data element. Position Identifies the specific location within the transaction. The header may be referred to as 1 with a 4-digit position number to follow. Example 1/0100 is in the header and is the first segment. A 2 would represent the Detail and 3 would be summary. This is seen in the summary page at the beginning of each transaction set. Loop If the segment is contained within a loop, and Loop repeat is for the first segment in the loop, allows for a multiple occurrences of a group of specific segments. Loop Repeats (Loop, Usage, Max Use) Loop Repeats consist of Loop ID (identification) that contains all segments that are used within the defined loop repeat. To use the loop repeat the following information is required: Usage: Identifies whether the segment is optional, conditional or mandatory. Max Use: Identifies the number or repetitions of the segment are allowed. Sample: Loop: LIN Usage: Optional Max Use: 999999 Level (header, detail, or summary) Identifies what section this segment appears in the Transaction

Header The header is an area at the beginning of the Transaction Set containing

information pertaining to the entire transaction set. Detail The detail area encompasses the actual body or payload of the business

transaction, such as, the line items on a Purchase Order and their associated information.

Summary The Summary area is an area at the end of a transaction set containing information

that addresses the results of summarization of information for the transaction.

Usage Identifies the requirement within the transaction set whether the segment is mandatory or optional Max Use This shows the maximum usage of the segment Purpose Defines how the segment is utilized Syntax The rules for the usage of the segment and data elements



Semantic The conventions for the usage of the segment and data elements Comments Further clarification of conditional usage where applicable Notes Specific implementation instructions are provided in notes. Example: Notes explain the VICS EDI convention for this segment within the transaction set. It is important to note that all shaded text in this section are the VICS EDI conventions and terminology. All Canadian Notes will start with the wording “Canadian Note:” and will also be shaded. Following is an example of a Transaction Set reflecting the above information:

Segment Detail Example from 810 Invoice Segment: IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) Position: 010 Loop: IT1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related

transactions Syntax Notes: 1 If any of IT102 IT103 or IT104 is present, then all are required.

2 If either IT106 or IT107 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either IT108 or IT109 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either IT110 or IT111 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either IT112 or IT113 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either IT114 or IT115 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either IT116 or IT117 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either IT118 or IT119 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either IT120 or IT121 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either IT122 or IT123 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either IT124 or IT125 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 IT101 is the purchase order line item identification. Comments: 1 Element 235 /234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or

services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For

example: Case, Color, Drawing No., GTIN No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: The codes listed for IT106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the IT1

segment. Canadian Note: Must use CTP Segment to transmit pricing other than unit price.



Data Element Designators “M” in the left margin indicates use of this element is required when this segment is used. The data element summary lists each data element sequence order, of the segment. , inFor each data element, there is one line to identify:

Reference designator (Ref. Des.) Data element number (Data Element) Data element name (Name) Attributes

Reference Designator: This is the segment identifier with the data element sequence

number within the segment. Data Element Number: This is the number assigned to the data element. This number may

be used for direct reference in the Data Element Dictionary (See Appendix III)

Data Element Name: This is the name assigned to the data element. Attributes: Each data element has three attributes: element usage, element

type, and minimum/maximum length. Element Usage:

M Mandatory The data element must be used if the segment is used. O Optional The data element may be used if the segment is used. X Conditional The data element may be used only if other elements are used

within the segment. The particular condition/relation will be stated in the syntax notes of the segment.



The convention for representation of a repeating data element will be; a dash (-) and a numeric value that represents the maximum number of times a data element can be repeated after the usage indicator (i.e., 0-3 Optional and can be repeated three times). Element Type: ID Identifier An identifier data element contains a unique value from a single, predefined

list of values. AN String A string data element is a sequence of any characters from the basic or

extended character sets and contains at least one non-space character. The significant characters shall be left justified. Leading spaces, when they occur, are presumed to be significant characters. In the actual data stream, trailing spaces should be suppressed.

Note: The use of any special characters (“, &, *, !, ~, >, etc)

within a text field, will generate unspecified results within the EDI processing of the related message.

DT Date A date data element is used to express the standard date in CCYYMMDD

format in which CC is the first two digits of the calendar year, YY is the last two digits of the calendar year, MM is the month (01-12), and DD is the day in the month (01 to 31).

TM Time The time data element is used to express the time in HHMMSSd..d format in

which HH is the hour for a 24-hour clock (00 to 23), MM is the minute (00 to 59), SS is the second (00 to 59) and d..d is decimal seconds. Seconds and decimal seconds are optional. Trailing zeros in decimal seconds should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement or unless necessary to indicate precision.

Nn Numeric The value of a numeric data element includes an implied decimal point. It is

used when the position of the decimal point within the data element is permanently fixed and is not being transmitted with the data. The representation for this data element type is Nn where “N” indicates that it is numeric and “n” indicates the number of decimal positions to the right of the implied decimal point (N is equivalent to N0). For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) shall not be transmitted. Leading zeroes should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The length of a numeric type data element does not include the optional minus sign.

EXAMPLES: Example 1

Value is 100.00 Number type is N The data stream value is 100

Example 2

Value is 123.45 Numeric type is N2 where “2" indicates an implied decimal placement two positions from the right The data stream value is 12345



Example 3

Value is -100.00 Numeric type is N2 where “2" indicates an implied decimal placement two positions from the right The data stream value is -10000

R Decimal A decimal data element contains an explicit decimal point and is used for

numeric values that have a varying number of decimal positions. The decimal point always appears in the character stream if the decimal point is at any place other than the right end. If the value is an integer (decimal point is at the right end) the decimal point should be omitted. For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) shall not be transmitted. Leading zeroes should be sup-pressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. Trailing zeros following the decimal point should be suppressed unless necessary to indicate precision. The use of triad separators (for example, the commas in “1,000,000”) is expressly prohibited. The length of a numeric type data element does not include the optional minus sign or decimal point.

EXAMPLES: Example 1

Value is 0123.00 Decimal type is R The data stream value is 123

Example 2

Value is 0123.45 Decimal type is R The data stream value is 123.45

Example 3

Value is -123.45 Decimal type is R The data stream value is -123.45

Min/Max This is the minimum and maximum length of the data element.

EXAMPLES: Example 1

2/2 - fixed length of 2 characters. Example 2

4/9 - minimum length of 4 characters and maximum length of 9 characters.



EDI CONVENTIONS The following conventions are provided to help put the mapping conventions in perspective to the business practices of the user and their trading partner(s). Functional Acknowledgments Functional Acknowledgments (FA), Transaction Set 997, may be used for each functional group transmitted. The receiver of the functional group may send the FA to the sender. The use of the document is as agreed upon by the trading partners with respect to timing of response and which messages require this response. It does not make any comment as to the validity of the message content. It provides the message Control Numbers to enable tracking of document activity.

Control Numbers There are three syntax control levels: Interchange, Group, and Transaction Set. Within each level there is a control number, which provides a positive match between the headers and trailers, e.g., ISA and IEA segments (Interchange level), GS and GE segments (Group level), and ST and SE segments (Transaction Set level). The EDI conventions specify how to assign these control numbers at each level. ISA/IEA Interchange Control Numbers (ISA13/IEA02) The sender, starting with one within each trading partner, sequentially assigns the number. The Interchange Receiver ID (ISA08) defines the trading partner at the interchange level. The control number is incremented by one for each interchange envelope sent to the trading partner. When the control number reaches 999999999 (maximum size) the next interchange envelope will have the control number of 000000001. The sequential assignment of interchange control numbers enables the receiver to detect a missing or duplicate transmission. Unlike the group level, no functional acknowledgement is used at the interchange level. Therefore, it is important for the receiver to notify the sender if an out of sequence interchange control number is detected. GS/GE Data Interchange Control Numbers (GS06/GE02) The number assigned by the sender must be unique within each trading partner. The Application Receiver Code (GS03) defines the trading partner at the group level. The uniqueness must be maintained until such time that a Functional Acknowledgement is received for that group. In a distributed EDI environment, where groups may be processed at different locations from the sending/receiving point for the interchange, it is impossible to maintain sequential control numbers. In this type of environment, one location serves as the gateway to the other locations. Only the group level is passed on to other locations, and, in turn, the distributed locations format the groups and send them to the gateway for transmission. In addition, the Functional Acknowledgment provides a positive means of control at the group level. The above two reasons support the convention for the group control number. ST/SE Transaction Set Control Numbers (ST02/SE02) The sender sequentially assigns the number, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group. Because of the rigorous control number structure at the interchange and group level, the transaction set control number is used to identify position within the group to ease error



identification and resolution. The sequential numbering will allow easy location of a particular transaction set, within the transmission, if the need should arise. Location Identification The convention of the retail industry is the use of location codes/numbers to represent stores, warehouses, and distribution centers for ship to, bill to, buying locations, etc. The vendor will maintain the list of valid locations and their respective addresses for each retailer, and the retailer will maintain the location codes for each vendor. This alleviates the need to send full addresses. The location code and type (buying, ship-to, etc.) are sent in the N1 segment. Currently the DUNS (Dun & Bradstreet) location identification is used and many organizations have a go-forward plan to move to the GLN (Global Location Number). Product Identification The product identification convention for the retail industry is the EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). The GTIN is a globally unique structure to identify trade items (products and services) within the EAN.UCC system. The following are the data structures within GTIN:

Code Description EO EAN/UCC-8 UP UCC-12 EN EAN/UCC-13 UK EAN/UCC-14

Product identification is at the SKU level for all line items. The recommended convention is to use one Product ID Qualifier/Product ID set. See Section III Extended Data Element Information - Data Element 235 Product/Service ID for the complete list of codes and their definitions. Coordinates To identify coordinates, another Product ID Qualifier/Product ID is used with a code of CO and a unique number for the coordinate. All SKUs with the same unique number will be considered within the coordinate grouping. The uniqueness only applies within the transaction set to differentiate between coordinates. Product Descriptions All product descriptions will be in the PID segment. There will be no descriptions in the IT1, LIN, P01, SLN, etc. CUR Usage Monetary values are assumed to be expressed in the currency of the country of the transaction originator unless the optional CUR segment is used to specify a different currency. The CUR segment also permits the transaction originator to indicate a specific exchange rate, foreign ex-change location and date/time as the basis for a currency conversion. 1. Assuming the currency of the transaction originator is U.S. dollars, the following CUR

segment, when used in the heading area of a transaction set, indicates:

• All monetary values are expressed in Canadian Dollars (CAD). • The exchange rate is at the discretion of the receiver.

CUR*BY*CAD



2. Assuming the currency of the transaction originator is U.S. dollars, the following CUR segment, when used in the detail area of a transaction set, describes a currency conversion for that particular item from U.S. dollars to Canadian dollars. It also indicates that a specific exchange rate, at a specified foreign exchange location on a given date/time be used as the basis for the currency conversion.

CUR*BY*USD*1 . 2OO*SE*CAD*NY*OO7*2005O4O1*14OO

• CURO1=BY, CURO2=USD Identifies the buyer's currency as U.S. dollars • CURO3=1.200 The multiplier, 1.200, is the exchange rate factor for this conversion • CURO4=SE, CURO5=CAD Identifies the seller's currency as Canadian dollars • CURO6=NY, CURO7=007, CURO8=20050401, CURO9=1400

Indicates the basis for the exchange rate as the New York Foreign Exchange, the effective date/time as April 1, 2005 at 2:00 PM. If the unit price value was 7.50 U.S. dollars, the actual unit price conversion would be: The unit price value (7.50), multiplied by the exchange rate (1.20) equals 9.00 Canadian dollars (7.50 x 1.20 = 9.00). CUR10 through CUR21 provide for four additional dates/times relating to the currency conversion, i.e., effective date, expiration date, etc.



Pack/lnner Pack Usage

Introduction Historically, there has been a great deal of confusion within the EDI community on the use of the P04 segment to specify packaging of items within cartons, specifically the designation of inner pack and size information. In previous versions, Data Element 357 (Size) was sometimes used to communicate product size information and sometimes used to communicate inner pack information. By utilizing Data Element 810 (Inner Pack), Data Element 357 is now used for a single purpose, namely, the communication of product size information. Note: These guidelines are to be utilized for standard content cases only. They do not apply to variable content cases. These guidelines are to be utilized during the ordering process when the item being ordered is specified using a consumer unit. When items are specified using a case code, the pack/inner pack configuration is automatically defined by the product identification provided and pack/inner pack information need not be communicated in the purchase order or the invoice. Data Element Definitions 356 Pack - The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner containers, per outer container 810 Inner Pack - The number of eaches per inner container Using Pack And Inner Pack To Determine The Packaging Configuration And Number Of Eaches Ordered Data Elements 356 (Pack) and 810 may be used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. Two levels of packaging may be specified. The first level, specified using Data Element 356, may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using Data Element 810, is the number of eaches in each inner container when Data Element 356 is the number of smaller containers within the case. Example A - No inner pack, ordering quantities specified in Cases: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Case. Data Element 356 is used. Data Element 810 is not used. The absence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are not present. EDI Example

PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 15 PO103 355 UOM CA PO401 356 Pack 10 PO414 810 Inner Pack not used

The total number of cases ordered is 15. The case quantity ordered is multiplied by the Pack quantity (15 x 10=150) Outcome is that you ordered 150 retail units.



Example B - No inner pack, ordering quantities specified in Eaches: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Each. Data Element 356 is used. Data Element 810 is not used. The absence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are not present. EDI Example

PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 150 PO103 355 UOM EA PO401 356 Pack 10 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not used

The total number of eaches ordered is 150. The total number of cases ordered is 15, (150/10 = 15). Outcome is you ordered the equivalent of 15 cases. Example C - Inner packs, ordering quantities specified in Cases: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Case. Data Elements 356 and 810 are both used. The presence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are used, i.e., each case contains 6 smaller containers and each smaller container contains 4 of the units specified by a GTIN. EDI Example

PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 10 PO103 355 UOM CA PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 4

The total number of cases ordered is 10. The total number of eaches ordered is 240, (case quantity of 10, multiplied by the Pack quantity and Inner Pack quantity) (10 x (6 x 4) =240). Outcome is you ordered the equivalent of 240 retail units in 10 cases. Example D - Inner packs, ordering quantities specified in Eaches: In the Purchase Order, the GTIN is specified and the unit of measure is Each. Data Elements 356 and 810 are both used. The presence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are used, i.e., each case contains 6 smaller containers and each smaller container contains 4 of the units specified by a GTIN. EDI Example

PO102 330 Quantity Ordered 240 PO103 355 UOM EA PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 4



The total number of eaches ordered is 240. The total number of cases ordered is 10. The total number of eaches ordered is 240, (case quantity of 10, multiplied by the Pack quantity and Inner Pack quantity) (10 x (6 x 4) =240). Outcome is you ordered 240 retail units the equivalent of 10 cases. Usage Examples Example D1- No inner packs The item in this example is a household cleaning product, packed 12 to a case. The shipping container is marked with a case GTIN and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN The product size is 15 ounces.

Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order

Element Ref. Designator Element Number Element Name Entry/ Value

PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN

PO401 356 Pack 12 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not used



Example D2 - Simple inner packs

The item in this example is a cosmetic. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 2 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 6 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a case GTIN, the inner containers are not marked with any GTIN marking, and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN. The product size is 3 ounces.




PO401 356 Pack 2 PO414 810 Inner Pack 6

Example D3 - Simple inner packs

The item in this example is a men's shirt. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 2 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 24 consumer units--each consumer unit is a poly bag containing one (1) man’s shirt. The shipping container is marked with a shipping container code (SCC- 14), the inner containers are not marked with any GTIN marking, and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN. The product size is "Medium".







Example D4 - Complex inner packs The item in this example is a canned vegetable. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 6 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 4 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a case GTIN, the inner containers are marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN1 - considered a saleable item), and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN2 - also considered a saleable item). The product size is 8 ounces.

Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order – UPC 1


PO106 235 Prod/Service ID Qualifier UP PO107 234 Prod/Service ID Consumer GTIN 1

PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not Used







Example D5 - Complex inner packs

The item in this example is golf balls. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 6 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 12 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a shipping container code (SCC-14), the inner containers are marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN1 - considered a saleable item), and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN (GTIN2 -also considered a saleable item). The consumer unit is a 3-pack of golf balls that cannot be further subdivided for sale. Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order – UPC 1



PO401 356 Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack Not Used





Example D6 Simple inner packs

The item in this example is a canned soup. The “vendor selling unit” is a pallet. The product is shipped using 120 trays per pallet. Each tray contains 24 cans. The pallet is marked with a pallet GTIN, the trays (inner containers) are not marked with any GTIN marking, and the item is marked with a consumer GTIN. The product size is 6 ounces.



ITD Terms Specification

With "best of terms selection" becoming a common practice in the retail industry, the need for a standard method of formatting and interpreting invoice terms has become more important. The terms documented in this section (and depicted in the grid to follow) are not inclusive of all possible terms, but have been identified as those most widely used within the retail industry. The Terms Discount Due Date (ITD04) and the Terms Net Due Date (ITD06) are not depicted as mandatory elements within the formula grid, except in Formulas 2 and 7. In general, the receiver of the invoice will recalculate all due dates. The Terms Basis Date Code (ITD02) is depicted as a check mark to indicate various values may be used. The only exceptions are Formulas 2 and 7, where a specific value is present in 1TD02. The Percent of Invoice Payable (ITD11) is also depicted using the check mark, as various values can be present in Formula 3. Tiered terms can be described as having multiple due dates, or different discounts offered depending on prompt payment. An example is "3% 10 Days, 1.5% 30 Days, Net 31" (refer to Formula 6). The term is formatted using 2 ITD segments, utilizing Formula 4 for the first occurrence of the ITD and Formula 5 to format "1.5% 30 Days, Net 31". The most commonly used invoice terms can be grouped into 4 categories, described as follows: A. Discount Not Applicable The total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date. The end of term period is either a specified date (as defined in ITD()6) or is derived by adding "E" number of days (ITDO7) to the beginning of term period date, as qualified by ITD02. For example, if ITD02 =3, the beginning of term period date is the invoice date. The date the total invoice amount becomes due is calculated by adding "E" number of days to the date of invoice. B. Prompt Payment Discount Offered A discount percentage (1TD03) can be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date is either a specified date (as defined by 1TD04) or is derived by adding "C" number of days (ITD05) to the beginning of term period, as qualified by ITDO2. For example, if ITD02 = 2, the beginning of term period date is the delivery date. The discount percentage can be deducted from the total invoice amount if paid within "C" number of days from the delivery date. The total (net) invoice amount is payable by the end of the term period if prompt payment is not made. Refer to category A for determination of the end of term period date.

C. EOM (End of Month) The EOM month is determined using the beginning of term period date (YYMMDD), as qualified by ITD02, and a cut-off day (25th of the month). The EOM month is derived one of two ways:

• If the value of DD (day) is less than or equal to 25 (the cut-off day), add one (1) to the beginning of term period month (MM). Example 1: if the beginning of term period date is 20050603, the EOM month is July 2005.

• If the value of DD (day) is greater than 25 (the cut-off day), add two (2) to the

beginning of term period month (MM). Example 2: if the beginning of term period date is 20050629, the EOM month is August 2005.



When a prompt payment discount is not offered, the total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date, which is the 6th day (ITD13) of the calculated EOM month. If ITD05 is also present, additional days may be added to the 6th day of EOM. In Example 1 above, the end of term period is the 6th day of July 2005. In Example 2, the end of term period is the 6th day of August 2005. If ITDO5 is also present, the value of 1TD05 (number of additional days) is added to the 6th day of July (Example 1) or the 6th day of August (Example 2).

Prompt payment discounts may be offered, with a discount percentage (ITD03) to be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date for EOM terms is the calculated EOM date as described in the preceding two paragraphs. The total (net) invoice amount becomes due either the day following the calculated prompt payment date or as of Net "E" days (ITD07). D. Proximo Proximo terms use the next calendar month as the month in which to pay the invoice, based on the month of the beginning of term period date, as qualified by ITD02. For example, if the beginning of term period date is 20050629, the Proximo month is July 2005. When a prompt payment discount is not offered, the total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date, which is the 6th day (ITD13) of the Proximo month. If 1TD05 is also present, additional days may be added to the 6th day of Prox. In the example above, the Proximo date is the 6th day of July 2005. If ITD05 is also present, the value of ITD05 (number of additional days) will be added to the 6th day of July 2005. Prompt payment discounts may be offered, with a discount percentage (1TD03) to be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date for Proximo terms is the calculated Proximo date as described in the preceding two paragraphs. The total (net) invoice amount becomes due either the day following the calculated prompt payment date or as of Net "E" days (1TD07).



ENVELOPE AND GROUP MAPPING The ISA segment marks the beginning of the transmission and provides sender/receiver identification. Each GS segment marks the beginning of a functional group. There may be one or more than one functional groups within each transmission. The ST segment marks the beginning of each transaction set (electronic document). There can be up to 999,999 transaction sets within each functional group. The interchange control structure is common to all transaction sets. Segment Hierarchy

IEA

GS GE

GE

SEGEGS

ST

SEST

SE

ST

ISA GS

Transmission Envelope

FunctionalGroup n

• • •

FunctionalGroup 2

FunctionalGroup 1

• • •

TransactionSet 2

TransactionSet 1

TransactionSet n


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines Section VI

Summary of Changes

Index

Front Matter.....................................................................................136 External Code Source......................................................................................136

5 Countries, Currencies and Funds..........................................................................................136 17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) ....................................................................................136 88 National Retail Federation ...................................................................................................137 852 UCC Bill of Lading Number ..................................................................................................137 874 Drug Identification Number .................................................................................................137 289 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)................................................138 583 EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN) ..............................................................................138

Data Elements.................................................................................................139 26 Country Code.....................................................................................................................139 40 Equipment Description Code................................................................................................139 66 Identification Code Qualifier ................................................................................................139 92 Purchase Order Type Code..................................................................................................140 98 Entity Identifier Code..........................................................................................................140 103 Packaging Code..................................................................................................................142 127 Reference Identification ......................................................................................................143 128 Reference Identification Qualifier .........................................................................................143 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code............................................................................................144 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier ................................................................................................145 236 Price Identifier Code ...........................................................................................................147 309 Location Qualifier Code .......................................................................................................147 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling..............................................................................147 336 Terms Type Code ...............................................................................................................147 349 Item Description Type ........................................................................................................148 355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement ......................................................................................148 365 Communication Number Qualifier.........................................................................................158 374 Date/Time Qualifier ............................................................................................................159 479 Functional Identifier Code ...................................................................................................159 668 Line Item Status Code ........................................................................................................160 687 Class of Trade Code............................................................................................................160 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code.....................................................................................160 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code.......................................................................................161

Transaction Sets ..............................................................................162 810 Invoice.................................................................................................162

Transaction Set Notes ...................................................................................................................162 REF Reference Information position 1/0500.................................................................................162 PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600........................................................162 N1 Party Identification position 1/0700......................................................................................162 N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000....................................................................................163 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300 ..........................................................163 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions position 1/1500 ..........................................................................163 IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) position 2/0100........................................................................163 CTP Pricing Information position 2/0500 .....................................................................................164

Section VI Summary of Changes Page 133 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004


PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500.............................................................................165 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000 ...................................................................................165 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1400....................................................................................165 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1800 ...................................166 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 3/0400 ...................................167 ISS Invoice Shipment Summary position 3/0600 .........................................................................167

850 Purchase Order....................................................................................168 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order position 1/0100.........................................................168 REF Reference Information position 1/0500.................................................................................168 PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600........................................................168 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 1/1200 ...................................168 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300 ..........................................................168 N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/2950 ..................................................................169 N1 Party Identification position 1/3100......................................................................................169 PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100......................................................................................169 CTP Pricing Information position 2/0400 .....................................................................................170 PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500.............................................................................170 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900 ...................................................................................170 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300 ...................................171 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900....................................................................................171

852 Product Activity Data...........................................................................172 XQ Reporting Date/Action position 1/0200 .................................................................................172 N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/0400 ..................................................................172 N1 Name position 1/0600.........................................................................................................172 N4 Geographic Location position 1/0900....................................................................................173 LIN Item Identification position 2/0300 ......................................................................................173 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000 ...................................................................................173 ZA Product Activity reporting position 2/0800 ............................................................................174 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1100....................................................................................174 G95 Product Activity reporting position 2/1200 ............................................................................175

855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment .......................................................176 REF Reference Information position 1/0500.................................................................................176 DTM Date/Time Reference position 1/1500 ..................................................................................176 N1 Name position 1/3000.........................................................................................................176 N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000....................................................................................177 PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100......................................................................................177 CTP Pricing Information position 2/0400 .....................................................................................178 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900 ...................................................................................179 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300 ...................................179 SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900....................................................................................179 ACK Line Item Acknowledgment position 2/2700..........................................................................180 N1 Party Identification position 2/3700......................................................................................181 N2 Additional Name Information position 2/3800 .......................................................................181 N3 Party Identification position 2/3900......................................................................................181 N4 Geographic Location position 2/4000....................................................................................181 SLN Subline Item Detail position 2/4900 .....................................................................................181 CTT Transaction Totals position 3/0100.......................................................................................182

856 Ship Notice/Manifest...........................................................................183 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Shipment.............................................183 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) position 2/1200 Shipment .............................183 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) position 2/1300 Shipment ...........................................................184 TD4 Special Handling Code position 2/1400 Shipment ..................................................................184



REF Reference Identification position 2/1500 Shipment ................................................................184 PER Administrative Communications Contact position 2/1510 Shipment .........................................184 DTM Date/Time Reference position 2/2000 Shipment....................................................................185 N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Shipment .......................................................................185 N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Shipment .....................................................................185 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Order ..................................................185 N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Order.............................................................................186 N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Order ..........................................................................186 LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Pack...............................................................................186 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack position 2/1900 Pack.................................................187 LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Item...............................................................................187 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) position 2/0300 Item ........................................................................188 PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0600 Item ..........................................................................188 PID Product/Item Description position 2/0700 Item .....................................................................188

867 Product Transfer and Resale Report....................................................189 870 Order Status Report ............................................................................189 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information.......................................190

N1 Party Identification position 1/0300......................................................................................190 N4 Geographic Location position 1/0600....................................................................................190 N9 Reference Identification Qualifier position 1/0700..................................................................190 G72 Allowance or Charge position 2/0200 ...................................................................................190 G31 Total Invoice Quantity position 2/0600 .................................................................................190

894 Delivery/Return Base Record..............................................................191 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment ..............................191 997 Functional Acknowledgment ...............................................................192

AK1 Functional Group Response Header position 1/0200 ..............................................................192 AK2 Transaction Set Response Header position 1/0300 ................................................................192 AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer position 1/0600..................................................................192 AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer position 1/0700 ...............................................................193



Front Matter

External Code Source 5 Countries, Currencies and Funds

Simple Data Element/Code References 1715 and 955/SP were added. Address information was changed.

Code "Abstract" has changed. SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 26, 100, 1715, 66/38, 235/CH, 955/SP SOURCE Codes for Representation of Names of Countries, ISO 3166-(Latest Release) Codes for Representation of Currencies and Funds, ISO 4217-(Latest Release) AVAILABLE FROM American National Standards Institute 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor New York, NY 10036 ABSTRACT Part 1 (Country codes) of the ISO 3166 international standard establishes codes that represent the current names of countries, dependencies, and other areas of special geopolitical interest, on the basis of lists of country names obtained from the United Nations. Part 2 (Country subdivision codes) establishes a code that represents the names of the principal administrative divisions, or similar areas, of the countries, etc. included in Part 1. Part 3 (Codes for formerly used names of countries) establishes a code that represents non-current country names, i.e., the country names deleted from ISO 3166 since its first publication in 1974. Most currencies are those of the geopolitical entities that are listed in ISO 3166 Part 1, Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries. The code may be a three-character alphabetic or three-digit numeric. The two leftmost characters of the alphabetic code identify the currency authority to which the code is assigned (using the two character alphabetic code from ISO 3166 Part 1, if applicable). The rightmost character is a mnemonic derived from the name of the major currency unit or fund. For currencies not associated with a single geographic entity, a specially allocated two-character alphabetic code, in the range XA to XZ identifies the currency authority. The rightmost character is derived from the name of the geographic area concerned, and is mnemonic to the extent possible. The numeric codes are identical to those assigned to the geographic entities listed in ISO 3166 Part 1. The range 950-998 is reserved for identification of funds and currencies not associated with a single entity listed in ISO 3166 Part 1.

17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) Reference to Data Element 206 has been added.

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 140, 206, 296, 298, 66/2, 66/ND, 309/RS SOURCE Directory of Standard Carrier Alpha Codes (SCAC), NMF 101 Series AVAILABLE FROM National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. 2200 Mill Road Alexandria, VA 22314-4654 ABSTRACT The standard carrier alpha code (SCAC) lists and codes transportation companies. The SCAC program contemplates that each company will be assigned a unique two to four letter (alpha) code for use as an abbreviation or to identify a particular company for transportation data processing



purposes. The combination of letters used by any one carrier does not conflict with those assigned to other carriers, even though such other carriers may belong to a different mode. The SCAC directory contains two sections. Section 1 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier names. Section 2 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier codes. The Standard Carrier Alpha Code directory is available as a printed directory or as a data file on CD-ROM and 9-Track Tape.

88 National Retail Federation

Name and address have been changed.

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 235/CM, 235/SM, 559/NR SOURCE Standard Color & Size Code Handbook AVAILABLE FROM National Retail Federation Liberty Place 325 7th Street NW Suite 1000 Washington, DC 20004 ABSTRACT This publication contains standard color and size codes for use in the retail industry.

852 UCC Bill of Lading Number

Code source has been added.

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 128/UCB, 128/UCM SOURCE UCC/EAN-128 Application Identification Standard AVAILABLE FROM Uniform Code Council, Inc. 7887 Washington Village Drive Suite 300 Dayton, OH 45459-8605 ABSTRACT Application Identifier 402 is a shipment identification number assigned by the consignor (initial shipper) of a shipment. It provides a globally unique number that identifies a grouping of shipping containers for the purpose of a transport shipment. AI 402 is used as a bill of lading number and as a reference in EDI messages. The data structure is seventeen digits in length and is constructed in three parts: a UCC/EAN company prefix, a serial number assigned by the consignor, and a check digit. For companies with a UCC number, the company prefix is seven digits long and is composed of a zero in front of the six digits UCC company number.

874 Drug Identification Number Code source has been added.

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 235/FV SOURCE Health Protection Branch, Canadian Federal Government AVAILABLE FROM Bureau of Policy and Coordination Therapeutic Products Programme



Health Canada Tunney’s Pasture Locator 0201A1 Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0L2 Canada ABSTRACT The Drug Identification Number (DIN) is a non-unique number assigned by the Health Protection Branch of the Canadian Federal Government, which identifies the active ingredient and its strength on Over The Counter (OTC) and pharmacy products.

289 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) Code Source has been added.

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 559/WH SOURCE WHMIS Core Manual AVAILABLE FROM Workers Compensation Board Attn: Publications 6951 Westminster Highway Richmond, British Columbia V7C 1C6 Canada ABSTRACT A resource manual for the application and implementation of the Canadian Federal Hazardous Products Act using the rules and components of WHMIS. The manual includes topic and subtopic requirements, expo-sure limits, and ingredient disclosure lists.

583 EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN)

Code Source has been modified. Simple Data Element/Code References 66/8, 66/14, 66/UM were deleted.

Simple Data Element/Code References I05/07 was added. Abstract was changed.

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 66/UL, I05/07 SOURCE EAN.UCC Location Number AVAILABLE FROM Uniform Code Council, Inc. 7887 Washington Village Drive, Suite 300 Dayton, OH 45459 EAN International Rue Royal 145 1000 Bruxelles, Belgium ABSTRACT The EAN.UCC Global Location Number (GLN) is a globally unique number for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location. It is comprised (from left to right) of a Company Prefix, Location Reference, and a Modulus 10 Check Digit. The EAN.UCC Company Prefix is assigned by the Numbering Authority. The Location Reference is assigned by the company and is unique within that company. The EAN.UCC GLN is a 13-digit data structure.



Data Elements Legend: TS = Transaction Set DE = Data Element 26 Country Code

Added code CA Canada to N404 − TS 856 2/2500 Order

Added code MX Mexico to N404 − TS 856 2/2500 Order

Added code US United States to N404 − TS 856 2/2500 Order

40 Equipment Description Code

Added code 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code AT Closed Container (Controlled Temperature) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code CI Container, Insulated to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code CK Container, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code CN Container to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code CZ Refrigerated Container to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code RC Refrigerated (Reefer) Car to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code TA Trailer, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Added code TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) to TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Deleted code CV Closed Van from TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Deleted code FT Flat Bed Trailer from TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

Deleted code RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) from TD301 − TS 856 2/1300

66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 855 1/1300 − TS 856 2/2200 Shipment − TS 882 1/0300 − TS 852 1/0600 − TS 882 1/0300 SDQ02 − TS 810 1/1400 − TS 852 2/1100



− TS 855 2/1900 Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to

N103 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 − TS 852 1/0600 − TS 855 1/3000 − TS 882 1/0300 SDQ02 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 − TS 852 2/1100 − TS 855 2/1900

Added code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 SDQ02 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 TD502

− TS 856 2/1200 Shipment Added code 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent to

N103 − TS 852 1/0600 SDQ02 − TS 810 2/1400

Added code 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent to N103 − TS 852 1/0600 SDQ02 − TS 810 2/1400

Deleted code 93 assigned by the organization originating the transaction set from N103 − TS 855 1/3000

Deleted code 94 assigned by the organization that is ultimate destination of the transaction set from

N103 − TS 855 1/3000

92 Purchase Order Type Code

Deleted code BL Bailment from BEG02 − TS 850 1/0100

Added code KC Contract from BEG02 − TS 850 1/0100

98 Entity Identifier Code

Deleted code BL Party to receive Bill of Lading from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 - TS 810 1/0700 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 852 1/0600



- TS 855 1/3000 Deleted code BS Bill and Ship To from N101

- TS 856 2/2200 Shipment Added code BT Bill To Party to N101

- TS 882 1/0300 Deleted code CB Custom Brokers from N101

- TS 850 1/3100 Deleted code CC Claimant from N101

- TS 810 1/0700

Deleted code CN Consignee from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code CS Consolidator from N101 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

Deleted code DL Dealer from N101 - TS 810 1/0700

Deleted code EX Exporter from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code FR Message From from N101 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

Deleted code FW Forwarder from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code H9 Designer from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code LP Loading Party from N101 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

Deleted code MA Party for Whom Item is ultimately intended from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code NP Notify Party for Shipper’s Order from N101 - TS 850 1/3100

Deleted code OB Ordered By from N101 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 855 1/3000 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

Deleted code OW Owner of Property from N101 - TS 810 1/0700

Added code MF Manufacturer of Goods to N101 - TS 810 1/0700

Deleted code RE Party to Receive commercial invoice remittance from N101 - TS 882 1/0300

Added code RI Remit To from N101 - TS 850 1/3100 - TS 882 1/0300

Deleted code TO Message To from N101 - TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

Added code SE Selling Party to N101 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 850 1/3100 − TS 855 1/3000 − TS 882 1/0300

Deleted code SU Supplier/Manufacturer from N101 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 855 1/3000



Deleted code UP Unloading Party from N101 − TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 − TS 810 1/0700 − TS 855 1/3000 − TS 882 1/0300

Deleted code YW Discharge Point from N101 − TS 856 2/2200 Shipment

103 Packaging Code Added code AAA Pallet, Returnable to TD101

− TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code BAG Bag from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Added code 03 Hard Wood to TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Added code 05 Soft Wood to TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 01 Aluminum from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 31 Fibre from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 58 Metal from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 71 Not Otherwise specified from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 76 Paper from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 79 Plastic from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 91 Stainless Steel from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code 94 Wood from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code MIX Mixed Container Types from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code PLT Pallet from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code SLP Slip Sheet from TD101



− TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

Deleted code SRW Shrink Wrap from TD101 − TS 856 2/1100 Shipment − TS 856 2/1100 Order

127 Reference Identification

Field length changed to 1/50 − TS 850 1/0500

128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code AH Agreement Number to

N901 − TS 852 1/0400 REF01 − TS 810 1/0500 − TS 855 1/0500 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800

Added code AI Associated Invoices to N901 − TS 882 1/0700

Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 − TS 852 1/0400 REF01 - TS 810 1/0500 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800

Added code DP Department Number to N901 - TS 850 1/2950 - TS 882 1/0700 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800

Added code GT Goods and Service Tax Registration to N901 − TS 882 1/0700

Added code IA Internal Vendor Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800

Added code IT Internal Customer Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 − TS 852 1/0400 ZA06 − TS 852 2/0800

Added code MR Merchandise Type Code to N901 − TS 882 1/0700



Added code PG Product Group to N901 − TS 882 1/0700

Added code Q8 Registration Number to N901 − TS 882 1/0700

Added code VN Vendor (Seller’s) Item Number to ACK07 − TS 855 2/2700 LIN02 − TS 852 2/0100 − TS 856 2/0200 Item LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack PO106 − TS 855 2/0100

Deleted code VN Vendor (Seller’s) Item Number from N101 − TS 810 1/0700

Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to N901 − TS 850 1/2950 − TS 852 1/0400 REF01 − TS 810 1/0500 − TS 855 1/0500

Added code UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number to REF01 − TS 856 2/1500 Shipment

Added code UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number to REF01 − TS 856 2/1500 Shipment

143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 810 Invoice to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 850 Purchase Order to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 852 Product Activity Data to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 856 Ship Notice/Manifest to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 870 Order Status Report has been added to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 894 Delivery/Return Base Record to AK201

- TS 997 1/0300 Added code 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to AK201



- TS 997 1/0300 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Deleted code BO Buyer’s Color from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code CB Buyer’s Catalog Number from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code CG Commodity Grouping from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code CM National Retail Merchants Association from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description where used EN EAN/UCC-13

Data Structure for the 13-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) EO EAN/UCC-8

Data Structure for the 8-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5)

This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure

Data Structure for the 14-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5)

This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005 UP UCC-12

Data structure for the 12-digit EAN.UCC Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)

Added code EO EAN/UCC-8 to LIN02 − TS 852 2/0100 PO106 − TS 850 2/0100 − TS 855 2/0100

Added code EN EAN/UCC-13 to LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack

Deleted code IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) from LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code IT Buyer’s Style Number from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code IZ Buyer’s Size Code from SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code SM National Retail Merchants Association Size Code from SLN09



− TS 855 2/4900 Deleted code SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code from

SLN09 − TS 855 2/4900

Added code IN Buyer’s Item Number to LIN02 - TS 852 2/0100 - TS 856 2/0200 Item LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack PO103 - TS 855 2/0100

Deleted code LT Lot Number from LIN02 - TS 852 2/0100

Added code UA U.P.C./EAN Code to LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack

Deleted code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900

Added code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) to LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack

Added code UP UCC – 12 LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack

Added code UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure to LIN04 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 - TS 856 2/0200 Pack

Deleted code VA Vendor’s Style Number from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code VE Vendor Color from SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900

Deleted code VC Vendors (Seller’s) Catalog Number from



SLN09 - TS 855 2/4900

Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to ACK07 − TS 855 2/2700 LIN02 − TS 852 2/0100 − TS 856 2/0200 Item LIN04 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack LIN06 − TS 856 2/0200 Pack

236 Price Identifier Code

Added code RTL Retail to CTP02 − TS 810 2/0500 − TS 850 2/0400

Added code WHL Wholesale to CTP02 − TS 810 2/0500 − TS 850 2/0400

309 Location Qualifier Code Deleted code D Census Schedule D from N405

− TS 856 2/2500 Order Deleted code D Census Schedule K from N405

− TS 856 2/2500 Order Deleted code W Worldwide Geographic Location Code from N405

- TS 856 2/2500 Order 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling

Added code 02 Off Invoice to G7202 - TS 882 2/0200

336 Terms Type Code

Deleted code 01 Basic from ITD01 - TS 810 1/1300 - TS 850 1/1300

Deleted code 03 Fixed Date from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300

Deleted code 04 Deferred or Installment from ITD01 - TS 810 1/1300

Deleted code 06 Mixed from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300

Deleted code 07 Extended from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300

Deleted code 10 Instant from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300

Deleted code 11 Elective from ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300

Added code 21 Fast Pay to ITD01 - TS 850 1/1300


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines 349 Item Description Type

Added code S Structured to PID01 - TS 810 2/0600 - TS 850 2/0500

Added code X Semi-structured to PID01 - TS 810 2/0600 - TS 850 2/0500

355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement

Added code BA Bale to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100 PO103 - TS 855 2/0100 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400 SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code BG Bag to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700



CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500

- TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 ItemTD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code BO Bottle to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100



PO103 - TS 855 2/0100

PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400 SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment- TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code BX Box to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200



- TS 850 2/1300

- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code CA Case to CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code CN Can to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403



- TS 810 2/1000

- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment- TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code CT Carton to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01



- TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110

- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code DS Display to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400 SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code DZ Dozen to



ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500

- TS 850 2/0400- TS 855 2/0400ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 IT103 - TS 810 2/0100G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000- TS 852 2/0300- TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800- TS 810 3/0400- TS 850 1/1200- TS 850 2/1300- TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400- TS 850 2/1900- TS 852 2/1100- TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code EA Each to CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 PO409



- TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0300

Added code KG Kilogram to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400

G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200IT103 - TS 810 2/0100ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600ISS04 - TS 810 3/0600PO103 - TS 850 2/0100 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code LB Pound to



ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400

G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600ISS04 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 850 2/0100 - TS 855 2/0100 PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code M4 Monetary to SAC09 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300

Added code PK Package to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400



- TS 855 2/0400

G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item TD110- TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800

Added code PL Pallet/Unit to CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400G9505 - TS 852 2/1200 ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600 PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 3/0400 SN103



- TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0300

Added code RL Roll to ACK03 - TS 855 2/2700 CTP05 - TS 810 2/0500 - TS 850 2/0400 - TS 855 2/0400

G3102 - TS 882 2/0600 G9505 - TS 852 2/1200ISS02 - TS 810 3/0600IT103 - TS 810 2/0100PO103 - TS 855 2/0100PO403 - TS 810 2/1000 - TS 852 2/0300 - TS 855 2/0900PO409 - TS 856 2/0600 Item SAC09 - TS 810 2/1800 - TS 810 3/0400 - TS 850 1/1200 - TS 850 2/1300 - TS 855 2/0400SDQ01 - TS 810 2/1400 - TS 850 2/1900 - TS 852 2/1100 - TS 855 2/1900SN103 - TS 856 2/0300 Item ZA03 - TS 852 2/0800TD110 - TS 856 2/1100 Shipment - TS 856 2/1100 Order

365 Communication Number Qualifier

Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER05 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600



- TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER07 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment

Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER05 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER07 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment

Added code TE Telephone to PER05 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment PER07 - TS 810 1/0600 - TS 850 1/0600 - TS 856 2/1510 Shipment

374 Date/Time Qualifier

Added code 007 Effective to DTM01 - TS 855 1/1500

Added code 009 Process to DTM01 - TS 855 1/1500

Added code 017 Estimated Delivery to DTM01 - TS 855 1/1500

Added code 036 Expiration to ZA04 - TS 852 2/0800

Deleted code AA2 Estimated Point of Discharge to DTM01 - TS 856 2/2000 Shipment

479 Functional Identifier Code

Added code DX Direct Exchange in AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information in AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information in AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code IN Invoice Information (810) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code PD Product Activity Data (852) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code PO Purchase Order (850) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200



Added code PR Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code PT Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code RS Order Status Information (869, 870) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

Added code SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) to AK101 - TS 997 1/0200

668 Line Item Status Code

Deleted code BP Item Accepted from ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

Deleted code IB Items Backordered from ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

Added code IE Item Accepted to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

Added code IH Item oh Hold to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

Added code IP Item Accepted - Price Changed to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

Deleted code IQ Item Accepted from ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

Added code IR Item Rejected to ACK01 - TS 855 2/2700

687 Class of Trade Code

Added code AG Agent to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500

Added code BG Buying Group to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500

Added code DE Dealer to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500

Added code DI Distributor to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500

Added code RS Resale to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500

Added code WH Wholesaler to CTP01 - TS 810 2/0500

716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code

Added code 1 Functional Group Not Supported to AK906 - TS 997 1/0700

Added code 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported to AK906 - TS 997 1/0700

Added code 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing to AK906 - TS 997 1/0700

Added code 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header and Trailer Do Not Agree to AK906

- TS 997 1/0700 Added code 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match Actual Count to AK906

- TS 997 1/0700


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code

Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600

Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600

Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600

Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600

Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error AK503 - TS 997 1/0600 AK504 - TS 997 1/0600 AK505 - TS 997 1/0600 AK506 - TS 997 1/0600



Transaction Sets

810 Invoice Transaction Set Notes

Deleted Transaction Set note: “The QTY segment is used to specify a quantity of units, which are expected as payments, e.g., trade-ins or returns.”

REF Reference Information position 1/0500

Added code AH Agreement Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number “See

External Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.” to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600

Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER06 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used” Usage of PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER08 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used”

N1 Party Identification position 1/0700

Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CC Claimant from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code DL Dealer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code MF Manufacturer of Goods to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OW Owner of Property or Unit from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code SU Supplier/Manufacturer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Deleted note: “Canadian ECRx: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added note: “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” for code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier



Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

N4 Geographic Location position 1/1000

Added note: “See external Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document” to N402 DE 156 State or Province Code

Added note: “See external Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document” to N403 DE 51 Postal Code

Added Note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code

ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300

Deleted code 01 Basic from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 04 Deferred or Installment from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code

FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions position 1/1500

Deleted note: “Canadian EFR: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from FOB01 DE 146 Shipment Method of Payment on Code PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul

IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) position 2/0100

Deleted Segment note: “See section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code Definitions.” Deleted Segment note: “Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx note: must use CTP segment to transmit

pricing other than unit price.” Added code BA Bale to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to IT103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “Canadian Note: Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all

others specify price using the CTP segment instead.” to IT104 DE 212 Unit Price Deleted note: “To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) with code NC as the value in

IT105.” from IT104 DE 212 Unit Price Added note: “To indicate a no charge item or free goods, IT104 will contain a single zero (0)

and IT105 will contain code NC.” to IT104 DE 212 Unit Price Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description in the IT106 DE

235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13







This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UP UCC-12


• Added note: “Canadian Note” 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively

and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic

Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” to Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to IT106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in IT106.” to IT108 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier









Usage of IT117 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT118 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT119 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT120 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT121 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT122 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT123 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT124 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of IT125 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used”

CTP Pricing Information position 2/0500

Added code AG Agent to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code BG Buying Group to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code DE Dealer to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code DI Distributor to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code RS Resale to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added code WH Wholesaler to CTP01 DE 687 Class of Trade Code Added note: “Canadian Note: Net Price includes allowances ONLY or List Price before any

allowance or charge. This is a trading partner established agreement.” to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code

Added code RTL Retail to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code Deleted note: “Canadian Note: Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is

ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).” from code UCP Unit cost price to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code

Added code WHL Wholesale to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code



Added code BA Bale to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500

Added code S Structured (From Industry Code List) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type Added code X Semi-structured (Code and Text) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type Usage of PID04 DE 751 Product Description Code has been changed from “Not used” to Used”

PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/1000

Usage of PO402 DE 357 Size has been changed to “Used” Usage of PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code has been changed to

“Used” Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI

SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 though trading partner agreement only.” from PO402 DE 357 Size

Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 though trading partner agreement only.” to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code

Added code BA Bale to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1400

Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code

Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added note: “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Deleted note: “Canadian ECRx: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added code 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added code 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1800

SAC loop repeat MAX Use changed to >1 Added note: “See section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes Listed.” to

SAC02 DE 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” to code VI

Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code

Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16

DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 3/0400

SAC loop repeat MAX Use changed to >1 Added note: “See Section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes listed below.”

to SAC02 DE 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16

DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code ISS Invoice Shipment Summary position 3/0600

Added code BA Bale to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to ISS02 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ISS04 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB pound to ISS04 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



850 Purchase Order BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order position 1/0100

Deleted code BL Bailment from BEG02 DE 92 Purchase Order Type Code Added code KC Contract to BEG02 DE 92 Purchase Order Type Code

REF Reference Information position 1/0500

Deleted note: “Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC and will be permitted for use version 004020. Use of this code is permitted prior to version 004020 by trading partner agreement.” from REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier D3 – National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number

Changed field length to 1/50 in REF02 DE 127 Reference Identification PER Administrative Communications Contact position 1/0600

Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER06 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used” Usage of PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER08 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used”


Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” to code VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code

Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code M4 Monetary Value to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16

DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale position 1/1300

Deleted code 01 Basic from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 03 Fixed Date from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 06 Mixed from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 07 Extended from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code



Deleted code 10 Instant from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Deleted code 11 Elective from ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code Added code 21 Fast Pay to ITD01 DE 336 Terms Type Code

N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/2950

Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier. “See External Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.”

Added code DP Department Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP

to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IA Internal Vendor Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IT Internal Customer Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

N1 Party Identification position 1/3100

Deleted note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.” from N1

• Added note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.” to N1

Deleted code BL Party to receive Bill of Lading from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code BY Bill To Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CB Custom Brokers from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CN Consignee from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CS Consolidator from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code EX Exporter from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code FW Forwarder from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code H9 Designer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code MA Party for Whom Item is ultimately intended from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier

Code Deleted code NP Notify Party for Shipper’s Order from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OB Ordered By from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code RI Remit TO to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code

PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100

Deleted note: “To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) in PO104 and code NC in PO105.” from PO104

Added note: “To indicate a no charge item or free goods, PO104 will contain a single zero (0) and PO105 will contain code NC.” to PO104

Data Element in PO102 should be DE 380 Quantity Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description in the IT106 DE










• Added Note: “Canadian Note” 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively


Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” to Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added code KG Kilogram to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EO EAN/UCC–8 to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier


Added code RTL Retail to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code Added code WHS Wholesale to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code Added code BA Bale to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

PID Product/Item Description position 2/0500

Added code S Structured (From Industry Code List) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type Added code X Semi-structured (Code and Text) to PID01 DE 349 Item Description Type


Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" position 2/0900 Usage of PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code has been changed from "Not

Used" to "Used" Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI

SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information position 2/1300

Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” for code VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code

Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code M4 Monetary Value to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16

DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900

Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



852 Product Activity Data XQ Reporting Date/Action position 1/0200

Added Semantic Note: XQ04 is a unique report identifier assigned by the sender to transaction N9 Extended Reference Information position 1/0400

Added code AH Agreement Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number “ee External

Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.” to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

Added code IT Internal Customer Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

N1 Name position 1/0600

Deleted note: “BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment that specifies the retailers buying/reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to in the system. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment specifies the retailer's buying/reporting locations. Therefore, codes BY and RL are not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity.” “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.” from N1

Added note: “BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment to identify the retailer’s reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular reporting location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment identifies the retailer’s reporting locations. Therefore, code RL is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity.” “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.” to N1

Deleted code BY Buying Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code 1 D-

U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code 9 D-

U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier and Added “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document”

Added code 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code

UL Global Location Number (GLN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Section VI Summary of Changes Page 172 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004

Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines N4 Geographic Location position 1/0900



Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document” to N404 DE 26 Country Code

LIN Item Identification position 2/0300

Deleted code LT Lot Number from LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code EO EAN/UCC-8 to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code IN Buyer’s Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Definition and Extended Description in the LIN02 DE








• Added note: “Canadian Note” 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively


Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” for Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in LIN02.” to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier








Usage of PO402 DE 357 Size has been changed to “Used” Usage of PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code has been changed to “Used”



Added note: “See section 3 for code list” to PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Unit of Measurement Code


ZA Product Activity reporting position 2/0800

Added code BA Bale to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to ZA03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Deleted note: “This code is only used when ZA01 contains code QD or code QX. If promotion

start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the G95 loop may be used.” from Code 002 Delivery Requested in ZA04 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier

Added note: “This code is used only when ZA01 contains code QD, QP or QX. If promotion start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the G95 loop may be used.” to Code 002 Delivery Requested in ZA04 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier

Added code 036 Expiration to ZA04 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Added code AH Agreement Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number to ZA06 DE

128 Reference Identification Qualifier. Added reference to the External Code Source “See External Code Source 307 in Section III for reference document.”

Added note: “This code may be used in the header or detail area but not in both” for code DP to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

Added code DP Department Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IA Internal Vendor Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code IT Internal Customer Number to ZA06 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1100

Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code




Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier and Added note “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document”


G95 Product Activity reporting position 2/1200

Usage of G9504 DE 380 Quantity has been changed to “Used” Usage of G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis Unit of Measurement has been changed from “Not used”

to “Used” Added code BA Bale to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to G9505 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment REF Reference Information position 1/0500

Added code AH Agreement Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PD Promotion/Deal Number to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

DTM Date/Time Reference position 1/1500

Added code 007 Effective to DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Added code 009 Process to DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Added code 017 Estimated Delivery to DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier Usage of DTM03 DE 337 Time has been changed to “Used” Deleted note: “ Canadian EFR note This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in

VICS EDI version 4020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from code 118 Requested Pickup DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier

N1 Name position 1/3000

Deleted note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.” from N1

Added note: “In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.

This segment is used to identify the retailer’s locations as they pertain to the order. The ship-to (N101 contains code ST) may be identified in the header area or the detail area, but not both. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB, or for direct-to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. For spreadsheet orders, the SDQ segment identifies the retailer’s ultimate destination. When necessary the N1 segment may be used to identify the bill-to or ship-to location. Only one iteration of each of the bill-to or ship-to is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the customer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship to that is normally associated with the locations identified in the SDQ segment(s). For direct-to-consumer orders, there must be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to identify the retailer (N101 contains code BT or SM). When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required.



When a direct-to-consumer purchase order contains multiple ship-to locations, the N1 loop in the detail area is used to identify the ship-to locations.” to N1

Added note: “This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.” to Code UL UCC/EAN Location Code in N103 DE 98 Entity Identifier

Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OB Ordered By from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SU Supplier/Manufacturer to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code



Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier and Added “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document”

Deleted code 93 assigned by the organization originating the transaction set from N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

Deleted code 94 assigned by the organization that is ultimate destination of the transaction set from N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier






PO1 Baseline Item Data position 2/0100

Deleted Segment note: “The codes listed for PO106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the PO1 segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.” from PO1

Added code BA Bale to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to PO103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EO EAN/UCC-8 Data Structure for the 8-digit Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) to

PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code IN Buyer’s Item to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier



Note: “Canadian Note: 1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively


Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). ” for Code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to PO106 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Description and Extended Description in the LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier EN EAN/UCC-13



This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure




Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in PO106.” to PO108 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier






Added note: “Canadian Note: Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).” for code UCP Unit cost price to CTP02 DE 236 Price Identifier Code

Added code BA Bale to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to CTP05 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0900

Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from PO402 DE 357 Size

Deleted note: “Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.” from PO403 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



Added note: “See External Code Source 70 in Section III for reference document.” to code VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI to SAC03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code

Added code BA Bale to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SAC09 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.” to SAC16

DE 819 Agency Qualifier Code SDQ Destination Quantity position 2/1900

Added code BA Bale to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



Added code PK Package to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SDQ01 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code




Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier


ACK Line Item Acknowledgment position 2/2700

Added Segment note: “The codes listed for ACK07 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the ACK segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.” to ACK

Added code IE Item Accepted, Price Pending to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code IH Item on Hold to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code IP Item Accepted – Price Changed to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code IR Item Rejected to ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Deleted code BP Item Accepted – Partial Shipment, Balance Backordered from ACK01 DE 668

Line Item Status Code Deleted code IB Items Backordered from ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Deleted code IQ Item Accepted – Quantity Changed from ACK01 DE 668 Line Item Status Code Added code BA Bale to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to ACK03 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Usage of ACK07 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Updated code EN, EO, UA, UK, UN and UP Description and Extended Description in ACK07 DE




This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure






Added code VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number to ACK07 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Usage of ACK08 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK10 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK11 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK12 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK13 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Usage of ACK14 DE 234 Product/Service ID has been changed to “Used” Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in ACK07.” to ACK09 DE 235 Product/Service

ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in ACK07.” to ACK11 DE 235 Product/Service

ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in ACK07.” to ACK13 DE 235 Product/Service

ID Qualifier

N1 Party Identification position 2/3700 Opened this segment for use

N2 Additional Name Information position 2/3800

Opened this segment for use N3 Party Identification position 2/3900

Opened this segment for use N4 Geographic Location position 2/4000

Opened this segment for use SLN Subline Item Detail position 2/4900

Added note: “To indicate a no charge item or free goods, SLN06 will contain a single zero (0) and SLN07 will contain code NC.” to SLN06 DE 212 Unit Price

Deleted code BO Buyer’s Color from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code CB Buyer’s Catalog Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code CG Commodity Grouping from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code CM National Retail Merchants Association Color Code from SLN09 DE 235

Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) from SLN09 DE 235

Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IT Buyer’s Style Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IZ Buyer’s Size Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code SM National Retail Merchants Association Size Code from SLN09 DE 235

Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID

Qualifier Deleted code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID

Qualifier Deleted code UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID

Qualifier Deleted code UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID

Qualifier Deleted code VA Vendor’s Style Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code VC Vendor’s Catalog Number from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code VE Vendor Color from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier



Deleted code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code from SLN09 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added note: “Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.” to SLN11 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier








CTT Transaction Totals position 3/0100

Usage of CTT03 DE 81 Weight has been changed to “Used” Usage of CTT04 DE 355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement Code has been changed to

“Used” Usage of CTT05 DE 183 Volume has been changed to “Used” Usage of CTT06 DE 355 Unit or Basis Unit for Measurement Code has been changed to

“Used”



856 Ship Notice/Manifest TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Shipment

Added code AAA Pallet, Returnable to TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code BAG Bag from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Added code 03 Hard Wood to TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Added code 05 Soft Wood to TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 01 Aluminum from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 31 Fibre from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 58 Metal from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 71 Not Otherwise specified from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 76 Paper from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 79 Plastic from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 91 Stainless Steel from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 94 Wood from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code MIX Mixed Container Types from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code PLT Pallet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SLP Slip Sheet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SRW Shrink Wrap from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Added code BA Bale to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) position 2/1200 Shipment

Added code UL Global Location Number (GLN) to TD502 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to TD502 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 583 Section III for reference document” for code

UL Global Location Number (GLN) to TD502 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Deleted note: “Canadian ECR: This code is not recommended for use” from code 91 Assigned

by Seller or Seller’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: only used when identifying routing sequence” to code

91 Assigned by Seller or Seller’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Deleted note: “Canadian ECR: This code is not recommended for use” from code 92 Assigned

by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: only used when identifying routing sequence” to code

92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent in SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) position 2/1300 Shipment

Added code 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code AT Closed Container (Controlled Temperature) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment

Description Code Added code CI Container, Insulated to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code CK Container, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description

Code Added code CN Container to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code CZ Refrigerated Container to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code RC Refrigerated (Reefer) Car to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Added code TA Trailer, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description

Code Added code TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) to TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Deleted code CV Closed Van has deleted from TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Deleted code FT Flat Bed Trailer has deleted from TD301 DE 40 Equipment Description Code Deleted code RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) has deleted from TD301 DE 40

Equipment Description Code TD4 Special Handling Code position 2/1400 Shipment

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code CC Container, Consolidator Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code CF Container, Factory Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code LN Less Than Container, Consolidator Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code LR Less Than Container, Factory Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code TC Trailer, Consolidator Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to Code TF Trailer, Factory Load TD401 DE 152 Special Handling Code

REF Reference Identification position 2/1500 Shipment

Added code “UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) “See External Code Source 852 in Section III for reference document.” to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

Added code “UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for reference document.” to REF01 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

PER Administrative Communications Contact position 2/1510 Shipment Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER03 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER05 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER06 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used” Usage of PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier has been changed to “Used” Added code EM Electronic Mail to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code FX Facsimile to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Added code TE Telephone to PER07 DE 365 Communication Number Qualifier Usage of PER08 DE 364 Communication Number has been changed to “Used”


Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines DTM Date/Time Reference position 2/2000 Shipment

Deleted code AA2 Estimated Point of Discharge from DTM01 DE 374 Date/Time Qualifier N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Shipment

Deleted code BS Bill and Ship To from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CS Consolidator from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code FR Message From from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code LP Loading Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code OB Order By from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code TO Message To from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code UP Unloading Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code YW Discharge Point from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet to SDQ02 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added code 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code


Added note: “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier


N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Shipment




TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) position 2/1100 Order

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code BAG Bag in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code CTN Carton in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code PLT Pallet in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code SLP Slip Sheet in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code SRW Shrink Wrap in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code

Added note: “Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code” to code 25 Corrugated or Solid in TD101 DE 103 Packaging code

Deleted code 01 Aluminum from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 31 Fibre from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 71 Not Otherwise specified from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 76 Paper from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 79 Plastic from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code 94 Wood from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code PLT Pallet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SLP Slip Sheet from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code Deleted code SRW Shrink Wrap from TD101 DE 103 Packaging Code



Added code BA Bale to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to TD110 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

N1 Party Identification position 2/2200 Order

Deleted code AG Agent/Agency from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code BO Broker or Sales Office from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code BY Buying Party (Purchaser) from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code CT Country of Origin from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code SU Supplier/Manufacturer from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Deleted code Z7 Mark-for Party from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier

N4 Geographic Location position 2/2500 Order

Added code CA Canada to N404 DE 26 Country Code Added code MX Mexico to N404 DE 26 Country Code Added code US United States to N404 DE 26 Country Code Added note: “See external Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document.”

LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Pack

Added note: “Submit Change Request” to code EN EAN/UCC – 13 to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added code EN EAN/UCC – 13 to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code IN Buyer's Item Number to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to

LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID

Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to

LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code c– 12 to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note:

1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product.

2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).

to Code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN04 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code EN EAN/UCC – 13 to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier



Added code IN Buyer's Item Number to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to

Code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID

Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note: This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to

LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code UP UCC – 12 to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note:



for Code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN06 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack position 2/1900 Pack Added note: “Submit Change Request to remove this code” to code UC U.P.C. Shipping

Container Code in MAN01 DE 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier Added note: “Submit Change Request to remove this code” to code UP UCC-12 in MAN01 DE

88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier

LIN Item Identification position 2/0200 Item

Added note: “Submit Change Request” to code EN EAN/UCC – 13 in LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added code IN Buyer's Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code IT Buyer’s Style Number from LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Deleted code LT Lot Number from LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier Added note: “Canadian Note:


2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC). to Code VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number to LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added note: “This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to code UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier

Added note: “This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.” to code UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) LIN02 DE 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier








Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) position 2/0300 Item

Added code BA Bale to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CA Case to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code EA Each to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PL Pallet/Unit Load to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to SN103 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

PO4 Item Physical Details position 2/0600 Item


PID Product/Item Description position 2/0700 Item

Usage of PID03 DE 559 Agency Qualifier Code has been changed from “Used” to “Not Used” Usage of PID04 DE 751 Product Description Code has been changed from “Used” to “Not Used”



867 Product Transfer and Resale Report Added transaction set

870 Order Status Report Added transaction set



882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information N1 Party Identification position 1/0300

Deleted code RE Party to receive commercial invoice remittance from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code

Deleted code VN Vendor from N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code BT Bill to Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code RI Remit To to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added code SE Selling Party to N101 DE 98 Entity Identifier Code Added note: “See External Code Source 16 in Section III for reference document” for code



Added code 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) “See External Code Source 121 in Section III for reference document” to N103 DE 66 Identification Code Qualifier






N9 Reference Identification Qualifier position 1/0700

Added code AI Associated Invoices to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code DP Department Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number to N901 DE 128 Reference

Identification Qualifier Added code MR Merchandise Type Code to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code PG Product Group to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier Added code Q8 Registration Number to N901 DE 128 Reference Identification Qualifier

G72 Allowance or Charge position 2/0200

Added code 02 Off Invoice to G7202 DE 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code G31 Total Invoice Quantity position 2/0600

Added code BA Bale to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BG Bag to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BO Bottle to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code BX Box to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CN Can to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code CT Carton to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DS Display to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code DZ Dozen to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code KG Kilogram to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code LB Pound to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code PK Package to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code Added code RL Roll to G3102 DE 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code



894 Delivery/Return Base Record Added transaction set

895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Added transaction set



997 Functional Acknowledgment AK1 Functional Group Response Header position 1/0200

Added code DX Direct Exchange Delivery and Return Information (894, 895) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code

Added code IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code

Added code IN Invoice Information (810) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code Added code PD Product Activity Data (852) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code Added code PO Purchase Order (850) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code Added code PR Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) to AK101 DE 479 Functional

Identifier Code Added code PT Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) to AK101 DE 479 Functional

Identifier Code Added code RS Order Status Information (869, 870) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier

Code Added code SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) to AK101 DE 479 Functional Identifier Code

AK2 Transaction Set Response Header position 1/0300

Added code 810 Invoice to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 850 Purchase Order to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 852 Product Activity Data to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set

Identifier Code Added code 856 Ship Notice/Manifest to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set

Identifier Code Added code 870 Order Status Report to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code Added code 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information to AK201 DE 143 Transaction

Set Identifier Code Added code 894 Delivery/Return Base Record to AK201 DE 143 Transaction Set Identifier

Code Added code 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to AK201 DE 143

Transaction Set Identifier Code AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer position 1/0600

Added code 1 Transaction Set Not Supported to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code

Added code 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code

Added code 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code

Added code 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code

Added code 5 One or More Segments in Error to AK503 DE 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code


















AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer position 1/0700 Added code 1 Functional Group Not Supported to AK906 DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error

Code Added code 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported to AK906 DE716 Functional Group

Syntax Error Code Added code 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing to AK906 DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error

Code Added code 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header and Trailer Do Not Agree

to AK906 DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code Added code 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match Actual Count to AK906

DE716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code



Section VII Business Examples Page 194 of 672 Version 005010

Fall 2004

Section VII Business Examples Invoice (810) This Invoice is the standard format invoice for all retail users. It is used to request payment for goods or services shipped to the buyer. The Purchase Order (850) follows this Invoice (810) section in this document. Invoice (810) Benefits

• Allows a buyer to record payment information • Automatically updates applicable financial systems • Provides automated cross-referencing of purchase order and receiving data • Consolidated invoices support multiple invoices being combined without manual intervention • Eliminates possible manual errors • Can be reformatted into a Payment Remittance Advice (820) • Can initiate the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) process

EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Invoice (810) Business Scenario Supplier is Good Biscuits and the Retailer is ABC Markets. Supplier generated Invoice Number 5940009400 on October 4, 2004 against Retailer’s Purchase Order (PO) Number 005001234500. This example uses the Global Location Number (GLN) 0068780152159. A basic invoice consists of one invoice for one ship to location ONLY. This invoice example is the response to the Purchase Order example # 1.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*810*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.

810 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Invoice Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BIG*20041004*5940009400*20040815*005001234500

Indicates the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 20041004 is the Invoice Date (October 4, 2004). 5940009400 is the Invoice Number. 20040815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 2004). 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number.

REF*DP*10 Specifies identifying information. DP is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 10 is the department number assigned by the buyer.



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION

N1*BT*ABC Markets*UL*0068780152159

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the “bill- to” location ABC Markets is the name of the “bill-to” party. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152159 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*RI*Good Biscuits*UL*0057129123455

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. RI is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the remit-to party. Good Biscuits is the Name of the remit-to party. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN

N3*1234 Any Street Specifies the location of the named party. 1234 Any Street is the Address Information for the “remit-to” party identified in the previous N1 segment.

N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. Calgary is the City Name of the remit-to party identified in the previous N1 segment. AB is the State or Province Code of the remit-to party identified in the previous N1 segment. H2C 5A6 is the Postal Code of the remit-to party identified in the previous N1 segment.

ITD*08*3**20041014**20041111**9732

Specifies terms of sale. 08 is the Terms Type Code indicating the terms are Basic Discount Offered. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code indicating the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 20041014 is the Terms Discount Due Date (October 14, 2004). 20041111 is the Terms Net Due Date (November 11, 2004). 9732 is the Terms Discount Amount ($97.32).

DTM*011*20041004 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 011 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the date that follows is the date Shipped. 20041004 is the ship date (October 4, 2004).

FOB*PP Specifies transportation instructions relating to shipment. PP is the Shipment Method of Payment indicating the transportation charges are Prepaid (by Seller).



Fall 2004


DETAIL IT1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010 Specifies the basic and most frequently used line

item data. 200 is the Quantity Invoiced. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000010 is the SCC14.

CTP**UCP*21 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating unit cost price (item list cost) 21 is the item list cost ($21.00)

SAC*C*D360***29400*2*7**M4*4200**02***GST

Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. C is the Allowance or Charge indicator indicating a charge D360 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating the GST charge 29400 is the amount of GST ($294.00) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% M4 is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Monetary Value 4200 is the basis upon which the tax was charged ($4,200.00) 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. GST is the description of the Allowance or Charge.

IT1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034 Specifies the basic and most frequently used line item data. 100 is the Quantity Invoiced. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating “Case”. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000034 is the SCC14.

CTP**UCP*6.66 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating unit cost price (item list cost) 6.66 is the item list cost ($6.66)



Fall 2004


SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**M4*666**02***GST

Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. C is the Allowance or Charge indicator indicating a charge D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 4662 is the amount of GST ($46.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% M4 is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Monetary Value. 666 is the basis upon which the tax was charged ($666.00) 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. GST is the description of the Allowance or Charge.

SUMMARY TDS*520662 Specifies the total discounts and amounts.

520662 is the Total Invoice Amount ($5206.62) SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance

Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator indicating an Allowance. A280 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating this is an “Advertising Allowance”. 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”. Advertising Allowance is the description of the Allowance or Charge.

SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**M4*4866***R123456789**GST

Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. N is the Allowance or Charge indicator indicating no allowance or charge. This is the GST summary. D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 34062 is the amount of GST ($340.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% M4 is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Monetary Value. 4866 is the basis upon which the tax was charged ($4,866.00) R123456789 is the tax registration number GST is the description of the Allowance or Charge.

CTT*2 Transmits the total number of line items. 2 is the Number of Line Items (IT1 segments) present in this transaction set.



Fall 2004


Raw Data

EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Invoice (810) ST*810*0001 BIG*20041004*5940009400*20040815*005001234500 REF*DP*10 N1*BT*ABC Markets*UL*0068780152159 N1*RI*Good Biscuits*UL*0057129123455 N3*1234 Any Street N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 ITD*08*3**20041014**20041111**9732 DTM*011*20041004 FOB*PP IT1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010 CTP**UCP*21 SAC*C*D360***29400*2*7**M4*4200**02***GST IT1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034 CTP**UCP*6.66 SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**M4*666**02***GST TDS*520662 SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**M4*4866***R123456789**GST CTT*2 SE*21*0001

SE*21*0001 Shows the end of the transaction set. 21 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.



Fall 2004

Purchase Order (850) The Purchase Order (850) is sent from the buyer to the supplier to order product for shipment. All the customary information included on a paper purchase order can be included in an EDI purchase order, including terms, shipping instructions and other related information. Purchase Order (850) Benefits

• Substantially reduces paper flow activities • Increases operating efficiencies through reduced data volume and time required

completing the transactions. • Eliminates data entry errors.

EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Purchase Order (850) Business Scenario The retailer, ABC Markets, is ordering two items from the supplier, Good Biscuits. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that ABC Markets will send to Good Biscuits.

• Purchase Order Date August 15, 2004 • Purchase Order Number 005001234500 • Department Number 10 • Buying Party 01 • Ship to Location Store Number 650 • Promotion Deal Number F948325 • Freight Terms Prepaid (by Seller) • Routing (Carrier SCAC) TINA • Special Instructions Back order if out of stock • Advertising Allowance $150.00 • Terms 2% 10 Net 30 • Requested Ship Date September 15, 2004

QUANTITY UNIT OF

MEASURE

UNIT PRICE (PURCHASE

PRICE)

UNIT RETAIL PRICE

SKU NUMBER

GTIN

200 CA $21.00 $42.00 00001 10012345000010 100 CA $ 6.66 $12.50 00003 10012345000034



Fall 2004


HEADER ST*850*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.

850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BEG*00*SA*005001234500**20040815

Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code indicating this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code indicating this is a Stand-alone Order. 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number. 20040815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 2004).


REF*PD*F948325 Specifies identifying information. PD is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Promotion/Deal Number. F948325 is the promotion/deal number.


SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance


ITD*08*3*2**10**30 Specifies terms of sale. 08 is the Terms Type Code indicating the terms are Basic Discount Offered. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code indicating the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 2 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due. 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due. 30 is the Terms Net Days.



Fall 2004


DTM*002*20041014 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the Date that follows is the Requested Delivery Date 20041014 is the date (October 14, 2004).

TD5*B*2*TINA Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the Routing Sequence Code indicating Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). TINA is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.

N1*MF* A Corp Warehouse *UL*0057129123448

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. MF is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Manufacturer of Goods. A Corp Warehouse is the name of the Manufacturer UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123448 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party. XYZ Head Office is the name of the Bill To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152135 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*ST*XYZ Store One*UL*0068780152142

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Ship To location. XYZ Store One is the name of the Ship To UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 00687801521 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004


DETAIL PO1**200*CA***UK* 10012345000010*IN*00001

Specifies basic line item data. 200 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000010 is the SCC 14 IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00001 is the buyer's item number.

CTP**UCP*42 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 42 is the retail price ($42.00).

PO1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034*IN*00003

Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000034 is the 14-digit GTIN. IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number 00003 is the buyer's item number.

CTP**UCP*12.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Cost Price. 12.5 is the unit price ($12.50).

SUMMARY CTT*2 Transmits the total number of line items.

2 is the Number of Line Items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction set.




Fall 2004

Raw Data for Basic Purchase Order EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Purchase Order (850)

ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*005001234500**20040815 REF*DP*10 REF*PD*F948325 FOB*PP SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance ITD*08*3*2**10**30 DTM*002*20041014 TD5*B*2*TINA N1*MF* A Corp. Warehouse *UL*0057129123448 N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135 N1*ST*XYZ Store One*UL*0068780152142 PO1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010*IN*00001 CTP**UCP*42 PO1**100*CA***UK* 10012345000034*IN*00003 CTP**UCP*12.5 CTT*2 SE*18*0001



Fall 2004

Purchase Order (850)

EXAMPLE 2: SPREADSHEET (850) Business Scenario The retailer, ABC Markets, is issuing PO Number 005001234500 to the supplier, Good Biscuits. The Spreadsheet PO will allow ABC Markets to specify the line item quantities for each of the four ship-to locations.



BEG*00*SA*005001234500**20040815

Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order (PO) transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code indicating this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code indicating this is a Stand-alone Order. 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number. 20040815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 2004).


REF*PD*F948325 Specifies identifying information. PD is the Reference Number Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Promotion/Deal Number. F948325 is the promotion/deal number.

FOB*CC Specifies transportation instructions relating to shipment. CC is the Shipment Method of Payment indicating the Transportation charges are Collect.

SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance




Fall 2004



DTM*002*20041014 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the Date that follows is the Requested Delivery Date 20041014 is the date (October 14, 2004).

TD5*B*2*TINA Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the Routing Sequence Code indicating Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). TINA is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.

N1*MF* A Corp Warehouse *UL*0057129123448

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. MF is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Manufacturer of Goods. A Corp Warehouse is the name of the Manufacturer. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123448 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*BT* XYZ Head Office *UL*0068780152135

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party. XYZ Head Office is the name of the Bill To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152135 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLA NATION

DETAIL PO1**200*CA***UK* 10012345000010*IN*00001

Specifies basic line item data. 200 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 10012345000010 is the SCC 14 IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00001 is the buyer's item number.

CTP**UCP*42 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 42 is the retail price ($42.00).

SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*50* 0068780152234*50*0068780152210*50*0068780152241*50

Specifies destination and quantity details. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code(s) that follow are Global Location Numbers (GLNs) 0068780152203 is the Identification Code for the first destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152203. 0068780152234 is the Identification Code for the Second destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152234. 0068780152210 is the Identification Code for the Third destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152210. 0068780152241 is the Identification Code for the fourth destination. 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152241.

PO1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034*IN*00003

Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the Quantity Ordered. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 10012345000034 is the 14-digit GTIN. IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00003 is the buyer's item number.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION CTP**UCP*12.5 Specifies pricing information.



Fall 2004

UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Cost Price. 12.5 is the unit price ($12.50).

SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*25* 0068780152234*25*0068780152210*25*0068780152241*25

Specifies destination and quantity details. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code(s) that follow are Global Location Numbers (GLNs) 0068780152203 is the Identification Code for the first destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152203. 0068780152234 is the Identification Code for the Second destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152234. 0068780152210 is the Identification Code for the Third destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152210. 0068780152241 is the Identification Code for the fourth destination. 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 0068780152241.






Fall 2004

Raw Data EXAMPLE 2: SPREADSHEET Purchase Order (850) ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*005001234501**20040815 REF*DP*10 REF*PD*F948325 FOB*CC SAC*A*A280***15000*******02***Advertising Allowance ITD*08*3*2**10**30 DTM*002*20041014 TD5*B*2*TINA N1*MF* A Corp. Warehouse *UL*0057129123448 N1*BT* XYZ Head Office *UL*0068780152135 PO1**200*CA***UK*10012345000010*IN*00001 CTP**UCP*42 SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*50*0068780152234*50*0068780152210*50*0068780152241*50 PO1**100*CA***UK*10012345000034*IN*00003 CTP**UCP*12.5 SDQ*EA*UL*0068780152203*25*0068780152234*25*0068780152210*25*0068780152241*25 CTT*2 SE*17*0001



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 3: BASIC APPARREL ORDER Business Scenario The retailer, The Department Store, is ordering two items from the supplier, Jeans Vendor, for one of their stores. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that The Department Store will send to Jeans Vendor.

• Purchase Order Date September 29, 2004 • Purchase Order Number 0123456789 • Currency CAD • Department Number 012 • Ship to Location Store Number 10001 • Freight Terms Prepaid (by Seller) • Routing (Carrier SCAC) FDEG • Warehousing Allowance $200.00 • Terms 1% 10 Net 30 • Requested Ship Date November 1, 2004

Quantity Unit of

Measure Unit Price

Unit Retail Price

Vendor Style

Vendor Colour

Vendor Size

UPC

96 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33902 000000000017 144 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33903 000000000024 144 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33904 000000000031 96 Each 10.5 18 T-Shirt 100 33905 000000000048



Fall 2004




BEG*00*SA*0123456789**20040929 Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code indicating this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code indicating this is a Stand-alone Order. 0123456789 is the Purchase Order Number. 20040929 is the Purchase Order Date (September 29, 2004).

CUR*BY*CAD Specifies the currency used in the transaction. BY is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this originates from the Buying Party CAD is the Currency Code indicating Canadian Dollars



SAC*A*I580***20000*******02 Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator indicating this SAC Segment identifies an Allowance. I580 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code indicating that this is a Warehousing Allowance. 20000 is the Amount of the Warehousing allowance ($200.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code indicating that the allowance will be reflected in the total transaction amount.



Fall 2004



DTM*002*20041101 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating the Date that follows is the Delivery Requested Date. 20041101 is the ship date (November 1, 2004).

TD5*B*2*FDEG Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the Routing Sequence Code indicating Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). FDEG is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.

N9*AH*0123456789 Specifies identifying information. AH is the Reference Identification Qualifier indicating the Agreement Number 0123456789 is the Agreement Number

MTX*ORI*Basic One Store Order Specifies Text Comments ORI Is the Note Reference Code indicating in this case that this is Order Instructions Basic One Store Order is the Free-Form Message Text

N1*MF*A Corp Warehouse *UL*0057129123448

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. MF is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Manufacturer of Goods. A Corp Warehouse is the name of the Ship To UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123448 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004


N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party. Head Office is the name of the Bill To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152135 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*ST*XYZ Warehouse*UL*0068780152142

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the Entity Identifier Code indicating the Ship To location. XYZ Warehouse is the name of the Ship To Party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152142 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAILS PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000017*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33902

Specifies basic line item data. 96 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 000000000017 is the U.P.C. VA is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor’s Style Number. T-SHIRT is the Vendor’s Style Number VE is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Colour. 100 is the Vendor’s Colour Code SZ is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code. 33902 is the Vendor’s Size Code

CTP**UCP*10.5 Specifies pricing information. UCP is the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 10.5 is the Unit Cost Price ($10.50).

CTP**RTL*18 Specifies pricing information. RTL the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Retail Price. 18 is the Retail Price ($18.00).



Fall 2004


PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT SMALL Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT SMALL is the Item Description

PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000024*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33903




PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT MEDIUM

Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT MEDIUM is the Item Description



Fall 2004





CTP**RTL*18 Specifies pricing information. RTL the Price Identifier Code indicating the Unit Price that follows is the Retail. 18 is the Retail Price ($18.00).

PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT LARGE Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT LARGE is the Item Description



Fall 2004






PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT XLARGE

Describes a product. F is the Item Description Type indicating that the format of the item description that follows is Free-Form 08 indicates that the description describes the product. BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT XLARGE is the Item Description






Fall 2004

Raw Data EXAMPLE 3: BASIC APPARREL ORDER for Basic Purchase Order (850) ST*850*0000001 BEG*00*SA*0123456789**20040929 CUR*BY*CAD REF*DP*012 FOB*PP SAC*A*I580***20000*******02 ITD*08*3*1**10**30 DTM*002*20041101 TD5*B*2*FDEG N9*AH*0123456789 MTX*ORI*Basic One Store Order N1*MF* A Corp. Warehouse *UL*0057129123448 N1*BT*XYZ Head Office*UL*0068780152135 N1*ST*XYZ Warehouse*UL*0068780152142 PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000017*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33902 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT SMALL PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000024*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33903 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT MEDIUM PO1**144*EA***UP*000000000031*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33904 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT LARGE PO1**96*EA***UP*000000000048*VA*T-SHIRT*VE*100*SZ*33905 CTP**UCP*10.5 CTP**RTL*18 PID*F*08***BASIC WHITE T-SHIRT XLARGE CTT*4 SE*31*0000001



Fall 2004

Product Activity Data (852) The Product Activity Data (852) is most useful when the supplier is maintaining inventory replenishment model stocks for the buyer. The buyer provides sales/inventory data to the supplier. The transaction allows a buyer to provide a supplier with a complete picture of the buyer’s inventory position as an aid in forecasting and executing a supplier-driven replenishment system. The buyer must also specify if this transaction constitutes a commitment to purchase products or if it is for informational purposes only. The number of reporting locations and/or volume of stock keeping units (SKUs) will determine the size of the transaction. Some buyers report end sales to be replenished, while others report movement from their distribution centers to their final sales locations, expecting the supplier to replenish their distribution centers. Various types of product activity data can be reported by the buyer to the supplier using the Product Activity Data (852), including:

• Sales • Movement of inventory from warehouse to final sales location • Current inventory levels • Additional or exceptional demand over and above scheduled replenishment levels • Out of stock quantities, e.g., lost sales, rainchecks or shortfalls on order quantities as • Reflected in the buyer’s system • Adjustments to inventory

Product Activity Data (852) Benefits

• Reports inventory movement for data analysis • Aids in the automation of the replenishment cycle • Facilitates Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) programs • Helps to streamline and improve inventory management operations • Reduces inventory handling costs

Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 1 (Basic) The following is an 852 where the vendor (Corner Vendor Co.) plans the orders for a single distribution. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 2004/02/19 for ABC Markets Inc. distribution centre. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1100 to 1200 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product.

Quantity Product (SCC14)

On Hand (QA)

Committed (QC)

Out of Stock (QO)

Sold Inventory (QS)

01055555010001 10 2 0 5 01055555020201 0 0 10 5 01055555030101 5 0 0 0 01055555040501 4 0 0 3 01055555050501 0 0 5 5

In addition, Product 01055555010001 has a Promotion from 2004/03/01 to 2004/03/15.



Fall 2004



852 is the Transaction Set Identifier for the Productivity Data 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number

XQ*G*20040219 Specifies Actions, Dates and Identifying Numbers. G is the Transaction Handling Code indicating this is transaction is for Plan Order(s) and Ship Product. 20040219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.

XPO*1100*1200 Specifies preassigned Purchase Order Numbers. 1100 is the starting Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders. 1200 is the ending Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders.

N1*ST*CORNER STORES INC.*UL*0068780152127

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the “Ship To” location. CORNER STORES is the name of the “Ship To” Location. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152127 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAILS LIN**UK*01055555010001 Specifies Item Identification.

UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14.

PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.

ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.



Fall 2004


ZA*QC*2*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 2 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.

ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.

DTM*015*20040301 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 015 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the Date that follows is the Promotion Start date. 20040301 is the Promotion Start Date. (March 1, 2004)

DTM*016*20040315 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 016 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the Date that follows is the Promotion End date. 20040315 is the Promotion End Date. (March 15, 2004)

LIN**UK*01055555020201 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 01055555020201 is the SCC14.

PO4*24*250*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in millilitres.

ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being

reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.

LIN**UK*01055555030101 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555030101 is the SCC14.

PO4*12*500*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in milliliters.



PO4*6*1*KG Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in kilograms.



Fall 2004


ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Da te.







Fall 2004




5 is the number of Line Items (LIN segments) present in this transaction set.




Fall 2004

Raw Data Example for Single Distribution Centre – Product Activity Data (852) ST*852*1000001 XQ*G*20040219 XPO*1100*1200 N1*ST*CORNER STORES INC.*UL*0068780152127 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QC*2*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 DTM*015*20040301 DTM*016*20040315 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*3*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QO*5*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*20040219 CTT*5 SE*32*1000001



Fall 2004

Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 2 (Spreadsheet) The following is a spreadsheet 852 where the vendor (Corner Vendor Co.) plans the orders for a multiple distribution centre. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 2004/02/19 for three distribution centres. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1100 to 1200 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product at each location. Quantity

Product (SCC14)

Distribution Centre (Duns #)

On Hand (QA)

Committed (QC)

Out of Stock (QO)

Sold Inventory

(QS) 01055555010001 0057129123455 10 2 0 5 0068780153033 0 0 0 9 0068780153002 5 0 0 10 01055555020201 0057129123455 0 0 10 5 0068780153033 8 0 0 12 01055555030101 0057129123455 6 0 0 4 0068780153002 2 0 0 7 01055555040501 0057129123455 0 0 5 9 0068780153033 0 0 4 32 0068780153002 1 0 0 10 01055555050501 0057129123455 2 0 0 5



XQ*G*20040219 Specifies Actions, Dates and Identifying Numbers. G is the Transaction Handling Code indicating this is transaction is for Plan Order(s) and Ship Product. 20040219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.

XPO*1100*1200 Specifies preassigned Purchase Order Numbers. 1100 is the starting Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders. 1200 is the ending Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders.

DETAIL LIN**UK*01055555010001 Specifies Item Identification.

UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14.



Fall 2004



ZA*QA***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.

SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*10 Specifies destination and quantity details. CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0057129123455 is the 13 digits GLN 10 is the Inventory Quantity


ZA*QC***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.




Fall 2004


ZA*QS***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.





PO4*24*250*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in millilitres.




Fall 2004



ZA*QO***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.








Fall 2004


PO4*12*500*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Milliliters.








Fall 2004



LIN**UK*01055555040501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 01055555040501 is the SCC14

PO4*6*1*KG Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.


SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*1 CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780153002 is the 13 digits GLN 1 is the Inventory Quantity

ZA*QO***007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.



Fall 2004










Fall 2004


LIN**UK*01055555050501 Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) 01055555050501 is the SCC14.








Fall 2004







Fall 2004

Raw Data For Multiple Distribution Centres ST*852*1000001 XQ*G*20040219 XPO*1100*1200 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780152158*10 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*5 ZA*QC***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780152158*2 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780152158*5 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*9 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*10 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*8 ZA*QO***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*10 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*12 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*6 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*2 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*4 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*7 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153002*1 ZA*QO***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*4 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*9 SDQ*CA*UL*0068780153033*32 SDQ*CA*UL*00687801523002*10 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*2 ZA*QS***007*20040219 SDQ*CA*UL*0057129123455*5 CTT*5 SE*51*1000001



Fall 2004

Perpetual Inventory Business Scenario 1 The following is an 852 where a 3rd party warehouse (Region Warehouse) is updating a vendor (Corner Vendor) with the current inventory levels of Corner Vendors products in Region Warehouse. In this case, the warehouse is reporting for 2000/04/12. The table shows the inventory information for each product.



XQ*H*20040219 Specifies Actions, Dates and Identifying Numbers. H is the Transaction Handling Code indicating this is transaction is for Notification Only. 20040219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.

N1*RL*REGION WAREHOUSE*UL*0068780152302

RL is the Entity Identifier Code indicating this N1 segment identifies the Reporting Location. REGION WAREHOUSE is the name of the Reporting Location. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152302 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAIL LIN**UK*01055555010001 Specifies Item Identification.

UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 01055555010001 is the SCC14

Quantity Product (SCC14) On Hand

(QA) Damaged or on hold

(QH)

Out of Stock (QO)

On order, not

received (QP)

Returned (QU)

01055555010001 10 0 0 4 0 01055555020201 0 0 10 20 0 01055555030101 5 4 0 10 0 01055555040501 4 0 0 0 3 01055555050501 0 0 5 0 0



Fall 2004


PO4*6*2.84*LT 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.


ZA*QP*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QP is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.


PO4*24*250*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.




Fall 2004




PO4*12*500*ML Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.


ZA*QH*4*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QH is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Damaged or On Hold. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.



Fall 2004




PO4*6*1*KG Specifies Physical Specifications of Product 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.


ZA*QU*3*CA*007*20040219 Provides activity details for the product being reported. QU is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Returned By Customer. 3 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 20040219 is the Date.




Fall 2004


PO4*6*2.84*LT Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.







Fall 2004

Raw Data For Perpetual Inventory ST*852*1000001 XQ*H*20040219 N1*RL*REGION WAREHOUSE*UL*0068780152302 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QP*4*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*10*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QP*20*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QH*4*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QP*10*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA*4*CA*007*20040219 ZA*QU*3*CA*007*20040219 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QO*5*CA*007*20040219 CTT*5 SE*32*1000001



Fall 2004

Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Within VICS EDI, this transaction serves two distinct purposes. It can be sent by the supplier to the buyer to provide proof that a purchase order has been received and the content is correct or incorrect. In supplier-managed replenishment programs, the Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) becomes a reverse purchase order and notifies the buyer that either: 1) the actual order that has been placed on their behalf or; 2) these are the recommended replenishment order up to quantities. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Benefits

• Provides an efficient means of confirming buyer purchase orders The following example represents a Continuous Replenishment relationship between trading partners, whereby the vendor is notifying the retailer of a vendor generated replenishment order for 100 cases of product.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*855*00001

Shows the start of the transaction set. 855 is the transaction set identifier, 00001 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.

BAK*00*AP*1234546*20040428

Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order Acknowledgement transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 indicates this is the original 855 AP indicates the 855 is for product replenishment whereby the vendor generates the order 123456 is the # assigned to the order by the vendor 20040428 is the date the order was created.

REF*IT*777

Specifies identifying information. IT is the qualifier indicating the identification # assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system 777 is that number.

DTM*068*20040501

Specifies pertinent dates and times. 068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date, 20040501 is the delivery requested date. (May 1, 2004)

N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the code identifying the Bill To party Corner Store Head Office is the name of the Bill To UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152319 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004


N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the qualifier identifying the Ship To party. Pinto Location 12 is the name of the Ship To. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152333 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF is the qualifier identifying the Ship From party Huron Devonshire Inc is the name of the Ship From UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152326 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAIL P01**100*CA***UK*10111112222201

Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the quantity ordered, CA is the unit in which the quantity is being ordered UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 14-digit Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). 10111110000001 is the 14-digit GTIN

CTP**UCP*25.50

Specifies pricing information. UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price. 25.50 is the price per unit.

PO4*6

Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 6 is the number of inner pack units per outer pack.

SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02

Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A represents an allowance, I170 indicates the allowance is a trade discount. 10000 is the total amount of the allowance. ($100.00) 1 is the allowance or charge rate per unit expressed as a monetary amount. ($1.00) CA is the unit that the rate refers to 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”.

SUMMARY CTT*1

Transmits the total number of line items. 1 indicates the number of P01 lines in the transaction.




Fall 2004

Raw Data for Continuous Replenishment Purchase Order Acknowledgement ST*855*00001 BAK*00*AP*1234546*20040428 REF*IT*777 DTM*068*20040501 N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319 N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333 N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326 P01**100*CA***UK*10111112222201 CTP**UCP*25.50 PO4*6 SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02 CTT*1 SE*13*00001



Fall 2004

In the example below, assume the retailer generated an order for 200 cases, and the vendor is sending the acknowledgment with changes made.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*855*00002

Shows the start of the transaction set. 855 is the transaction set identifier 0002 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.

BAK*19*AC*102345*20040428

Indicates the beginning of a Purchase Order Acknowledgement transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 19 indicates this is an acknowledgement with a seller-initiated change (the vendor is making a change to the retailer’s order) AC represents the acknowledgement type- an acknowledgement with detail and change. 102345 is the retailer’s purchase order # 20040428 is the date the 855 was created.

REF*IT*567

Specifies identifying information. IT is the qualifier indicating the identification # assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system (a reference # that could be used by both parties). 567 is that number.

DTM*068*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date 20040501 is the actual date. (May 1, 2004)

N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. BT is the code identifying the Bill To party. Corner Store Head Office is the name of the Bill To. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152319 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the qualifier identifying the Ship To party. Pinto Location 12 is the name of the Ship To. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152333 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF is the qualifier identifying the Ship From party Huron Devonshire Inc is the name of the Ship From. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152326 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004


DETAIL P01**100*CA***UK*10011111222201

Specifies basic line item data. 100 is the quantity ordered by the retailer on the purchase order, CA is the unit in which the quantity being ordered, 25. 50 is the price per unit. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 14-digit Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). 10111112222201 is the 14-digit GTIN

CTP**UCP*25.50

Specifies pricing information. UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price 25. 50 is the price per unit.

P04*6 Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 6 is the number of inner pack units per outer pack.

SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02

Specifies the amount or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance or charge. A represents an allowance, I170 indicates the allowance is a trade discount. 10000 is the total amount of the allowance. ($100.00) 1 is the allowance or charge rate per unit expressed as a monetary amount. ($1.00) CA is the unit that the rate refers to 02 is the code which tells us how to handle the allowance or charge. In this case “Off Invoice”.

ACK*IC*100*CA*068*20040501

Acknowledges order quantities and specifies dates. IC is the code indicating the item is accepted, but changes made, 100 is the quantity to which the change applies. Note: 850 from retailer ordered 200 cases. CA is the measurement code the quantity is being ordered in, 068 is the date/time qualifier associated with Current Scheduled Delivery date 20000501 is the actual date.

SUMMARY

CTT*1

Transmits the total number of line items. 1 is the number of P01 segments in the transaction.




Fall 2004

Raw Data for Basic Purchase Order Acknowledgement ST*855*00002 BAK*19*AC*102345*20040428 REF*IT*567 DTM*068*20040501 N1*BT*Corner Store Head Office*UL*0068780152319 N1*ST*Pinto Location 12*UL*0068780152333 N1*SF*Huron Devonshire Inc*UL*0068780152326 P01**100*CA***UK*10011111222201 CTP**UCP*25.50 P04*6 SAC*A*I170***10000***1*CA***02 ACK*IC*100*CA*068*20040501 CTT*1 SE*14*13



Fall 2004

Advance Ship Notice (856) The supplier or public warehouse to advise the buyer of shipment information uses the Ship Notice/Manifest (856). The structure of the transaction set allows information to be sent at the shipment, order, pallet, case and item levels. Transportation information is included at the shipment level. This includes carrier, routing, trailer SSCC-18 number, bill of lading number and shipping and delivery dates, as well as volume and weight. At the order level, the buyer's purchase order number and the status of the order are reported. The tare, or pallet level accommodates pallet identification, using the SSCC-18 UCC/EAN-128 pallet license plate. The case level allows the identification of shipping containers using the SCC-14 or SSCC-18 code numbers. The item level contains product quantity and specific pack information, used to up-date inventory data.

Advance Ship Notice (856) FLOW OF INFORMATION In the Ship Notice/Manifest, the item is the lowest level, i.e. the specification of the consumer unit is always within the shipping container; the shipping container on the pallet; and the pallet in the order. The orders of the hierarchical levels are Shipment, Order, Pallet (Tare), Shipping Container (Pack), and Item.

HIERARCHICAL NUMBERING SYSTEM SHIPMENT 'S' Data which applies to the whole shipment, such as the bill of lading number; total quantity of the shipment; bill to; etc. UNIT LOAD ‘UT’ The Unit load level is used to identify a physical shipping unit which is marked with a UCC/EAN serial shipping container code, and, consists of transport packages marked for multiple final destinations. ORDER 'O' Data relating to the order(s) and the receiver's original purchase order. There may be more than one order in the shipment. TARE 'T' The Tare level is used to identify pallets. If there are no identifiable pallets, this section may be omitted. PACK 'P' The pack level is used to identify cases or shipping containers. ITEM 'I' This level identifies SKU data. In the example below, the Shipment (01) contains two Orders. The first Order (02) has two shipping containers, (03) and (07), with different contents. The first shipping container contains three different SKU's (04, 05, 06). The second shipping container (07), contains one type of SKU (08).

The second Order (09), has one shipping container (10), which contains 6 different SKU's, (11 through 16). Note that the numbering system flows through the first Order, to the first shipping container, to it's contents and continues to the second shipping container and contents, before moving to the second Order level. Each shipping container represents one hierarchical level (one HL segment followed by data elements). The number in the top Left hand corner of each box is the hierarchical sequence number, ( the number in HL01). The number in the top Right hand corner is the Parent I.D., (HL02).



Fall 2004

Advance Ship Notice (856) Benefits

• eliminates the need for paper based communications • ensures accuracy between product shipped and product received • reduces off-loading time at receiving dock • reduces check-in time from receipt to selling floor • facilitates the cross docking process • allows for advance order allocation • facilitates mechanized receiving • allows for integration of data to multiple systems without multiple data entry • allows for resource scheduling by the receiver • smoothes the payment process by facilitating accurate matching

Business Scenario 1 Standard Case Environment. One pallet with 10 cases of one product and 15 cases of another, and another pallet with 30 cases of yet another product.


856 indicates that this is an ASN 347001 is the Transaction Set Control Number

BSN*00*0021849*20040211*0706*0001

Indicates the beginning of an Advanced Ship Notice transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 00 indicates that this is the original ASN 0021846 is the Shipment Identification Number 20040211 is the shipment date (Feb. 11/98) 0706 is the shipment time (7:06am) 0001 is the hierarchical structure code that indicates that this ASN is in the pick and pack structure

DETAIL – SHIPMENT LEVEL HL*1**S Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 1 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure S indicates the shipment level



Fall 2004


TD1*CTN*55****G*7291.8*KG Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. CTN indicates standard cartons 55 is the lading quantity of the above G indicates gross weight 7291.8 is the weight KG indicates kilograms

TD1*PLT*2****G*7291.8*KG Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. PLT indicates wood pallets 2 is the lading quantity of the above G indicates gross weight 7291.8 is the weight KG indicates kilograms

TD5*B*2*SCAC*M Specifies the carrier and routing information. B is the routing sequence code that indicates origin/delivery carrier 2 is the ID code qualifier that indicates a SCAC code SCAC is the SCAC code of the carrier M is the Transportation Method/Type code that indicates motor carrier

TD3*TL**6993006 Specifies the carrier equipment information. TL is the Equipment Description code that indicates a trailer number 6993006 is the trailer number

REF*BM*0021849 Specifies identifying information. BM is the reference ID qualifier that indicates a bill of lading number 0021849 is the bill of lading number

DTM*011*20040211*0655 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 011 is the date qualifier that indicates the shipped date 20040211 is the date (February 11, 2004) 0655 is the time (6:55am)

DTM*067*20040211*1730 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 067 is the date qualifier that indicates the scheduled delivery date 20040211 is the date (February 11, 2004) 1730 is the time (5:30pm)

N1*SF*P&G FACELLE WHSE*UL*0068780152340

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF is the entity ID code that indicates the ship from entity P&G FACELLE WHSE is the ship from entity UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152340 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004


N1*ST*SHOPPER PLANET*UL*0068780152357

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST is the entity ID code that indicates the ship to entity SHOPPER PLANET is the ship to entity UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152357 is the 13 digits GLN

N3*KENNEDY ROAD Specifies the location of the named party. KENNEDY ROAD is the Address Information for the “ship-to” party identified in the previous N1 segment.

N4*SCARBOROUGH*ON*L6T 3G6*CA

Specifies the geographic place of the named party. SCARBOROUGH is the city name ON is the province code L6T 3G6 is the postal code CA is the country code

DETAIL – ORDER LEVEL HL*2*1*O Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 2 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 1 is the hierarchical parent ID number O indicates the order level

PRF*102345 Provides reference to a Purchase Order. 102345 is the purchase order number

TD1*CTN*55 Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. CTN indicates standard cartons 55 is the lading quantity of the above

TD1*PLT*2 Specifies transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity. PLT indicates wood pallets 2 is the lading quantity of the above

DETAIL – TARE LEVEL HL*3*2*T Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 3 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 2 is the hierarchical parent ID number T indicates the tare level

MAN*GM*00100370006802524594

Identifies Marks and Numbers for Shipping Containers. GM indicates the UCC-128 label 00100370006802524594 is UCC-128



Fall 2004


PAL*6***25***********5 Identifies Physical Attributes of a pallet. 6 is the pallet type code indicating wood pallets 25 is the pack or number of cases on the pallet 5 is the pallet exchange code indicating third party pallet exchange

DETAIL – PACK LEVEL HL*4*3*P Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 4 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 3 is the hierarchical parent ID number P indicates the pack level

LIN**UK*10005780003108*LT*7295W340

Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 10005780003108 is the SCC14. LT is the Product ID qualifier that indicates lot number 7295W340 is the lot number

SN1**25*CA Specifies line-item shipment data. 25 is the number of units shipped CA is the unit of measure that indicates cases

DETAIL – ITEM LEVEL HL*5*4*I Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 5 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 4 is the hierarchical parent ID number I indicates the item level

LIN**UP*057800031035 Specifies Item Identification. UP is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC item code 057800031035 is the item code

SN1**480*EA Specifies line-item shipment data. 480 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches

PO4*48 Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 48 is the pack indicating that there are 48 items in a pack

DTM*036*20041231 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 036 is the date qualifier that indicates expiration date 20041231 is the date (December 31, 2004)



Fall 2004


DETAIL – TARE LEVEL HL*6*2*T Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 6 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 2 is the hierarchical parent ID number T indicates the tare level

MAN*GM*00100370006805691767 Identifies Marks and Numbers for Shipping Containers. GM indicates the UCC-128 label 00100370006805691767 is UCC-128

PAL*6***30***********5 Identifies Physical Attributes of a pallet. 6 is the pallet type code indicating wood pallets 30 is the pack or number of cases on the pallet 5 is the pallet exchange code indicating third party pallet exchange

DETAIL – PACK LEVEL HL*7*6*P Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 7 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 6 is the hierarchical parent ID number P indicates the pack level

LIN**UK*10005780003333*LT*7342W520

Specifies Item Identification. UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)) 10005780003333 is the SCC14 LT is the Product ID qualifier that indicates lot number 7342W520 is the lot number

SN1**30*CA Specifies line-item shipment data. 30 is the number of units shipped CA is the unit of measure that indicates cases

DETAIL – ITEM LEVEL HL*8*7*I Identifies dependencies among and content of

hierarchically related groups of segments. 8 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 7 is the hierarchical parent ID number I indicates the item level

LIN**UP*057800033332 Specifies Item Identification. UP is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC item code 057800033332 is the item code

SN1**360*EA Specifies line-item shipment data. 360 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches

PO4*12 Specifies Physical Specifications of Product. 12 is the pack indicating that there are 48 items in a pack



Fall 2004



8 indicates the number of line items SE*41*0000001 Shows the end of the transaction set.

41 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.



Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*856*347001 BSN*00*0021849*20040211*0706*0001 HL*1**S TD1*CTN*55****G*7291.8*KG TD1*PLT*2****G*7291.8*KG TD5*B*2*SCAC*M TD3*TL**6993006 REF*BM*0021849 DTM*011*20040211*0655 DTM*067*20040211*1730 N1*SF*P&G FACELLE WHSE*UL*0068780152340 N1*ST*SHOPPER PLANET*UL*0068780152357 N3*KENNEDY ROAD N4*SCARBOROUGH*ON*L6T 3G6*CA HL*2*1*O PRF*102345 TD1*CTN*55 TD1*PLT*2 HL*3*2*T MAN*GM*00100370006802524594 PAL*6***25***********5 HL*4*3*P LIN**UK*10005780003108*LT*7295W340 SN1**25*CA HL*5*4*I LIN**UP*057800031035 SN1**480*EA PO4*48 DTM*036*20041231 HL*6*2*T MAN*GM*00100370006805691767 PAL*6***30***********5 HL*7*6*P LIN**UK*10005780003333*LT*7342W520 SN1**30*CA HL*8*7*I LIN**UP*057800033332 SN1**360*EA PO4*12 CTT*8 SE*41*0000001



Fall 2004

867 Product Transfer & Resale Report

Business Examples of Transaction Uses: 1. Single Invoice 2. Multiple Invoices 3. Date Range, Single Invoice 4. Date Range, Multiple Invoices

Example #1 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Detailed Reporting – Single Invoice This detailed report format defines that within Invoice #123456, dated May 1, 2004, there were 2 items that belong to the PHARMCO Mfg Co. These were shipped from the Ottawa location of DISTCO. For Item #22025, a quantity of 3 was shipped. For Item #12121, 8 were shipped and 4 additional units were backordered.


867 - is the transaction Set Identification code indicating a Product Resale and Transfer Message 00001118 - is the transaction set control number

BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 00 - Transaction set purpose code indicating an original document 010517070808 - Unique Reference Number 20040517 - Reporting date IV - reporting type code indicating an Invoice

N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152357

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. VN - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Vendor" PHARMCO MFG - is the name of the vendor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152357 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*DS*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. DS - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Distributor" DISTCO- is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152364 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAIL PTD*SS Specifies the level of reporting to follow

SS - Indicates the level of detail provided within the following report



Fall 2004


DTM*003*20040501 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 003 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice Date for a detailed report format 20040501 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data

N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". DOMINION DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152371 is the 13 digits GLN

N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. OTTAWA - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province K1G 5H6 - Indicates the postal code of the location

N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO OTTAWA - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152388 is the 13 digits GLN

REF*IV*123456 Specifies the reference numbers associated with the transaction IV -Indicates the reference number related to the activity being reported 123456 - Indicates the Invoice Number

QTY*39*3*EA Specifies the quantity values associated wit h the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 3 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068220250 - is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 22025 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #



Fall 2004


UIT*EA*26.36 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 26.36 -indicates the price value

AMT*1*79.08 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 79.08 -Indicates the actual monetary amount

QTY*39*8*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 8 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

QTY*BQ*4*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Backordered" 4 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International. Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 069502131210 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12121 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #

UIT*EA*10.78 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.78 - indicates the price value

AMT*1*86.24 Specifies the extended monetary value 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 86.24-Indicates the actual monetary amount

SUMMARY CTT*2 Specifies the total number of line items.

2 - is the transaction total for the number of referenced lines within the transaction

SE*21*00001118 Specifies the end of the transaction 21 - is the transaction total for the number of segments within the transaction 00001118 - is the transaction Set Control Number as provided in ST02.



Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*867*00001118 BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152357 N1*DS*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 REF*IV*123456 QTY*39*3*EA LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 UIT*EA*26.36 AMT*1*79.08 QTY*39*8*EA QTY*BQ*4*EA LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 UIT*EA*10.78 AMT*1*86.24 CTT*2 SE*21*00001118



Fall 2004

Example #2 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Detailed Reporting – Multiple Items & customers This detailed report defines the contents of 2 separate invoices (#123456 & 123457) sent to Dominion Drugs and one other invoice #123485) sent to ABC Drugs. Each invoice being report contained product from the manufacturer called “PHARMCO MFG”






N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. DS - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "Distributor" DISTCO- is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152364 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAIL PTD*SS Specifies the level of reporting to follow

SS - Indicates the level of detail provided within the following report




Fall 2004







REF*IV*123456 Specifies the reference numbers associated with the transaction IV -Indicates the reference number related to the activity being reported 123456 – Indicates the Invoice Number


LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068220250 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 22025 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #

UIT*EA*26.36 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 26.36 -indicates the price value



Fall 2004




QTY*BQ*4*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Backordered" 4 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN. UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 069502131210 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12121 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #



PTD*SS Specifies the product transfer and resale detail SS – Stock Sale






Fall 2004








UIT*EA*14.95 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 14.95- indicates the price value


PTD*SS Specifies the level of reporting to follow SS - Indicates the level of detail provided within the following report



Fall 2004



N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". ABC DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN

N4*MONCTON*NB*E2V 2C7 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. MONCTON - Indicates the name of the city NB - Indicates the name of the province E2V 2C7- Indicates the postal code of the location

N1*SF*DISTCO MONCTON*UL*0068780151398

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO MONCTON - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151398 is the 13 digits GLN






Fall 2004




CTT*4 Specifies the total number of line items. 4 - is the transaction total for the number of referenced lines within the transaction

SE*40*00001118 Shows the end of the transaction set. 40 - is the transaction total for the number of segments within the transaction 00001118 - is the transaction Set Control Number as provided in ST02.



Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*867*00001118 BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780152395 N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 REF*IV*123456 QTY*39*3*EA LIN**UP*057068220250*VN*22025 UIT*EA*26.36 AMT*1*79.08 QTY*39*8*EA QTY*BQ*4*EA LIN**UP*069502131210*VN*12121 UIT*EA*10.78 AMT*1*86.24 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*DOMINION DRUGS*UL*0068780152371 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 REF*IV*123457 QTY*39*5*EA LIN**UP*057068220300*VN*22030 UIT*EA*14.95 AMT*1*74.75 PTD*SS DTM*003*20040503 N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 N4*MONCTON*NB*E2V 2C7 N1*SF*DISTCO MONCTON*UL*0068780151398 REF*IV*123485 QTY*39*12*EA LIN**UP*057068311040*VN*31104 UIT*EA*8.50 AMT*1*102.00 CTT*4 SE*40*00001118



Fall 2004

Example #3 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Summary Transaction, Multiple Items, One Customer Using the above data, the summary report for the period of May, 2004 for the Customer “ABC Drugs” will be as follows. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*867*00001118 Shows the start of the transaction set.






DETAIL PTD*SU Specifies the level of reporting to follow

SU - Indicates the summary level of information is provided within the following report




Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". ABC DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN

N4*TORONTO*ON*M1A 5D6 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. TORONTO - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province M1A 5D6 - Indicates the postal code of the location

N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Distributor's actual Distribution location DISTCO TORONTO - is the name of the distributor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151381 is the 13 digits GLN


QTY*76*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 76 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Returned" goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value




Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION UIT*EA*10.25 Specifies the product unit price value

EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 10.25- indicates the price value





AMT*1*390.88 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 390.88-Indicates the actual monetary amount

QTY*39*45*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Shipped" goods 45 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

QTY*31*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 31 - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Additional Demand" of goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 Specifies the product numbers being reported

UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068246800 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 24680 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #



QTY*39*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

QTY*BQ*15*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Back Ordered" quantity of goods 15 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value

QTY*74*1*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 74 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Damaged/Expired" goods 1 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value





Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION AMT*1*450.00 Specifies the extended monetary value

1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 450.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount






Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*867*00001118 BPT*00*010517070808*20040517*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780151381 N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SU DTM*003*20040501 N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 N4*TORONTO*ON*M1A 5D6 N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381 QTY*39*48*EA QTY*76*5*EA LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 UIT*EA*10.25 AMT*1*492.00 QTY*39*14*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*390.88 QTY*39*45*EA QTY*31*5*EA LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 UIT*EA*85.10 AMT*1*3829.50 QTY*39*5*EA QTY*BQ*15*EA QTY*74*1*EA LIN**UP*057068864200*VN*86420 UIT*EA*30.00 AMT*1*450.00 CTT*4 SE*32*00001118



Fall 2004

Example #4 867 Product Transfer & Resale Report – Summary Transaction, Multiple Items & Customers This summary report defines all of the information contained within the above chart, with the exception of the one invoice for the XYZ PHARMA Co., #A1075 that was shipped on July 3. It is outside the reporting window of June 1 to 30, 2004. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*867*00001119 Shows the start of the transaction set.




Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. VN - Indicates the Entity Identification code of Vendor PHARMCO MFG - is the name of the vendor UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151374 is the 13 digits GLN


PTD*SU Specifies the level of reporting to follow SU - Indicates the summary level of information is provided within the following report


DTM*091*20040630 Specifies pertinent dates and times. 091 - Indicates the Date/Time Qualifier of the Invoice End Date for a detailed report format 20040630 - Indicates the Invoice date of the associated data



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 Identifies a party by type of organization,

name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". ABC DRUGS- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780152395 is the 13 digits GLN




DETAIL QTY*39*48*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with

the transaction. 39 -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Quantity Shipped" 48 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value






Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION AMT*1*492.00 Specifies the extended monetary value

1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 492.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount






QTY*31*5*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 31 - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Additional Demand" of goods 5 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value




Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION UIT*EA*85.10 Specifies the product unit price value

EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 85.10 - indicates the price value



QTY*BQ*15*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Back Ordered" quantity of goods 15 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value




AMT*1*450.00 1 -Indicates the Amount Qualifier cost of Line Item Total price. 450.00-Indicates the actual monetary amount

N1*ST*XYZ PHARMA*UL*0068780151374 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151374 is the 13 digits GLN



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N4*TORONTO*ON*M1 L2N3 Specifies the geographic place of the named

party. TORONTO - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province M1L 2N3 - Indicates the postal code of the location




LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 Specifies the product numbers being reported UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier indicating the Product/Service ID that follows is a 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GT IN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.). 057068123450 is the UPC. VN - Indicates the Product or Service Identification qualifier of the Supplier 12345 - Indicates the Supplier's Product #






Fall 2004












Fall 2004



UIT*EA*54.25 Specifies the product unit price value EA - Unit of measure value of the Price value 28.95 -- indicates the price value


N1*ST*RTY CORP*UL*0068780151350 Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. ST - Indicates the Entity Identification code of "receiving party". RTY CORP- is the name of the receiving party UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151350 is the 13 digits GLN

N4*TORONTO*ON*M2A 1B3 Specifies the geographic place of the named party. TORONTO - Indicates the name of the city ON - Indicates the name of the province M2A 1B3 - Indicates the postal code of the location






Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION QTY*31*4*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with

the transaction. 31 - Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Additional Demand" quantity of goods 4 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value



QTY*BQ*2*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. BQ -Indicates the Quantity Value Qualifier of "Backordered" goods 2 - Quantity value EA - Unit of measure value of the Quantity value









Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*867*00001119 BPT*00*010517070808*20040717*IV N1*VN*PHARMCO MFG*UL*0068780151374 N1*SF*DISTCO*UL*0068780152364 PTD*SU DTM*003*20040601 DTM*091*20040630 N1*ST*ABC DRUGS*UL*0068780152395 N4*OTTAWA*ON*K1G 5H6 N1*SF*DISTCO OTTAWA*UL*0068780152388 QTY*39*48*EA QTY*76*5*EA LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 UIT*EA*10.25 AMT*1*492.00 QTY*39*14*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*390.88 QTY*39*45*EA QTY*31*5*EA LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 UIT*EA*85.10 AMT*1*3829.50 QTY*39*5*EA QTY*BQ*15*EA QTY*74*1*EA LIN**UP*057068864200*VN*86420 UIT*EA*30.00 AMT*1*450.00 N1*ST*XYZ PHARMA*UL*0068780151374 N4*TORONTO*ON*M1 L2N3 N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151367 QTY*39*7*EA LIN**UP*057068123450*VN*12345 UIT*EA*10.25 AMT*1*71.75 QTY*39*8*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*223.36 QTY*39*10*EA LIN**UP*057068246800*VN*24680 UIT*EA*85.10 AMT*1*851.00 QTY*39*7*EA LIN**UP*057068234120*VN*23412 UIT*EA*54.25 AMT*1*379.75 N1*ST*RTY CORP*UL*0068780151350 N4*TORONTO*ON*M2A 1B3



Fall 2004

N1*SF*DISTCO TORONTO*UL*0068780151381 QTY*39*16*EA QTY*31*4*EA QTY*76*3*EA QTY*74*1*EA QTY*BQ*2*EA LIN**UP*057068135790*VN*13579 UIT*EA*27.92 AMT*1*446.72 CTT*9 SE*62*00001119



Fall 2004

Order Status Report (870) This transaction set will be used by Vendors to report all of the information related to a long term out of stock situation, of specific items, to specific customers. The information can be provided at either a summary level, once for an item, or in response to each ordered line received. If the reported date is changed, another message may also be generated.


870 - is the Transaction Set Identification code indicating Order Status Report 003248024 - is the transaction set control number

BSR*3*PP*100*20041010

Identifies identifying numbers and other basic data related to the transaction 3 – is the status report code indicating an “unsolicited” report PP – is the Order/Item Code value indicating that the information is related to specific items only. 100 – is the Reference Identification assigned by the sender to identify this specific request within their system. 20041010 – is the date of the request, in the format “CCYYMMDD”.

N1*SF*ABC MANUFACTURING INC.*UL*0068780151343

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SF – is the Entity ID Code, with “SF” defining it will provided the name of the vendor that has issued the status report ABC MANUFACTURING INC. – is the name of the vendor. UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151343 is the 13 digits GLN

DETAIL HL**O Identifies dependencies among and content

of hierarchically related groups of segments. O – Indicating that we are at the order level of the hierarchy

PRF*ABC123456789***20040630

Provides reference to a Purchase Order. ABC123456789 – is the Purchase Order reference number being referenced. 20040630 – is the date of the PO, in the format CCYYMMDD

HL**I Identifies dependencies among and content of hierarchically related groups of segments. I – Indicating that we are at the item level of the hierarchy



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO1******UP*057745765450

Specifies basic line item data. UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 05774565450 – is the Product / Service identifier value

ISR*ED*20041115*W08

Specifies purchase order/item status. ED – is the transaction status code for the date associated with the event “ED”-Expected to Ship By date 20041115 – is the Associated Date value, in the format of CCYYMMDD. W08 – is the Status Reason Code for a material shortage situation

QTY*01*1*BX Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 01 – is the Quantity Qualifier, identifying a discrete quantity value 1 – is the referenced quantity within the referenced PO. BX – is the Unit of Measure code, associated with the quantity.

PO1******UP*060245123458


ISR*ED*20041025*W08

Specifies purchase order/item status. ED – is the transaction status code for the date associated with the event: “ED”-Expected to Ship By date 20041025 – is the Associated Date value, in the format of CCYYMMDD. W08 – is the Status Reason Code for a material shortage situation

QTY*01*1*EA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 01 – is the Quantity Qualifier, identifying a discrete quantity value 1 – is the referenced quantity within the referenced PO. EA – is the Unit of Measure code, associated with the quantity.

PO1******UP*060093123454




Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ISR*ED*20041019*W08

Specifies purchase order/item status. ED – is the Transaction Status code for the date associated with the event “ED”-Expected to Ship By date 20041019 – is the Associated Date value, in the format of CCYYMMDD. W08 – is the Status Reason Code for a material shortage situation

QTY*01*3*CA Specifies the quantity values associated with the transaction. 01 – is the Quantity Qualifier, identifying a discrete quantity value 3 – is the referenced quantity within the referenced PO. CA – is the Unit of Measure code, associated with the quantity.

SUMMARY CTT*3

Transmits the total number of line items. 3 – is the Transaction Total for the number of referenced lines within all of the POs defined.

SE*17*003248024

Shows the end of the transaction set. 17 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 003248024 is the Transaction Set Control Number. The value must match the ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set.



Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*870*003248024 BSR*3*PP*100*20041010 N1*SF*ABC MANUFACTURING INC.*UL*0068780151343 HL**O PRF*ABC123456789***20040630 HL**I PO1******UP*057745765450 ISR*ED*20041115*W08 QTY*01*1*BX PO1******UP*060245123458 ISR*ED*20041025*W08 QTY*01*1*EA PO1******UP*060093123454 ISR*ED*20041019*W08 QTY*01*3*CA CTT*3 SE*17*003248024



Fall 2004

Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882)

The Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) transaction set is used by a DSD supplier to request payment from the distributor for deliveries made to the distributor’s stores. The transaction set functions much as a statement, since it summarizes delivery tickets/invoices that were created at the time product was delivered. Each statement summarizes one or more invoices. It does not include full line item detail. Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) Benefits



882 indicates that this a DSD 8900002 is the Transaction Set Control Number

G47*20041101*0275320 Indicates the beginning of a Direct Store Delivery Summary Information transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. 20041101 indicates the date of the statement 0275320 indicates the statement number

N1*RI*XYZ Distributor*UL*0068780151336

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. RI is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the Party to receive the Commercial Invoice Remittance XYZ Distributor is the Name of the statement receiver UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151336 is the 13 digits GLN

N1*SE* ABC Supplier *UL*0068780151329

Identifies a party by type of organization, name, and code. SE is the Entity Identifier Code indicating that this N1 segment identifies the Selling Party ABC Supplier the Name of the statement sender UL is the Identification Code Qualifier indicating that the Identification code, which follows, is the Global Location Number (GLN). 0068780151329 is the 13 digits GLN

N9*GT*R121212121 Identifies reference information. GT is the Reference Identification Qualifier indicating the Reference Number that follows is a Goods and Service Tax Registration Number R121212121 is the Goods and Service Tax Registration Number



Fall 2004


DETAIL G48*0933181*20040123*111111 Identifies Invoice.

0933181 is the Invoice Number assigned by the issuer 20040123 is the date of the Invoice 111111 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet

G72*990*18******19894 Specifies an allowance, charge or service. 990 is the Code indicating the type of allowance is the Goods and Service Charge 18 is the code indicating that the change is a Non-Payable Tax 19894 is the total dollar amount

G31*5*CA*49.3*KG Specifies the summary of the shipment details. 5 indicates the number of units shipped CA is the unit or Basis for Measurement Code indicating Case 49.3 is the weight of the cases KG is the Unit or Basis for Measure Code indicating Kilogram

G33*315089 Specifies the total invoice amount. 315089 is the monetary amount of the invoice

G48*0969658*20040123*111222 Identifies Invoice. 0969658 is the Invoice Number assigned by the issuer 20040123 is the date of the Invoice 111222 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet

G33*363996 Specifies the total invoice amount. 36399 is the monetary amount of the invoice

G48*0969659*20040123*111333 Identifies Invoice. 0969659 is the Invoice Number assigned by the issuer 20040123 is the date of the invoice 111333 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet

G72*490*18**16****-7700 Specifies an allowance, charge or service. 490 is the Code indicating the type of allowance is the Goods and Service Credit Allowance 18 is the code indicating that the change is a Non-Payable Tax 16 is -7700 is the total dollar amount

G33*-178700 Specifies the total invoice amount. -178700 is the credit monetary amount of the invoice



Fall 2004


SUMMARY G49*500385 Specifies total invoice amount.

500385 is the total monetary amount for all changes billed on a statement since issuance of the last statement.




Fall 2004

Raw Data for The 882

ST*882*8900002 G47*20041101*0275320 N1*RI*XYZ Distributor*UL*0068780151336 N1*SE* ABC Supplier *UL*0068780151329 N9*GT*R121212121 G48*0933181*20040123*111111 G72*990*18******19894 G31*5*CA*49.3*KG G33*315089 G48*0969658*20040123*111222 G33*363996 G48*0969659*20040123*111333 G72*490*18**16****-7700 G33*-178700 G49*500385 SE*17*8900002



Fall 2004

894 Business Example Delivery/Return Base Record and 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment 1. EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy, delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004. The quantities & cost are reported in eaches. The retailer Duns number is 009130659 and the supplier, ABC Dairy’s Duns is 444555444. The total qty delivered were 32 eaches and the total invoice amount is $134.40. There were no adjustments or returns made on this delivery. 2. EXAMPLE 1A: Basic (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Business Scenario Retail store XYZ validates that the ABC Dairy delivered 4 items under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004 and sends to the Supplier transaction 895 acknowledging receipt of good with no quantity or cost discrepancies. The Retailer will process payment for $134.40 against delivery/invoice #001111111111. 3. EXAMPLE 2: (894) – Delivery/Base Record to include Line Item Allowances Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers three items to Retail store XYZ on 7/20/2004 under delivery/invoice # 005555555555. ABC Dairy offered the retailer an allowance (discount) for each item delivered. The allowance data must be reported ‘after’ each line item delivered. A total of 40 items were delivered. The total gross invoice amount ($136.36), less allowance ($100.20) and the balance due to the supplier is $36.16. 4. EXAMPLE 3: (894) – Delivery/Base Record – CASE Quantities Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 000022222222 on 7/21/2004. Products were delivered in case quantities with case prices. A total of 16 cases were delivered and the total invoice amount is $321.60. 5. EXAMPLE 4: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Business Scenario On July 21, 2004, Retail store XYZ returned 3 items to supplier, ABC Dairy. ABC Dairy created credit invoice #12345R to the Retailer for total of 4 units returned, $17.20 Credit. Code “C” in this transaction indicates this is a CREDIT invoice. The quantities and unit cost must be reported as a positive number. 6. EXAMPLE 5: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) EXAMPLE 5A: Will show the Retailer adjusting the price on (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Bakery delivers 5 different types of items with a total of 21 units. Retail store XYZ has a different cost on 4 of these items in their database. The example below is for a basic delivery using the base record, 894. The price adjustment will be provided in Example 5A below. 7. EXAMPLE 6: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Business Scenario On July 21, 2004, Retail store XYZ returned 3 items to supplier, ABC Dairy. ABC Dairy created credit invoice #12345R to the Retailer for total of 4 units returned, $17.20 Credit. Code “C” in this transaction indicates this is a CREDIT invoice. The quantities and unit cost must be reported as a positive number.



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy, delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004. The quantities & cost are reported in eaches. The retailer Duns number is 009130659 and the supplier, ABC Dairy’s Duns is 444555444. The total qty delivered were 32 eaches and the total invoice amount is $134.40. There were no adjustments or returns made on this delivery. EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.

894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number

G82*D*001111111111*009130659*XYZ* 444555444*123456*20040717

Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 001111111111 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 123456 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040717 is the actual Delivery Date 07/17/2004

DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins a loop

0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**4.2**2 L VANILL

Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212123 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L VANILL is the Cash Register Item Description



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*2*20*EA**UP*002222212223**4.2** 2L FR VAN

Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 20 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L FR VAN is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*3*4*EA**UP*002222213336**4.2**2 L TWRL

Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L TWRL is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*4*4*EA**UP*002222244446**4.2**2 L MAPLE

Specifies basic line item data 4 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222244446 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.2 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.20) 2L MAPLE is the Cash Register Item Description

LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop 0100 is the Loop ID Number

SUMMARY G84*32*13440 Specifies transaction summary totals.

32 is the total quantity delivered 13440 is the Total Invoice Amount ($134.40)

G86*A7B3 Specifies electronic identities. A7B3 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)

G85*8EF7 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value




Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 1: Basic (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record Raw Data ST*894*0001 G82*D*001111111111*009130659*XYZ*444555444*123456*20040717 LS*0100 G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**4.2**2L VANILL G83*2*20*EA**UP*002222212223**4.2**2L FR VAN G83*3*4*EA**UP*002222213336**4.2**2L TWRL G83*4*4*EA**UP*002222244446**4.2**2L MAPLE LE*0100 G84*32*13440 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*12*0001



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 1A: Basic (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Business Scenario Retail store XYZ validates that the ABC Dairy delivered 4 items under delivery/invoice number 001111111111 on 7/17/2004 and sends to the Supplier transaction 895 acknowledging receipt of good with no quantity or cost discrepancies. The Retailer will process payment for $134.40 against delivery/invoice #001111111111. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*895**01373001 Shows the start of the transaction set.

895 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying that this is a Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment. 01373001 is the Transaction Set Control Number

G87*R*D*001111111111*8EF7*1 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. R is the code identifying initiator of 895. (R is the value for Receiver) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 001111111111 is the transaction number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value that was sent in G8501 on the base record. 1 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.

SUMMARY G86*F78C Specifies electronic identities.

F78C is the Retailer’s signature (Electronic identity) G85*1323 Provides a secure method of identifying

authenticity of record content 1323 is the Retailer’s Integrity Check Value




Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 1A: Basic (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Raw Data ST*895**01373001 G87*R*D*001111111111*8EF7*1 G86*F78C G85*1323 SE*5*01373001



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 2: (894) – Delivery/Base Record to include Line Item Allowances Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers three items to Retail store XYZ on 7/20/2004 under delivery/invoice # 005555555555. ABC Dairy offered the retailer an allowance (discount) for each item delivered. The allowance data must be reported ‘after’ each line item delivered. A total of 40 items were delivered. The total gross invoice amount ($136.36), less allowance ($100.20) and the balance due to the supplier is $36.16. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0002 Shows the start of the transaction set.


G82*D*005555555555*009130659*XYZ* 444555444*123456-01*20040720

Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 005555555555 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number. 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 123456-01 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040720 is the actual Delivery Date 7/20/2004.


0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**3.4**4L VIT D

Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212123 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 3.4 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($3.40) 4L VIT D is the Cash Register Item Description

G72*97*02***-2.55 Specif ies allowances, charges or services 97 is the Allowance code (97 is the value for “cents off”) 02 is the Allowance Handling for “offinvoice” -2.55 Allowance rate (negative $2.55)



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*2*24*EA**UP*002222212223**3.5** 4L 2%

Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 24 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 3.5 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($3.50) 4L 2% is the Cash Register Item Description

G72*97*02***-2.51 Specifies allowances, charges or services 97 is the Allowance code (97 is the value for “cents off”) 02 is the Allowance Handling code (02 is the value for “offinvoice”) -2.51 Allowance rate (negative $2.51)

G83*3*12*EA**UP*002222213336**3.23 **4L SKIM

Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 12 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1. 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 3.23 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($3.23) 4L SKIM is the Cash Register Item Description

G72*97*02***-2.48 Specifies allowances, charges or services 97 is the Allowance code (97 is the value for “cents off”) 02 is the Allowance Handling code (02 is the value for “offinvoice”) -2.48 Allowance rate (negative $2.48)





G85*8EF7 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 8EF7 is the Supplier’s Inte grity Check Value




Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 2: (894) – Delivery/Base Record to include Line Item Allowances Raw Data ST*894*0002 G82*D*005555555555*009130659*XYZ*444555444*123456-01*20040720 LS*0100 G83*1*4*EA**UP*002222212123**3.4**4L VIT DG72*97*02***-2.55 G83*2*24*EA**UP*002222212223**3.5**4L 2% G72*97*02***-2.51 G83*3*12*EA**UP*002222213336**3.23**4L SKIM G72*97*02***-2.48 LE*0100 G84*40*3616 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*14*0002



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 3: (894) – Delivery/Base Record – CASE Quantities Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Dairy delivers 4 items to Retail store XYZ under delivery/invoice number 000022222222 on 7/21/2004. Products were delivered in case quantities with case prices. A total of 16 cases were delivered and the total invoice amount is $321.60. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0003 Shows the start of the transaction set.


G82*D*000022222222*009130659* XYZ *444555444*19794*20040721

Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 000022222222 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 19794 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040721 is the actual Delivery Date 07/17/2004


0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*2*CA**UP*002222212123**20.1**2L VANILL

Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential line item number 2 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222212123 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross case list cost ($20.10) 2L VANILL is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*2*10*CA**UP*002222212223**20.1**2L FR VAN

Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential line item number 10 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 00222221212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($20.10) 2L FR VAN is the Cash Register Item Description



Fall 2004


G83*3*2*CA*UP*002222213336**20.1**2L TWRL

Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential line item number 2 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($20.10) 2L TWRL is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*4*2*CA*UP*002222244446**20.1**2L MAPLE

Specifies basic line item data 4 is the DSD sequential line item number 2 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222244446 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 20.1 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($20.10) 2L MAPLE is the Cash Register Item Description









Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 3: (894) – Delivery/Base Record – CASE Quantities Raw Data ST*894*0003 G82*D*000022222222*009130659* XYZ*444555444*19794*20040721 LS*0100 G83*1*2*CA*****20.1**2L VANILL*UP*002222212123 G83*2*10*CA*****20.1**2L FR VAN*UP*002222212223 G83*3*2*CA*****20.1**2L TWRL*UP*002222213336 G83*4*2*CA*****20.1**2L MAPLE*UP*002222244446 LE*0100 G84*16*32160 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*12*0003



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 4: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Business Scenario On July 21, 2004, Retail store XYZ returned 3 items to supplier, ABC Dairy. ABC Dairy created credit invoice #12345R to the Retailer for total of 4 units returned, $17.20 Credit. Code “C” in this transaction indicates this is a CREDIT invoice. The quantities and unit cost must be reported as a positive number. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0004 Shows the start of the transaction set.


G82*C*12345R*009130659*XYZ*444555 444*4410*20040721

Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. C is the code identifying this a Credit transaction 12345R is the Supplier assigned Credit Invoice/Return # 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet # XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 444555444 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet # 4410 is the Supplier’s assigned Location Number 20040721 is the actual Return Date 07/17/2004


0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*1*EA**UP*002222212124**4.3**2 L CHOC

Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential line item number 1 is the returned qty and must always be positive EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222212124 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.3 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.30), a positive amt 2L CHOC is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*2*2*EA**UP*002222212223**4.3**2 L BANANA

Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the returned qty and must always be positive. EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222212223 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.3 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.30), a positive amt 2L BANANA is the Cash Register Item Description



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*3*1*EA**UP*002222213336**4.3**2L STRAW

Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 1 is the returned qty and must always be positive EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 002222213336 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 4.3 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($4.30), a positive amt 2L STRAW is the Cash Register Item Description



4 is the total quantity returned 1720 is the Total Credit Invoice Amount ($17.20)




EXAMPLE 4: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record on RETURN product Raw Data ST*894*0004 G82*C*12345R*009130659*XYZ*444555444*4410*20040721 LS*0100 G83*1*1*EA**UP*002222212124**4.3**2L CHOC G83*2*2*EA**UP*002222212223**4.3**2L BANANA G83*3*1*EA**UP*002222213336**4.3**2L STRAW LE*0100 G84*4*1720 G86*A7B3 G85*8EF7 SE*11*0004



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 5: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Bakery delivers 5 different types of items with a total of 21 units. Retail store XYZ has a different cost on 4 of these items in their database. The example below is a for a basic delivery using the base record, 894. The price adjustment will be provided in Example 5A below. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*894*0005 Shows the start of the transaction set.

894 is the “Transaction Set Identifier Code” which is uniquely identifying a Delivery/Return Base Record. 0005 is the Transaction Set Control Number

G82*D*004444444444*009130659*XYZ* 777444777*5310S*20040723

Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 004444444444 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 777444777 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 5310S is the Supplier assigned Location Number 20040723 is the actual Delivery Date 07/23/2004


0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*2*EA**UP*003333377771**2.19** 12 GRAIN

Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential line item detail 2 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333377771 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 2.19 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.19) 12 GRAIN is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*2*4*EA**UP*003333355557**2.19** MULTIGRN

Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential line item detail 4 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333355557 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 2.19 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.19) 12 MULTIGRN is the Cash Register Item Description



Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G83*3*2*EA**UP*003333388883**2.39**WHEAT

Specifies basic line item data 3 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333388883 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 2.39 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.39) WHEAT is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*4*5*EA**UP*003333344476**1.85**ORIG 100%

Specifies basic line item data 4 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 5 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333344476 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 1.85 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($1.85) ORIG 100% is the Cash Register Item Description

G83*5*8*EA**UP*003333355540**1.77**SES WHIT

Specifies basic line item data 5 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 8 is the delivered quantity EA is the unit of measure (EA is the value for Eaches) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 003333355540 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 1.77 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($1.77) SES WHIT is the Cash Register Item Description




G86* E910 Specifies electronic identities. E910 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)

G85*7512 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 7512 is the Supplier’s Integrity Check Value




Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 5: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Raw Data ST*894*0005 G82*D*004444444444*009130659*XYZ*777444777*5310S*20040723 LS*0100 G83*1*2*EA**UP*003333377771**2.19**12 GRAIN G83*2*4*EA**UP*003333355557**2.19**MULTIGRN G83*3*2*EA**UP*003333388883**2.39**WHEAT G83*4*5*EA**UP*003333344476**1.85**ORIG 100% G83*5*8*EA**UP*003333355540**1.77**SES WHIT LE*0100 G84*21*4133 G86* E910 G85*7512 SE*13*0005



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 5A: (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to Adjust Prices Business Scenario When the Retail store XYZ received delivery against ABC Dairy, delivery/invoice #004444444444,the Retailer’s database had a different cost on the first 4 items of the delivery invoice. The 5tth item did not have any price discrepancies. This example below shows the Retailer using the 895 transaction to adjust the prices on each item. Note that the DSD sequential number in G8901 is used to identify the line item being adjusted and it corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. The original invoice amount was $41.33. With the price adjustments, the new invoice amount is $38.56. EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HEADER ST*895*0006 Shows the start of the transaction set.


G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*1 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. R is the code identifying initiator of 895. (R is the value for Receiver) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 004444444444 is the delivery/invoice number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 7512 is the Integrity Check Value and should be the same value as the G8501 in the base record 894. 1 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.


0100 is the Loop ID number G89*1*******2.0000 Specifies basic line item adjustments

1 is the DSD sequential line item being adjusted. It corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. 2.0000 is the gross unit cost adjustment (originally $2.19)

G89*2*******2.0500 Specifies basic line item adjustments 2 is the DSD sequential line item being adjusted. It corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. 2.0500 is the gross unit cost adjustment (originally $2.19)





Fall 2004

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LE*0100 Indicates that the next segment ends a loop

0100 is the Loop ID Number SUMMARY G84*21*3856 Specifies transaction summary totals.

21 is the total quantity sum of all G8302 in the base record, 3856 is the adjusted invoice amount $38.56. (Original invoice amount was $41.33)

G86* F78C Specifies electronic identities. F78C is the Retailer’s signature (Electronic identity)

G85*1323 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 1323 is the Retailer’s Integrity Check Value




Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 5A: (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to ADJUST PRICES Raw Data ST*895*0006 G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*1 LS*0100 G89*1*******2.0000 G89*2*******2.0500 G89*3*******2.0500 G89*4*******1.6200 LE*0100 G84*21*3856 G86* F78C G85*1323 SE*12*0006



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 6: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Company delivers 2 different types of items with a total of 2 units. Retail store XYZ has changed the quantity receive d on each item to 2. The example below is for a basic delivery using the base record, 894 showing a product with no GST but with deposit charge and one product with GST, deposit and environmental levies. The quantity adjustment made by XYZ and transmitted to ABC’s hand held computer will be provided in 6A below. The acceptance of the quantity adjustment by ABC’s driver will be provided in 6B below.



G82*D*004444444444*009130659* XYZ *777444777*5310S*20040723

Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Base Record transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. D is the code identifying this a Debit transaction 004444444444 is the Supplier assigned Delivery/Return number 009130659 is the Receiver’s Dun & Bradstreet number XYZ is the Receiver’s Location Number. The retailer typically provides this location number. 777444777 is the Supplier’s Dun & Bradstreet number 5310S is the Supplier assigned Location Number 20040723 is the actual Delivery Date 07/23/2004

N9*4O*100539931

Specifies reference information. 4O is the qualifier to indicate GST or QST sales tax registration number. 100539931 is ABC’s registration number


0100 is the Loop ID number G83*1*1*CA*****14.65*16*Widget*UP*12 3456789000

Specifies basic line item data 1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 1 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Cases) 123456789000 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.65 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($14.65) 16 is the pack size. In this example there would be 16 single Widgets to a case Widget is the Cash Register Item Description



Fall 2004


G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the Widget 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 1 is the delivery quantity affected by the charge (value should be the same as in the G83 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.

G83*2*1*CA*****14.65*8*2L Water*UP*123456789001

Specifies basic line item data 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 1 is the delivered quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Case) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 123456789001 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.65 is the Supplier’s gross unit list cost ($2.39) 8 is the pack size. In this example there would be 8 single 2L bottle of water to a case. 2L Water is the Cash Register Item Description

G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 1 is the delivery quantity affected by the charge (value should be the same as in the G83 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.

G72*527*02***.56*1*CA

Specifies allowances, charges or services 527 indicates that there is an environmental handling charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice .56 is the environmental handling charge 1 is the delivery quantity affected by the charge (value should be the same as in the G83 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the environment handling charge is applied to.

G72*990*02*******7*15.21 Specifies allowances, charges or services 990 indicates that there is a GST charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 7 is the tax rate percent being applied 15.21 is the taxable amount for the line item. This value includes product and taxable allowances. In this example, GST is charged product and the environmental handling charge (14.65 + 0.56 = 15.21)




Fall 2004




G86*E910 Specifies electronic identities. E910 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)



EXAMPLE 6: (894) – Delivery/Return Base Record (Basic Delivery) Raw Data ST*894*0001 G82*D*004444444444*009130659* XYZ*777444777*5310S*20040723 N9*4O*100539931 LS*0100 G83*1*1*CA*****14.65*16*Widget*UP*123456789000 G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA G83*2*1*CA*****14.65*8*2LWater*UP*123456789001 G72*525*02***1.6*1*CA G72*527*02***.56*1*CA G72*990*02*******7*15.21 LE*0100 G84*2*3412 G86*E910 G85*7512 SE*15*0001



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 6A: (895) – Delivery/Return Adjustment to Quantities Delivered Business Scenario When the Retail store XYZ received the delivery against ABC Company, delivery/invoice #004444444444, the Retailer’s receiver noticed that a different quantity has been received. This example below shows the Retailer using the 895 transaction to adjust the quantity on each item. Note that the DSD sequential number in G8901 is used to identify the line item being adjusted and it corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. The original invoice amount was $34.12. With the new quantity adjustments, the new invoice amount is $66.12.



G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. R is the code identifying initiator of 895. (R is the value for Retailer) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 004444444444 is the delivery/invoice number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 7512 is the Integrity Check Value and should be the same value as the G8501 in the base record 894. 2 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.

DETAIL LS*0100 Indicates that the next segment begins

a loop 0100 is the Loop ID number

G89*1*2.00*CA*UP*123456789005**14.6500*16 Specifies basic line item adjustments 1 is the DSD sequential line item detail 2.00 is the adjusted delivery quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Cases) UP – is the qualifier for the product / service identifier, representing the UPC value as 1-5-5-1 123456789005 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.6500 is the Retailer’s gross unit list cost ($14.65) 16 is the pack size.



Fall 2004


G89*2*2.00*CA*****14.6500*8*UP* 123456789002

Specifies basic line item adjustments 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2.00 is the adjusted delivery quantity CA is the unit of measure (CA is the value for Cases) 123456789002 is the 12-digit Consumer Universal Product Code (UPC) 14.6500 is the Retailer’s gross unit list cost ($14.65) 8 is the pack size.



4 is the total quantity sum of all G8302 in the base record, 894. 6612 is the adjusted invoice amount $66.12. (Original invoice amount was $34.12)

G86* F78C Specifies electronic identities. F78C is the Retailer’s signature (Electronic identity)

G85*1323 Provides a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content 1323 is the Retailer’s Integrity Check Value




Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 6A: (895) – Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment to Adjust Quantities Made By The Retailer. Raw Data ST*895*0006 G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 LS*0100 G89*1*2.00*CA*****14.6500*16*UP*123456789005 G89*2*2.00*CA*****14.6500*8*UP*123456789002 LE*0100 G84*4*6612 G86* F78C G85*1323 SE*10*0006



Fall 2004

EXAMPLE 6B: (895) – Acknowledgment of Adjusted Quantities Business Scenario ABC Company’s driver has accepted the quantity change for delivery/invoice #004444444444. The example below shows the Supplier using the 895 transaction to accept the quantity adjustment made to each item. Note that the DSD sequential number in G8901 is used to identify the line item being adjusted and it corresponds to G8301 in the Line Item Detail segment of the base record, 894. Also note that the G72 segments. In accordance to the DEX standards, if an adjustment needs to be made to one or more of the G72 segments for an item, the entire set of G72 segments for the item should be replaced with a complete, new set. This is rule is in effect since G72 segments that indicate the deposit and the environmental handling charge both contain new quantity values plus the dollar value of the GST G72 segment has changed. The original invoice amount was $34.12. With the new quantity adjustments, the new invoice amount is $68.25 which reflects the new GST charges.



G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 Indicates the beginning of a Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment transaction set and transmits identifying numbers and dates. S is the code identifying initiator of 895. (S is the value for Supplier) D is the code to indicate this is a DEBIT transaction 004444444444 is the delivery/invoice number and should be the same value as the G8202 in the base record 894. 7512 is the Integrity Check Value and should be the same value as the G8501 in the base record 894. 2 is the adjustment number is to sequentially number the acknowledgment/adjustment records from 1 up to a max of 9.


0100 is the Loop ID number G89*1*2 Specifies basic line item adjustments

1 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier



Fall 2004


G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the Widget 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier (value should be the same as in the G87 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.

G89*2*2 Specifies basic line item adjustments 2 is the DSD sequential number of the line item detail 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier

G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 525 indicates that there is a deposit for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 1.6 is the deposit charge 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier (value should be the same as in the G87 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the deposit is applied to.

G72*527*02***.56*2*CA Specifies allowances, charges or services 527 indicates that there is an environmental handling charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice .56 is the environmental handling charge 2 is the delivery quantity accepted by the Supplier (value should be the same as in the G87 segment) CA is the unit of measure which the environment handling charge is applied to.

G72*990*02*******7*30.42 Specifies allowances, charges or services 990 indicates that there is a GST charge for the 2L Water 02 is off invoice 7 is the tax rate percent being applied 30.42 is the taxable amount for the line item. This value includes product and taxable allowances. In this example, GST is charged product and the environmental handling charge (14.65 + 0.56 *2 )




G86* E910 Specifies electronic identities. E910 is the Supplier’s signature (Electronic identity)





Fall 2004

Raw Data ST*895*0002 G87*R*D*004444444444*7512*2 LS*0100 G89*1*2 G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA G89*2*2 G72*525*02***1.6*2*CA G72*527*02***.56*2*CA G72*990*02*******7*30.42 LE*0100 G84*4*6825 G86* E910 G85*7512 SE*14*002



Fall 2004

997 Functional Acknowledgement The Functional Acknowledgment is bi-directional from both buyer and supplier. The transaction set identifies the specific document it is verifying and allows the sender to indicate whether that document was syntactically correct or incorrect. In most implementation, the Functional Acknowledgement (007_ is automatically created by the trading partner's translation software. Failure to receive a Functional Acknowledgment (997) within a day or two of initial document transmission, can be a sign of problems at some point along the path from trading partner to trading partner, and normally requires further research to resolve the situation.

Functional Acknowledgements are usually generated/processed by the EDI translator software. However, understanding how a Functional Acknowledgement works can help in determining the cause of problems with other EDI transactions.

Benefits Response to a previously transmitted EDI document indicates their EDI document was received by the trading partner, documents are automatically checked for syntax FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 1: ACCEPT Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have accepted all three POs that were contained in Control Group 11.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*997*0001 Shows the start of the transaction set.

997 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number for this transaction set.

AK1*PO*11 Acknowledges the Functional Group (GS). PO is the Functional Group ID of the functional group being acknowledged. 11 is the Group Control Number assigned by ABC Markets retailer in the transmission being acknowledged.

AK9*A*3*3*3 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a functional Group (GS) and reports errors. A is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating acceptance. The first 3 is the number of purchase orders included in the functional group. The second 3 is the number of purchase orders received. The last 3 is the number of purchase orders accepted in the functional group.



Fall 2004



EXAMPLE 1: ACCEPT

ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK9*A*3*3*3 SE*4*0001



Fall 2004

FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 2:

Business Scenario

The supplier, Healthy Pills, is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have rejected all three POs that were contained in Control Group 11.




AK9*R*3*3*0 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a functional Group (GS) and reports errors. R is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating the functional group was Rejected. The first 3 is the Number of Transaction Sets [purchase orders] Included in the functional group. The second 3 is the Number of Received Transaction Sets (purchase orders). 0 is the Number of Accepted Transaction Sets (purchase orders).


EXAMPLE 2: REJECT

ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK9*R*3*3*0 SE*4*0001



Fall 2004

FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 3: PARTIAL Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills, is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have partially accepted the POs that were contained in Control Group 11.




AK2*850*0002 Acknowledges the transaction set (ST). 850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0002 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

AK5*R*5 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a transaction set (ST) and reports errors. R is the Transaction Set Acknowledgment Code indicating the transaction set was Rejected. 5 is the Transaction Set Syntax Code indicating One or More Segments [in the transaction set were] in Error.

AK9*P*3*3*2 Acknowledges the acceptance or rejection of a functional Group (GS) and reports errors. P is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating the functional group was Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was Rejected. The first 3 is the Number of Transaction Sets [purchase orders] Included in the functional group. The second 3 is the Number of Received Transaction Sets (purchase orders). 2 is the Number of Accepted Transaction Sets (purchase orders).


EXAMPLE 3: PARTIAL ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK2*850*0002 AK5*R*5 AK9*P*3*3*2 SE*6*0001


5010 Section VIII Appendix Page 322 of 672 Version 005010 Fall 2004

Section VIII

Appendix Transaction Cross Reference to Data Element Tables

INDEX

SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION SET CROSS REFERENCE TO DATA ELEMENTS .......................... 323

810 INVOICE ........................................................................................ 327 850 PURCHASE ORDER............................................................................. 331 852 PRODUCT ACTIVITY DATA .................................................................... 334 855 PURCHASE ORDER ACKNOWLEDGMENT ...................................................... 336 856 SHIP NOTICE/MANIFEST ...................................................................... 340 867 PRODUCT TRANSFER AND RESALE REPORT.................................................. 343 870 ORDER STATUS REPORT ...................................................................... 344 882 DIRECT STORE DELIVERY SUMMARY INFORMATION........................................ 345 894 DELIVERY /RETURN BASE RECORD ........................................................... 346 895 DELIVERY /RETURN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OR ADJUSTMENT ................................ 347

Legend

H Header

D Detail

D-O Detail Order

D-S Detail Shipment

D-I Detail Item

D-P Detail Pack

S Summary



Summary of Transaction Set Cross Reference to Data Elements

Transactions

DE # NAME Code and Description 810 850 852 855 856 867 870 882 894 895

98 Entity Identifier Code

1C Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) D

AG Agent/Agency H H D-O BO Broker or Sales Office H H D-O BS Bill and Ship To H H H H D-S BT Bill-to-Party H H H H H BY Buying Party (Purchaser) H H D-O CS Consolidator D-S CT Country of Origin H H D-O DS Distributor H FR Message From H H H H D-S LP Loading Party D-S MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately

Intended H H D-O,S

MF Manufacturer of Goods H H OB Ordered By D-O,S RI Remit To H H RL Reporting Location H SE Selling Party H H H D-O H SF Ship From H H H D-S D H ST Ship To H H H H D-S D SU Supplier /Manufacturer H TO Message To H H H H D-S UP Unloading Party D-S VN Vendor H YW Discharge Point D-S Z7 Mark-for Party H H D-O 128 Reference

Identification Qualifier

08 Carrier Assigned Package Identification Number

H

4G Provincial Tax Identification H 4O Canadian Goods & Services or Quebec

Sales Tax Reference Number H

6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number

D-O

AH Agreement Number H H H,D H BM Bill of Lading Number D-O,S BT Batch Number D-O CH Customer Catalog Number D-O CN Carrier’s Reference Number

(PRO/Invoice) D-S

CO Customer Order Number D-O,I D D3 National Council for Prescription Drug

Programs Pharmacy Number H H H,D H D-O

DP Department Number H H H,D H D-O H GT Goods and Service Tax Registration

Number H

HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number D-O



Transactions


IA Internal Vendor Number H H H,D H D-O IT Internal Customer Number H H H,D H D-O IV Seller’s Invoice Number D-O D LA Shipping Label Serial Number H LT Lot Number D-I MB Master Bill of Lading D-S MR Merchandise Type Code D-O H PD Promotion/Deal Number H H H,D D-O PG Product Group H Q8 Registration Number Code describing

which type of registration is being submitted. Quebec Sales Tax Registration Number

H

QC Product Specification Document Number D-O SB Sales Region Number D-O SE Serial Number D-I UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17

Digits) D-S,O

UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits)

D-S,O

VN Vendor Order Number D-I 146 Shipment

Method of Payment

CC Collect H H

PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul H H PC Prepaid but Charged to Customer PP Prepaid (by Seller) H H 235 Product /Service

ID Qualifier AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families)

D D

DI Deposit Item Number D D EN EAN/UCC-13 D D D D D-P,I D D D D EO EAN/UCC-8 D D D D D-P,I D D D D IN Buyer's Item Number D D D D D-P,I LT Lot Number D-P D NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit)

number D D

UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) D D D D D-P,I D UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) D UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure D D D D D-P,I D D D UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) D D D D D-P,I D UP UCC-12 D D D D D-P,I D D D D VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number D D D D D-P,I D 355 Unit or Basis for

Measurement Code

BA Bale D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O

BG Bag D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O BO Bottle D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D BX Box D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D,S D,S CA Case D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D D,S D,S CN Can D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O CT Carton D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D,S D,S DS Display D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O DZ Dozen D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D,S D,S



Transactions


EA Each D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D D D,S D,S KG Kilogram H,D D-S,O D,S D,S LB Pound H,D D-S,O D,S D,S M4 Monetary Value H,D PK Package D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D,S D,S PL Pallet/Unit Load D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O D D D,S D,S RL Roll D,S H,D D,S D,S D-S,O See Section III for Code List. H,D UN Unit D,S D,S 374 Date/Time

Qualifier 001 Cancel After H

002 Delivery Requested H H D H 003 Invoice D 007 Effective D H 008 Purchase Order Received 009 Process H 010 Requested Ship H 011 Shipped H 015 Promotion Start D 016 Promotion End D 017 Estimated Delivery H 036 Expiration D 037 Ship Not Before 038 Ship No Later 055 Confirmed 068 Current Schedule Ship H,D 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of) H 090 Report Start D 091 Report End D 097 Transaction Creation 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of D 106 Required By 118 Requested Pickup H H 639 Basis of Unit

Price Code LD Catalog Price per Dozen D

LE Catalog Price per Each D NC No Charge D NT Net Indicates a net unit price D PE Price per Each D PO Price per Ounce D PP Price per Pound D PR Promotion D QT Quoted D RD Retail Price per Dozen D RE Retail Price per Each D TD Contract Price per Dozen D TE Contract Price per Each D WD Wholesale Price per Dozen D WE Wholesale Price per Each D 1300 Service,Promoti

on,Allowance or See Section III for code list. H,D D



Transactions


Charge Code D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance D,S D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge D,S H490 Subject To Tax On Resale D,S H770 Tax - State Tax D,S H806 Tax Credit D,S 1301 Agency Service,

Promotion,Allowance, or Charge Code

See Section III for code list. D,S H,D D



Transaction Listing of Data Elements

810 Invoice

DE # Code and Description 810 98 BY Buying Party (Purchaser) 1/0400/CUR

AG Agent/Agency 1/0700/N1 BO Broker or Sales Office 1/0700/N1

BS Bill and Ship To 1/0700/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0700/N1 CT Country of Origin 1/0700/N1 FR Message From 1/0700/N1 MF Manufacturer of Goods 1/0700/N1 RI Remit To 1/0700/N1 SE Selling Party 1/0700/N1 SF Ship From 1/0700/N1 ST Ship To 1/0700/N1 TO Message To 1/0700/N1 Z7 Mark-for Party 1/0700/N1

128 AH Agreement Number 1/0500/REF D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0500/REF

DP Department Number 1/0500/REF IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0500/REF IT Internal Customer Number 1/0500/REF PD Promotion/Deal Number 1/0500/REF

146 CC Collect 1/1500/FOB PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul 1/1500/FOB PP Prepaid (by Seller) 1/1500/FOB

235 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0100/IT1 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/IT1

IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/IT1 UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/IT1 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/IT1 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/IT1 UP UCC-12 2/0100/IT1 VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/IT1

355 BA Bale 2/0100/IT1 BG Bag 2/0100/IT1 BO Bottle 2/0100/IT1 BX Box 2/0100/IT1 CA Case 2/0100/IT1 CN Can 2/0100/IT1 CT Carton 2/0100/IT1 DS Display 2/0100/IT1 DZ Dozen 2/0100/IT1 EA Each 2/0100/IT1 PK Package 2/0100/IT1 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0100/IT1 RL Roll 2/0100/IT1 BA Bale 2/0500/CTP



DE # Code and Description 810 BG Bag 2/0500/CTP BO Bottle 2/0500/CTP BX Box 2/0500/CTP CA Case 2/0500/CTP CN Can 2/0500/CTP CT Carton 2/0500/CTP DS Display 2/0500/CTP DZ Dozen 2/0500/CTP EA Each 2/0500/CTP PK Package 2/0500/CTP PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0500/CTP RL Roll 2/0500/CTP BA Bale 2/0700/MEA BG Bag 2/0700/MEA BO Bottle 2/0700/MEA BX Box 2/0700/MEA CA Case 2/0700/MEA CN Can 2/0700/MEA CT Carton 2/0700/MEA DS Display 2/0700/MEA DZ Dozen 2/0700/MEA EA Each 2/0700/MEA PK Package 2/0700/MEA PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0700/MEA RL Roll 2/0700/MEA BA Bale 2/1000/PO4 BG Bag 2/1000/PO4 BO Bottle 2/1000/PO4 BX Box 2/1000/PO4 CA Case 2/1000/PO4 CN Can 2/1000/PO4 CT Carton 2/1000/PO4 DS Display 2/1000/PO4 DZ Dozen 2/1000/PO4 EA Each 2/1000/PO4 PK Package 2/1000/PO4 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1000/PO4 RL Roll 2/1000/PO4 BA Bale 2/1400/SDQ BG Bag 2/1400/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1400/SDQ BX Box 2/1400/SDQ CA Case 2/1400/SDQ CN Can 2/1400/SDQ CT Carton 2/1400/SDQ DS Display 2/1400/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1400/SDQ EA Each 2/1400/SDQ PK Package 2/1400/SDQ



DE # Code and Description 810 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1400/SDQ RL Roll 2/1400/SDQ BA Bale 2/1800/SAC BG Bag 2/1800/SAC BO Bottle 2/1800/SAC BX Box 2/1800/SAC CA Case 2/1800/SAC CN Can 2/1800/SAC CT Carton 2/1800/SAC DS Display 2/1800/SAC DZ Dozen 2/1800/SAC EA Each 2/1800/SAC PK Package 2/1800/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1800/SAC RL Roll 2/1800/SAC BA Bale 3/0400/SAC BG Bag 3/0400/SAC BO Bottle 3/0400/SAC BX Box 3/0400/SAC CA Case 3/0400/SAC CN Can 3/0400/SAC CT Carton 3/0400/SAC DS Display 3/0400/SAC DZ Dozen 3/0400/SAC EA Each 3/0400/SAC PK Package 3/0400/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0400/SAC RL Roll 3/0400/SAC BA Bale 3/0600/ISS BG Bag 3/0600/ISS BO Bottle 3/0600/ISS BX Box 3/0600/ISS CA Case 3/0600/ISS CN Can 3/0600/ISS CT Carton 3/0600/ISS DS Display 3/0600/ISS DZ Dozen 3/0600/ISS EA Each 3/0600/ISS PK Package 3/0600/ISS PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0600/ISS RL Roll 3/0600/ISS BA Bale 3/0700/CTT BG Bag 3/0700/CTT BO Bottle 3/0700/CTT BX Box 3/0700/CTT CA Case 3/0700/CTT CN Can 3/0700/CTT CT Carton 3/0700/CTT DS Display 3/0700/CTT



DE # Code and Description 810 DZ Dozen 3/0700/CTT EA Each 3/0700/CTT PK Package 3/0700/CTT PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0700/CTT RL Roll 3/0700/CTT

374 002 Delivery Requested 1/1400/DTM 011 Shipped 1/1400/DTM

639 NT Net Indicates a net unit price 2/0500/CTP PE Price per Each 2/0500/CTP

1300 D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance 2/1800/SAC D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge 2/1800/SAC H490 Subject To Tax On Resale 2/1800/SAC H770 Tax - State Tax 2/1800/SAC H806 Tax Credit 2/1800/SAC D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance 3/0400/SAC D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge 3/0400/SAC H490 Subject To Tax On Resale 3/0400/SAC H770 Tax - State Tax 3/0400/SAC H806 Tax Credit 3/0400/SAC

1301 See Section III for code list. 2/1800/SAC See Section III for code list. 3/0400/SAC




850 Purchase Order DE # Code and Description 850

98 BY Buying Party (Purchaser) 1/0400/CUR AG Agent/Agency 1/3100/N1 BO Broker or Sales Office 1/3100/N1

BS Bill and Ship To 1/3100/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/3100/N1 CB Customs Broker 1/3100/N1 CN Consignee 1/3100/N1 CS Consolidator 1/3100/N1 CT Country of Origin 1/3100/N1 EX Exporter 1/3100/N1 FR Message From 1/3100/N1 FW Forwarder 1/3100/N1 L5 Contact 1/3100/N1 MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 1/3100/N1 MF Manufacturer of Goods 1/3100/N1 NP Notify Party for Shipper's Order 1/3100/N1 SE Selling Party 1/3100/N1 SF Ship From 1/3100/N1 SN Store 1/3100/N1 ST Ship To 1/3100/N1 TO Message To 1/3100/N1 Z7 Mark-for Party 1/3100/N1

128 AH Agreement Number 1/0500/REF D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0500/REF DP Department Number 1/0500/REF IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0500/REF IT Internal Customer Number 1/0500/REF PD Promotion/Deal Number 1/0500/REF

146 CC Collect 1/0800/FOB PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul 1/0800/FOB PP Prepaid (by Seller) 1/0800/FOB

235 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0100/PO1 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/PO1 IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/PO1 UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/PO1 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UP UCC-12 2/0100/PO1

VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/PO1 355 BA Bale 1/1200/SAC

BG Bag 1/1200/SAC BO Bottle 1/1200/SAC BX Box 1/1200/SAC CA Case 1/1200/SAC CN Can 1/1200/SAC



DE # Code and Description 850

CT Carton 1/1200/SAC DS Display 1/1200/SAC DZ Dozen 1/1200/SAC EA Each 1/1200/SAC KG Kilogram 1/1200/SAC LB Pound 1/1200/SAC M4 Monetary Value 1/1200/SAC PK Package 1/1200/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 1/1200/SAC RL Roll 1/1200/SAC BA Bale 2/0100/PO1 BG Bag 2/0100/PO1 BO Bottle 2/0100/PO1 BX Box 2/0100/PO1 CA Case 2/0100/PO1 CN Can 2/0100/PO1 CT Carton 2/0100/PO1 DS Display 2/0100/PO1 DZ Dozen 2/0100/PO1 EA Each 2/0100/PO1 KG Kilogram 2/0100/PO1 LB Pound 2/0100/PO1 PK Package 2/0100/PO1 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0100/PO1 RL Roll 2/0100/PO1 BA Bale 2/0400/CTP BG Bag 2/0400/CTP BO Bottle 2/0400/CTP BX Box 2/0400/CTP CA Case 2/0400/CTP CN Can 2/0400/CTP CT Carton 2/0400/CTP DS Display 2/0400/CTP DZ Dozen 2/0400/CTP EA Each 2/0400/CTP KG Kilogram 2/0400/CTP LB Pound 2/0400/CTP PK Package 2/0400/CTP PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/CTP RL Roll 2/0400/CTP BA Bale 2/0900/PO4 BG Bag 2/0900/PO4 BO Bottle 2/0900/PO4 BX Box 2/0900/PO4 CA Case 2/0900/PO4 CN Can 2/0900/PO4 CT Carton 2/0900/PO4 DS Display 2/0900/PO4 DZ Dozen 2/0900/PO4 EA Each 2/0900/PO4




KG Kilogram 2/0900/PO4 LB Pound 2/0900/PO4 PK Package 2/0900/PO4 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0900/PO4 RL Roll 2/0900/PO4 BA Bale 2/1300/SAC BG Bag 2/1300/SAC BO Bottle 2/1300/SAC BX Box 2/1300/SAC CA Case 2/1300/SAC CN Can 2/1300/SAC CT Carton 2/1300/SAC DS Display 2/1300/SAC DZ Dozen 2/1300/SAC EA Each 2/1300/SAC KG Kilogram 2/1300/SAC LB Pound 2/1300/SAC M4 Monetary Value 2/1300/SAC PK Package 2/1300/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1300/SAC RL Roll 2/1300/SAC BA Bale 2/1900/SDQ BG Bag 2/1900/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1900/SDQ BX Box 2/1900/SDQ CA Case 2/1900/SDQ CN Can 2/1900/SDQ CT Carton 2/1900/SDQ DS Display 2/1900/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1900/SDQ EA Each 2/1900/SDQ KG Kilogram 2/1900/SDQ LB Pound 2/1900/SDQ PK Package 2/1900/SDQ PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1900/SDQ RL Roll 2/1900/SDQ See Section III for code list. 3/0100/CTT

374 002 Delivery Requested 1/1500/DTM 118 Requested Pickup 1/1500/DTM








98 BS Bill and Ship To 1/0600/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0600/N1

FR Message From 1/0600/N1 RL Reporting Location 1/0600/N1 ST Ship To 1/0600/N1 TO Message To 1/0600/N1

128 AH Agreement Number 1/0400/N9 D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0400/N9 DP Department Number 1/0400/N9 IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0400/N9 IT Internal Customer Number 1/0400/N9 PD Promotion/Deal Number 1/0400/N9 AH Agreement Number 2/0800/ZA D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 2/0800/ZA DP Department Number 2/0800/ZA IA Internal Vendor Number 2/0800/ZA IT Internal Customer Number 2/0800/ZA PD Promotion/Deal Number 2/0800/ZA

235 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0100/LIN EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/LIN IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/LIN UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/LIN UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/LIN UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/LIN UP UCC-12 2/0100/LIN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/LIN

355 BA Bale 2/0800/ZA BG Bag 2/0800/ZA BO Bottle 2/0800/ZA BX Box 2/0800/ZA CA Case 2/0800/ZA CN Can 2/0800/ZA CT Carton 2/0800/ZA DS Display 2/0800/ZA DZ Dozen 2/0800/ZA EA Each 2/0800/ZA PK Package 2/0800/ZA PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0800/ZA RL Roll 2/0800/ZA BA Bale 2/1100/SDQ BG Bag 2/1100/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1100/SDQ BX Box 2/1100/SDQ CA Case 2/1100/SDQ CN Can 2/1100/SDQ




CT Carton 2/1100/SDQ DS Display 2/1100/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1100/SDQ EA Each 2/1100/SDQ PK Package 2/1100/SDQ PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1100/SDQ RL Roll 2/1100/SDQ BA Bale 3/0100/CTT BG Bag 3/0100/CTT BO Bottle 3/0100/CTT BX Box 3/0100/CTT CA Case 3/0100/CTT CN Can 3/0100/CTT CT Carton 3/0100/CTT DS Display 3/0100/CTT DZ Dozen 3/0100/CTT EA Each 3/0100/CTT PK Package 3/0100/CTT PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/CTT RL Roll 3/0100/CTT

374 002 Delivery Requested 2/0800/ZA 007 Effective 2/0800/ZA 090 Report Start 2/0800/ZA 091 Report End 2/0800/ZA 015 Promotion Start 2/1300/DTM 016 Promotion End 2/1300/DTM






98 BS Bill and Ship To 1/0600/N1 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0600/N1

FR Message From 1/0600/N1 MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 1/0600/N1 OB Ordered By 1/0600/N1 SE Selling Party 1/0600/N1 SF Ship From 1/0600/N1 ST Ship To 1/0600/N1

128 AH Agreement Number 1/0500/REF D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 1/0500/REF DP Department Number 1/0500/REF IA Internal Vendor Number 1/0500/REF IT Internal Customer Number 1/0500/REF

235 EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/0100/PO1 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0100/PO1 IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0100/PO1 UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0100/PO1 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0100/PO1 UP UCC - 12 2/0100/PO1 VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0100/PO1 EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/4900/SLN EO EAN/UCC-8 2/4900/SLN IN Buyer's Item Number 2/4900/SLN UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/4900/SLN UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/4900/SLN UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/4900/SLN UP UCC - 12 2/4900/SLN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/4900/SLN

355 BA Bale 2/0100/PO1 BG Bag 2/0100/PO1 BO Bottle 2/0100/PO1 BX Box 2/0100/PO1 CA Case 2/0100/PO1 CN Can 2/0100/PO1 CT Carton 2/0100/PO1 DS Display 2/0100/PO1 DZ Dozen 2/0100/PO1 EA Each 2/0100/PO1 PK Package 2/0100/PO1 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0100/PO1 RL Roll 2/0100/PO1 BA Bale 2/0400/CTP BG Bag 2/0400/CTP BO Bottle 2/0400/CTP




BX Box 2/0400/CTP CA Case 2/0400/CTP CN Can 2/0400/CTP CT Carton 2/0400/CTP DS Display 2/0400/CTP DZ Dozen 2/0400/CTP EA Each 2/0400/CTP PK Package 2/0400/CTP PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/CTP RL Roll 2/0400/CTP BA Bale 2/0900/PO4 BG Bag 2/0900/PO4 BO Bottle 2/0900/PO4 BX Box 2/0900/PO4 CA Case 2/0900/PO4 CN Can 2/0900/PO4 CT Carton 2/0900/PO4 DS Display 2/0900/PO4 DZ Dozen 2/0900/PO4 EA Each 2/0900/PO4 PK Package 2/0900/PO4 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0900/PO4 RL Roll 2/0900/PO4 BA Bale 2/1300/SAC BG Bag 2/1300/SAC BO Bottle 2/1300/SAC BX Box 2/1300/SAC CA Case 2/1300/SAC CN Can 2/1300/SAC CT Carton 2/1300/SAC DS Display 2/1300/SAC DZ Dozen 2/1300/SAC EA Each 2/1300/SAC PK Package 2/1300/SAC PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1300/SAC RL Roll 2/1300/SAC BA Bale 2/1900/SDQ BG Bag 2/1900/SDQ BO Bottle 2/1900/SDQ BX Box 2/1900/SDQ CA Case 2/1900/SDQ CN Can 2/1900/SDQ CT Carton 2/1900/SDQ DS Display 2/1900/SDQ DZ Dozen 2/1900/SDQ EA Each 2/1900/SDQ PK Package 2/1900/SDQ PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1900/SDQ RL Roll 2/1900/SDQ BA Bale 2/2700/ACK




BG Bag 2/2700/ACK BO Bottle 2/2700/ACK BX Box 2/2700/ACK CA Case 2/2700/ACK CN Can 2/2700/ACK CT Carton 2/2700/ACK DS Display 2/2700/ACK DZ Dozen 2/2700/ACK EA Each 2/2700/ACK PK Package 2/2700/ACK PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/2700/ACK RL Roll 2/2700/ACK BA Bale 2/4900/SLN BG Bag 2/4900/SLN BO Bottle 2/4900/SLN BX Box 2/4900/SLN CA Case 2/4900/SLN CN Can 2/4900/SLN CT Carton 2/4900/SLN DS Display 2/4900/SLN DZ Dozen 2/4900/SLN EA Each 2/4900/SLN PK Package 2/4900/SLN PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/4900/SLN RL Roll 2/4900/SLN BA Bale 3/0100/CTT BG Bag 3/0100/CTT BO Bottle 3/0100/CTT BX Box 3/0100/CTT CA Case 3/0100/CTT CN Can 3/0100/CTT CT Carton 3/0100/CTT DS Display 3/0100/CTT DZ Dozen 3/0100/CTT EA Each 3/0100/CTT PK Package 3/0100/CTT PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/CTT RL Roll 3/0100/CTT

374 001 Cancel After 1/1500/DTM 002 Delivery Requested 1/1500/DTM 007 Effective 1/1500/DTM 009 Process 1/1500/DTM 010 Requested Ship 1/1500/DTM 017 Estimated Delivery 1/1500/DTM

068 Current Schedule Ship 1/1500/DTM 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of) 1/1500/DTM 118 Requested Pickup 1/1500/DTM 068 Current Schedule Ship 2/2700/ACK 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of 2/2700/ACK

639 LD Catalog Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1




LE Catalog Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 NC No Charge 2/0100/PO1 PO Price per Ounce 2/0100/PO1

PP Price per Pound 2/0100/PO1 PR Promotion 2/0100/PO1 QT Quoted 2/0100/PO1 RD Retail Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1 RE Retail Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 TD Contract Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1 TE Contract Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 WD Wholesale Price per Dozen 2/0100/PO1 WE Wholesale Price per Each 2/0100/PO1 LD Catalog Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN LE Catalog Price per Each 2/4900/SLN NC No Charge 2/4900/SLN PO Price per Ounce 2/4900/SLN PP Price per Pound 2/4900/SLN PR Promotion 2/4900/SLN QT Quoted 2/4900/SLN RD Retail Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN RE Retail Price per Each 2/4900/SLN TD Contract Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN TE Contract Price per Each 2/4900/SLN WD Wholesale Price per Dozen 2/4900/SLN WE Wholesale Price per Each 2/4900/SLN

1300 See Section III for code list. 2/1300/SAC 1301 See Section III for code list. 2/1300/SAC




856 Ship Notice/Manifest

DE # Code and Description 856 Level

98 BS Bill and Ship To 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT CS Consolidator 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT FR Message From 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT LP Loading Party 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT OB Ordered By 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT SF Ship From 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT ST Ship To 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT SU Supplier /Manufacturer 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT TO Message To 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT UP Unloading Party 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT YW Discharge Point 2/2200/N1 SHIPMENT AG Agent/Agency 2/2200/N1 ORDER BO Broker or Sales Office 2/2200/N1 ORDER BY Buying Party (Purchaser) 2/2200/N1 ORDER CT Country of Origin 2/2200/N1 ORDER MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended 2/2200/N1 ORDER OB Ordered By 2/2200/N1 ORDER SE Selling Party 2/2200/N1 ORDER SU Supplier /Manufacturer 2/2200/N1 ORDER Z7 Mark-for Party 2/2200/N1 ORDER

128 BM Bill of Lading Number 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT CN Carrier’s Reference Number (PRO/Invoice) 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT MB Master Bill of Lading 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF SHIPMENT 6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number 2/1500/REF ORDER BM Bill of Lading Number 2/1500/REF ORDER BT Batch Number 2/1500/REF ORDER CH Customer Catalog Number 2/1500/REF ORDER CO Customer Order Number 2/1500/REF ORDER D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Pharmacy Number 2/1500/REF ORDER DP Department Number 2/1500/REF ORDER HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number 2/1500/REF ORDER IA Internal Vendor Number 2/1500/REF ORDER IT Internal Customer Number 2/1500/REF ORDER IV Seller’s Invoice Number 2/1500/REF ORDER MR Merchandise Type Code 2/1500/REF ORDER PD Promotion/Deal Number 2/1500/REF ORDER QC Product Specification Document Number 2/1500/REF ORDER SB Sales Region Number 2/1500/REF ORDER UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF ORDER UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) 2/1500/REF ORDER VN Vendor Order Number 2/1500/REF ORDER

CO Customer Order Number 2/1500/REF ITEM




LT Lot Number 2/1500/REF ITEM SE Serial Number 2/1500/REF ITEM

235 LT Lot Number 2/0200/LIN PACK UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0200/LIN PACK UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/LIN PACK EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/0200/LIN PACK EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/LIN PACK IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0200/LIN PACK UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0200/LIN PACK UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/LIN PACK UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/LIN PACK UP UCC - 12 2/0200/LIN PACK VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0200/LIN PACK EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/0200/LIN ITEM EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/LIN ITEM

IN Buyer's Item Number 2/0200/LIN ITEM UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/0200/LIN ITEM UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/LIN ITEM UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/LIN ITEM UP UCC - 12 2/0200/LIN ITEM VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/0200/LIN ITEM

355 KG Kilogram 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT LB Pound 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BA Bale 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BG Bag 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BO Bottle 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BX Box 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT CA Case 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT CN Can 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT CT Carton 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT DS Display 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT DZ Dozen 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT EA Each 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT PK Package 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT RL Roll 2/1100/TD1 SHIPMENT BA Bale 2/1100/TD1 ORDER BG Bag 2/1100/TD1 ORDER BO Bottle 2/1100/TD1 ORDER BX Box 2/1100/TD1 ORDER CA Case 2/1100/TD1 ORDER CN Can 2/1100/TD1 ORDER CT Carton 2/1100/TD1 ORDER DS Display 2/1100/TD1 ORDER DZ Dozen 2/1100/TD1 ORDER EA Each 2/1100/TD1 ORDER PK Package 2/1100/TD1 ORDER PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/1100/TD1 ORDER RL Roll 2/1100/TD1 ORDER

CA Case 2/0300/SN1 PACK




374 036 Expiration 2/2000/DTM ITEM





DE # Code and Description 867 98 DS Distributor 1/800/N1

VN Vendor 1/800/N1 1C Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) 2/0500/N1 SF Ship From 2/0500/N1 ST Ship To 2/0500/N1

128 IV Seller’s Invoice Number 2/0900/REF 235 EN EAN/UCC - 13 2/1200/LIN

EO EAN/UCC-8 2/1200/LIN UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) 2/1200/LIN UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/1200/LIN

UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) 2/1200/LIN UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/1200/LIN UP UCC - 12 2/1200/LIN VN Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number 2/1200/LIN LT Lot Number 2/1200/LIN

355 EA Each 2/1100/QTY EA Each 2/1300/UIT

374 003 Invoice 2/0200/DTM




870 Order Status Report


98 SF Ship From 1/0500/N1 128 CO Customer Order Number 2/3000/REF 235 UP UCC - 12 2/1500/PO1 355 BO Bottle 2/2300/QTY

BX Box 2/2300/QTY CA Case 2/2300/QTY EA Each 2/2300/QTY PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/2300/QTY






98 BT Bill-to-Party 1/0300/N1 RI Remit To 1/0300/N1

SE Selling Party 1/0300/N1 128 DP Department Number 1/0700/N9

GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number 1/0700/N9 MR Merchandise Type Code 1/0700/N9

PG Product Group 1/0700/N9 Q8 Registration Number Code describing which type of registration is being

submitted. Quebec Sales Tax Registration Number 1/0700/N9

355 BA Bale 2/0600/G31 BG Bag 2/0600/G31 BO Bottle 2/0600/G31 BX Box 2/0600/G31 CA Case 2/0600/G31 CN Can 2/0600/G31 CT Carton 2/0600/G31 DS Display 2/0600/G31 DZ Dozen 2/0600/G31 EA Each 2/0600/G31 PK Package 2/0600/G31 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0600/G31 RL Roll 2/0600/G31





DE # Code and Description 894 128 08 Carrier Assigned Package Identification Number 1/250/N9

4G Provincial Tax Identification 1/250/N9 4O Canadian Goods & Services or Quebec Sales Tax Reference Number 1/250/N9 LA Shipping Label Serial Number 1/250/N9

235 AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) 2/0200/G83 DI Deposit Item Number 2/0200/G83 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0200/G83 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/G83 NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number 2/0200/G83 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/G83 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/G83

355 BX Box 2/0200/G83 CA Case 2/0200/G83 CT Carton 2/0200/G83 DZ Dozen 2/0200/G83 EA Each 2/0200/G83 KG Kilogram 2/0200/G83 LB Pound 2/0200/G83 PK Package 2/0200/G83 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0200/G83 UN Unit 2/0200/G83 BX Box 2/0400/G72 CA Case 2/0400/G72 CT Carton 2/0400/G72 DZ Dozen 2/0400/G72 EA Each 2/0400/G72 KG Kilogram 2/0400/G72 LB Pound 2/0400/G72 PK Package 2/0400/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/G72 UN Unit 2/0400/G72 CA Case 3/0100/G72 CT Carton 3/0100/G72 DZ Dozen 3/0100/G72 EA Each 3/0100/G72 KG Kilogram 3/0100/G72 LB Pound 3/0100/G72 PK Package 3/0100/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/G72 UN Unit 3/0100/G72




895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgement or Adjustment


235 AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) 2/0200/G89 DI Deposit Item Number 2/0200/G89 EN EAN/UCC-13 2/0200/G89 EO EAN/UCC-8 2/0200/G89 NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number 2/0200/G89 UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure 2/0200/G89 UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) 2/0200/G89

355 BX Box 2/0200/G89 CA Case 2/0200/G89 CT Carton 2/0200/G89 DZ Dozen 2/0200/G89 EA Each 2/0200/G89 KG Kilogram 2/0200/G89 LB Pound 2/0200/G89 PK Package 2/0200/G89 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0200/G89 UN Unit 2/0200/G89 BX Box 2/0400/G72 CA Case 2/0400/G72 CT Carton 2/0400/G72 DZ Dozen 2/0400/G72 EA Each 2/0400/G72 KG Kilogram 2/0400/G72 LB Pound 2/0400/G72 PK Package 2/0400/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 2/0400/G72 UN Unit 2/0400/G72 BX Box 3/0100/G72 CA Case 3/0100/G72 CT Carton 3/0100/G72 DZ Dozen 3/0100/G72 EA Each 3/0100/G72 KG Kilogram 3/0100/G72 LB Pound 3/0100/G72 PK Package 3/0100/G72 PL Pallet/Unit Load 3/0100/G72 UN Unit 3/0100/G72


5010 – 810 Canadian Page 347 of 672 Fall 2004

810 Invoice Functional Group ID=IN

Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the billing for goods and services provided. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice M 1 0400 CUR Currency O 1 0500 REF Reference Information O 12 0600 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 0700 N1 Party Identification M 1 0800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 0900 N3 Party Location O 2 1000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 1300 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1 1400 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 1500 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - IT1 200000 M 0100 IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) M 1 0500 CTP Pricing Information O 25 LOOP ID - PID 1000 M 0600 PID Product/Item Description M 1 1000 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 1400 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 LOOP ID - SAC >1 M 1800 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information M 1

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 TDS Total Monetary Value Summary M 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 M 0400 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information M 1

LOOP ID - ISS >1 0600 ISS Invoice Shipment Summary O 1 M 0700 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n1 M 0800 SE Transact ion Set Trailer M 1



Transaction Set Notes 1. Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of IT1 segments. If used CTT02 is the hash

total of the quantities invoiced (IT102) for each IT1 segment.



Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the

interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).

2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.

Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 810 Invoice M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that mu st be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within

each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.

N/U ST03 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention



Segment: BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmit identifying numbers

and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BIG01 is the invoice issue date. 2 BIG03 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 3 BIG10 is the consolidated invoice number associated with the invoice identified in

BIG02. When BIG07 contains code CI (Consolidated Invoice), BIG02 will contain the consolidated invoice number and BIG10 is not used.

Comments: 1 BIG07 is used only to further define the type of invoice when needed.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BIG01 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year M BIG02 76 Invoice Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer BIG03 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date BIG04 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U BIG05 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used N/U BIG06 327 Change Order Sequence Number O 1 AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a

previously transmitted transaction set N/U BIG07 640 Transaction Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction This data element is used only when special identification of the invoice is

needed, between trading partners, to support business needs. N/U BIG08 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set N/U BIG09 306 Action Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action N/U BIG10 76 Invoice Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer When BIG07 contains code CI, this data element is not used. N/U BIG11 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O 1 ID 4/4 Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that

utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set



Segment: CUR Currency Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required. 2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required. 3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required. 4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required. 5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required. 6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required. 7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required. 8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required. 9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required. 10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required. 11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required. 12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required. 13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required. 14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) M CUR02 100 Currency Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified CAD Canada USD United States of America N/U CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O 1 R 4/10 Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another N/U CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual N/U CUR05 100 Currency Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified N/U CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based N/U CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR08 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U CUR09 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

N/U CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3



Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR11 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U CUR12 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U CUR13 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR14 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of











Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs

Pharmacy Number See External Code Source 307 in Section III for

reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header or detail area but

not in both IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the

retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the

vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as

specified by the Reference Qualifier N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as


specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier



Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named CR Customer Relations Customer service representative SR Sales Representative or Department PER02 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER06 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when


applicable N/U PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O 1 AN 1/20 Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number



Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0700 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to specify the buying

party by using code BY in N101. It is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the retailer has the ship to and bill to in their system, therefore, it need not be sent. Use the ship to if there are multiple ship-to locations for the buying location. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment is used to specify the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, code BY is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet invoice. It is assumed the retailer has the bill to and ship to for all of the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, this segment is normally not used. If either the bill-to or ship-to locations are to be overridden, this segment is used to specify those locations. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every buying location in the SDQ segment. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT or RI. When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. When N101 contains code RI, N106 may be used to indicate that the remit-to party is a factor.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's

sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.

BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party CT Country of Origin



FR Message From MF Manufacturer of Goods RI Remit To SE Selling Party SF Ship From ST Ship To TO Message To Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the ultimate destination for the order when the

location is not the ship to and the mark for party is specified on the shipping label.

N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet See External Code Source 16 in Section III for

reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for

reference document. 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix See External Code Source 16 in Section III for

reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for

reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a

legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system

See External Code Source 583 in Section III for reference document.

N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a

formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.

N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual



Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name



Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 0900 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N301 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information N302 166 Address Information O 1 AN 1/55 Address information



Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 1000 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to

specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision



Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Position: 1300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge. Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or

ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required. Notes: If text data is needed to be sent for terms, ITD12 will contain the free form text. If

additional text is needed, additional ITD segments will be used. Many times, deferred terms are specified on the purchase order with only the knowledge that the terms are to be based on a date value which is not known, e.g., invoice or delivery date. What is known is the percentage or dollar amount of each deferred installment, and the number of days after the date the terms are based on, that each installment will be due. In these cases, ITD01 will contain code 04, indicating deferred or installment terms, and ITD02 will contain the appropriate terms date basis code (most typically code 2 for Delivery Date, code 3 for Invoice Date, or code 15 for Receipt of Goods Date). ITD07 will contain the number of days after the terms basis date that this installment is due. ITD10 or ITD11 will be used to indicate a dollar amount (ITD10) for that installment or the percent (ITD11) for that installment. Use one ITD segment for each installment. When specifying deferred terms and the exact terms basis date is known, e.g., invoice date, ITD09 should be used to specify the exact deferred or installment date.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 05 Discount Not Applicable 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 14 Previously agreed upon ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 15 Receipt of Goods ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if

an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned



The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of the term period, as qualified by ITD02.

ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount N/U ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due X 1 N2 1/10 Deferred amount due for payment N/U ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable X 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". ITD12 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U ITD13 765 Day of Month X 1 N0 1/2 The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced N/U ITD14 107 Payment Method Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures L Letter of Credit N/U ITD15 954 Percentage as Decimal O 1 R 1/10 Percentage expressed as a decimal (e.g., 0.0 through 1.0 represents 0% through

100%)



Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested 011 Shipped >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

N/U DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format N/U DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times



Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required. 3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required. 4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges CC Collect PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul PP Prepaid (by Seller) FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location DE Destination (Shipping) OR Origin (Shipping Point) FOB03 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of transportation responsibility location N/U FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the source of the transportation terms 01 Incoterms N/U FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility N/U FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location See FOB02 for code list. N/U FOB07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of title passage location N/U FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes N/U FOB09 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content



Segment: IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) Position: 0100 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related

transactions Syntax Notes: 1 If any of IT102 IT103 or IT104 is present, then all are required. 2 If either IT106 or IT107 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either IT108 or IT109 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either IT110 or IT111 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either IT112 or IT113 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either IT114 or IT115 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either IT116 or IT117 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either IT118 or IT119 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either IT120 or IT121 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either IT122 or IT123 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either IT124 or IT125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 IT101 is the line item identification. Comments: 1 Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or

services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For

example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U IT101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> IT102 358 Quantity Invoiced X 1 R 1/15 Number of units invoiced (supplier units) >> IT103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> IT104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, IT104 will contain a single zero (0)



and IT105 will contain code NC. Canadian Note:

Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all others specify price using the CTP segment instead.

N/U IT105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit

price expressed in IT104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in IT103, unless otherwise specified in IT105.

IT106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN

International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN)

EO EAN/UCC - 8 Data structure for the 8 digit EAN.UCC (EAN


IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in

2005. UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN

International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)

UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in

2005. UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN

International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)

VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:

1. Trading partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively and unambiguously identifying a product. 2. For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC).

IT107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) Canadian Note:

Use codes reflected in IT106. IT109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


















Use codes reflected in IT106. IT125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 0500 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 25 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments: 1

Notes: Canadian Note: Strongly recommend the use of the CTP segment to transmit pricing information.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale WH Wholesaler >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification Canadian Note:

Net Price includes allowances ONLY or List Price before any allowance or charge. This is a trading partner established agreement.

RTL Retail UCP Unit cost price Item list cost Canadian Note:

Unit price in the CTP02 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case).

WHL Wholesale >> CTP03 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure. M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale



BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in



which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U CTP07 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item NT Net Indicates a net unit price PE Price per Each CTP10 499 Condition Value O 1 AN 1/10



Identifies rate restrictions or provisions This data element is used to specify the price bracket ID. N/U CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00



Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0600 Loop: PID Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If

PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in

the segment. 3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are published only in this guideline. This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry, furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. S Structured (From Industry Code List) The description will be found in PID04. X Semi -structured (Code and Text) The description will be found in PID04 and PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product N/U PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values PID04 751 Product Description Code O 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described



This element is used to describe the relative sequence of the item within the product, e.g., sequence of birthstones within a mother's birthstone ring. The ring is specified in the IT1 segment and the stones in the PID segment.

N/U PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response N/U PID09 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)



Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 1000 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages

within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.

2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.

3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for

purposes of defining the unit of measure of the "Size" identified in the PO402. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".

2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There

may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment may be used to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner

containers, per outer container PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case



CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the

upright position N/U PO411 189 Width X 1 R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the

object in the upright position N/U PO412 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position N/U PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PO416 350 Assigned Identification X 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO417 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO418 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number



Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1400 Loop: IT1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,

SDQ09, SDQ11, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21. Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number. 3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,

selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or industry conventions.

Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurences of Data Element 67 in the segment function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BS or BT in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various bill-to locations. The sum of all quantities, in the SDQ segment(s) for a line item must equal the quantity invoiced in IT102.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SDQ01 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll >> SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification


reference document.



2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for







M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identi fication Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15



Numeric value of quantity N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location



Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1800 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promo tion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.

2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is

different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar

amount that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 7 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference

number as identified by the code used. 8 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion. 9 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.

Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction with SAC03 to further define SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.

Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the summary area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the summary area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes listed



below. D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:

Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian Note:

Used for GST and HST Tax Charge H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian Note:

Used for Provincial Tobacco Tax. H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian Note:

Used for Provincial Sales Tax. H806 Tax Credit Canadian Note:

Used for Provincial Tax Credit. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)

EDI See External Code Source 70 in Section III for

reference document. SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 AN 1/10 Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.

This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.

SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash

discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts

are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 6 Base Price Amount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through

100%) The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O 1 R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken



BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will

contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

N/U SAC11 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as

a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.

02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the

total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.

03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer

of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.

04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of

the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.

05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge

amount. The trading partners have agreed to the exact amount of adjudication. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.

06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or

end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice



amount. SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Used for Tax Registration Number SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639) See External Code Source 102 in Section III for reference document.



Segment: TDS Total Monetary Value Summary Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the total invoice discounts and amounts Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 TDS01 is the total amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before

terms discount (if discount is applicable). 2 TDS02 indicates the amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated. 3 TDS03 is the amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice

or installment amount less cash discount). 4 TDS04 indicates the total amount of terms discount. Comments: 1 TDS02 is required if the dollar value subject to discount is not equal to the dollar

value of TDS01.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M TDS01 610 Amount M 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS02 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS03 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS04 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount



Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 0400 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 7 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.








Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the summary area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the summary area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for code list in addition to the Canadian Tax Codes listed



below. D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:


Used for GST and Harmonization Credit Allowance H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian Note:










are off the net price. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through







BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will













end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.



SAC13 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Used for Tax Registration Number SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when





Segment: ISS Invoice Shipment Summary Position: 0600 Loop: ISS Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and

volume Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of ISS01 ISS03 or ISS05 is required. 2 If either ISS01 or ISS02 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either ISS03 or ISS04 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either ISS05 or ISS06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ISS07 is the quantity of third party pallets. 2 ISS08 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds. Comments:

Notes: When used by the alcohol beverage industry, a single ISS segment is used to specify the total number of cases, bottles, etc., for which the customer is being invoiced. Additional iterations of the ISS/PID segments are used to summarize the total number of wine gallons, spirit gallons, etc.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ISS01 382 Number of Units Shipped X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set ISS02 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll ISS03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight ISS04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U ISS05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U ISS06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measure ment has been taken N/U ISS07 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15



Numeric value of quantity N/U ISS08 81 Weight O 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight



Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0700 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of IT1 segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will

be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element.

CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content



Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0800 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted

segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE

segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the

transaction set.



850 Purchase Order Functional Group ID=PO

Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1 0400 CUR Currency O 1 0500 REF Reference Information O >1 0600 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 0800 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 M 1200 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Informat ion M 1

1300 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 2400 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O >1

2500 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12 LOOP ID - N9 1000 M 2950 N9 Extended Reference Information M 1 3000 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 3100 N1 Party Identification M 1 3200 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3300 N3 Party Location O 2 3400 N4 Geographic Location O >1 3500 REF Reference Information O 12

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data M 1 n1 LOOP ID - CTP >1 M 0400 CTP Pricing Information M 1 LOOP ID - PID 1000 M 0500 PID Product/Item Description M 1 0900 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 M 1300 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information M 1

1900 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500



Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 M 0100 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n2 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total

(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and transmit identifying

numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:

Notes: If BEG02 contains code RL, then BEG04 is required. BEG03 contains the purchase order number which is being released against and BEG04 contains the release number.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BEG01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 06 Confirmation 22 Information Copy This code is used to notify anyone other than the seller

about this order. M BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order KC Contract A legally binding document wherein one party agrees to

provide supplies or services and another party agrees to provide compensation for the supplies or services

SA Stand-alone Order M BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U BEG04 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used M BEG05 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date N/U BEG06 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U BEG07 587 Acknowledgment Type O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment N/U BEG08 1019 Invoice Type Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code defining the method by which invoices are to be processed N/U BEG09 1166 Contract Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying a contract type N/U BEG10 1232 Purchase Category O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired N/U BEG11 786 Security Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following N/U BEG12 640 Transaction Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction



Segment: CUR Currency Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required. 2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required. 3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required. 4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required. 5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required. 6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required. 7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required. 8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required. 9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required. 10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required. 11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required. 12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required. 13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required. 14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summar y Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) M CUR02 100 Currency Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified CAD Canada USD United States of America N/U CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O 1 R 4/10 Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another N/U CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual N/U CUR05 100 Currency Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified N/U CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based N/U CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time N/U CUR08 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U CUR09 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time



N/U CUR11 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of














Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: When REF01 contains code PG, REF02 is used to specify the alphanumeric description of the product group or selling zone required on the shipping label. The maximum length is 18 characters. See UCC6 Application Standard for Shipping Container Codes for specific guidance.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs


reference document. DP Department Number This code may be used in the header area or the detail

area, but not both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the






specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification



N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as




Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named BD Buyer Name or Department IC Information Contact PER02 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when






Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions Position: 0800 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required. 3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required. 4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges CC Collect PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul PP Prepaid (by Seller) FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location DE Destination (Shipping) OR Origin (Shipping Point) FOB03 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of transportation responsibility location N/U FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the source of the transportation terms N/U FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility N/U FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location See FOB02 for code list. N/U FOB07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of title passage location N/U FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes N/U FOB09 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content



Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1200 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount









Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the header area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the header area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC04 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for Code List.



D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:



















BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound M4 Monetary Value Canadian Note:

This code identifies when there is a dollar value in the SAC10. It implies that the value is Canadian Dollars, unless the Header CUR Segment specifies differently.

PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will













end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the



retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.


specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Tax Registration Number SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when





Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Position: 1300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge. Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or

ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required. Notes: This segment may be used in the header area or the detail area, but not both.

Many times, deferred terms are specified on the purchase order with only the knowledge that the terms are to be based on a date value which is not known, e.g., invoice or delivery date. What is known is the percentage or dollar amount of each deferred installment, and the number of days after the date the terms are based on, that each installment will be due. In these cases, ITD01 will contain code 04, indicating deferred or installment terms, and ITD02 will contain the appropriate terms date basis code (most typically code 2 for Delivery Date, code 3 for Invoice Date, or code 15 for Receipt of Goods Date). ITD07 will contain the number of days after the terms basis date that this installment is due. ITD10 or ITD11 will be used to indicate a dollar amount (ITD10) for that installment or the percent (ITD11) for that installment. Use one ITD segment for each installment. When specifying deferred terms and the exact terms basis date is known, e.g., invoice date, ITD09 should be used to specify the exact deferred or installment date.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 02 End of Month (EOM) 04 Deferred or Installment 05 Discount Not Applicable 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM) 14 Previously agreed upon 21 Fast Pay Code indicating that an invoice is subject to accelerated

payment Purchase order is subject to anticipation. ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 7 Effective Date The date is specified in the DTM segment in the header

area using code 007 in DTM01. 8 Invoice Transmission Date 15 Receipt of Goods



ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if

an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". N/U ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. N/U ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount N/U ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due X 1 N2 1/10 Deferred amount due for payment N/U ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable X 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". N/U ITD12 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U ITD13 765 Day of Month X 1 N0 1/2 The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced N/U ITD14 107 Payment Method Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures N/U ITD15 954 Percentage as Decimal O 1 R 1/10 Percentage expressed as a decimal (e.g., 0.0 through 1.0 represents 0% through

100%)




Notes: This segment is used to specify order processing dates.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested 118 Requested Pickup Canadian Note: Pickup date for backhaul >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or







Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) Position: 2400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required. 3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required. 5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required. 6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required. 7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed. Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502, and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2, and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used to specify transit time.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement 1 1st Carrier after Origin Carrier 2 2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier 3 3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier 4 4th Carrier after Origin Carrier 5 5th Carrier after Origin Carrier 6 6th Carrier after Origin Carrier 7 7th Carrier after Origin Carrier 8 8th Carrier after Origin Carrier 9 9th Carrier after Origin Carrier A Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail) B Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) O Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean) S Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail) TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification


reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCA C) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for


Suffix




21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for




TD503 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment H Customer Pickup M Motor (Common Carrier) TD505 387 Routing X 1 AN 1/35 Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity Canadian Note:

1: The example below shows the switching of carriers. "ABC" will now haul the product instead of "XYZ" company. When the buyer creates the purchase order, he doesn't really care who the carrier is; this is the responsibility of the traffic department. It should not be up to the buyer or traffic clerk to pick up a phone, call the supplier and tell them the new routing. The purchase order should handle that. 2: Other examples where carriers have been switched based on weight. For example, if the buyers were to order product where the total purchase order weight is less than 250 pounds, the routing on the purchase order would say to ship via courier. If the purchase order weight were over 250 pounds the routing would say to ship via carrier "QRS". It was mentioned that sending a "master document" to each supplier that would outline who is to haul the product. This seems like a labour intensive process considering the number of suppliers (100's).

N/U TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item or transaction

N/U TD507 309 Location Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U TD508 310 Location Identifier X 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location When TD508 contains code PA or PE, refer to U.S. Census Schedule D, U.S.

Customs District/Port Codes and official code lists relevant to other countries (entry country). See External Code Source 54 in Section III for reference document.

N/U TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O 1 ID 2/2 The point of origin and point of direction N/U TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time N/U TD511 733 Transit Time X 1 R 1/4 The numeric amount of transit time



Transit time in days N/U TD512 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier N/U TD513 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier N/U TD514 284 Service Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier N/U TD515 26 Country Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country



Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) Position: 2500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD301 40 Equipment Description Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment CV Closed Van FT Flat Bed Trailer RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) N/U TD302 206 Equipment Initial O 1 AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number N/U TD303 207 Equipment Number X 1 AN 1/15 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure

numeric form for equipment number is preferred) N/U TD304 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight N/U TD305 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U TD306 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U TD307 102 Ownership Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship of equipment to carrier or ownership of

equipment N/U TD308 407 Seal Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival N/U TD309 225 Seal Number O 1 AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment N/U TD310 24 Equipment Type X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type



Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 2950 Loop: N9 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs



not in both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the

retailer, for use within the retailer's system. IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the

vendor, for use within the vendor's system. PD Promotion/Deal Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text N/U N904 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U N905 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U N906 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards


N/U N907 C040 Reference Identifier O 1 To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as

specified by the Reference Qualifier



N/U C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as






Segment: MTX Text Position: 3000 Loop: N9 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print", then MTX05

is required. Notes: This segment will contain any text clauses for the agreement referenced in the previous

N9 segment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX01 363 Note Reference Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying the functional area or purpose for which the note applies DEL Delivery ORI Order Instructions OTH Other Instructions WHI Warehouse Instruction >> MTX02 1551 Textual Data X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text MTX03 1551 Textual Data O 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text N/U MTX04 934 Printer Carriage Control Code X 1 ID 2/2 A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer N/U MTX05 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number N/U MTX06 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list






2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's locations as they pertain to the order.

The ship-to (N101 contains code ST) may be identified in the header area or the detail area, but not both. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT, L5, MA or OB, or for direct-to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. For spreadsheet orders, the SDQ segment identifies the retailer's ultimate destinations. When necessary, the N1 segment may be used to identify the bill-to or ship-to location. Only one iteration of each of the bill-to or ship-to is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the buyer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship to that is normally associated with the locations identified in the SDQ segment(s). For direct-to-consumer orders, there must be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to identify the retailer (N101 contains code BT or SN). When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. When a direct-to-consumer purchase order contains multiple ship-to locations, the N1 loop in the detail area is used to identify the ship-to locations.



individual AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's

sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.



BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party CT Country of Origin FR Message From MF Manufacturer of Goods Manufacturer of goods being supplied when supplier is

not the manufacturer RI Remit To SE Selling Party SF Ship From ST Ship To TO Message To Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the ultimate destination for the order when the

location is not the ship to and the mark for party is specified on the shipping label. Canadian Note: This is the receiving location for the order where the location is neither the buying party nor the ship-to location and the mark-for party is specified on the shipping label, e.g., the mark-for party is a satellite warehouse, the buying party is the store, and the ship-to location is the distribution center.

N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification








This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III for

reference document. N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a

formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and



addresses. N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual



Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3400 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to


Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III for reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision



Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: This segment is used to identify a dock number, within the ship-to location, when the ship-to-location number does not uniquely identify the ship to and dock number. It also may be used to identify the floor number within the delivery location.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification DK Dock Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as








Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO102 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> PO102 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity >> PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll PO104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, PO104 will contain a single zero (0) and PO105 will contains code NC.



Canadian Note: Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all others specify price using the CTP segment instead.

N/U PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit

price expressed in PO104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in PO103, unless otherwise specified in PO105.

PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in













PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in PO106. PO109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in PO106.



PO111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in PO106. PO113 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/s ource of the descriptive number used in




Use codes reflected in PO106. PO117 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) N/U PO119 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



Product/Service ID (234) N/U PO125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 0400 Loop: CTP Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale WH Wholesaler >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification Canadian Note:

Net Price includes allowances ONLY or List Price before any allowance or charge. This is a trading partner established agreement.

RTL Retail UCP Unit cost price Item list cost Canadian Note:


WHL Wholesale >> CTP03 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure. M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in




CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in




which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U CTP07 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount N/U CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item N/U CTP10 499 Condition Value O 1 AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions This data element is used to specify the price bracket ID. N/U CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 This is the quantity contained in a multipack for the retail selling price

specified in CTP03, e.g., 3 for $10.00, when the product will be sold as a multipack.



Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A





Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are published only in this guideline. This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry, furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. S Structured (From Industry Code List) The description will be found in PID04. X Semi -structured (Code and Text) The description will be found in PID04 and PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product N/U PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values N/U PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described



This data element is used to describe the relative sequence of the item within the product, e.g., sequence of birthstones within a mother's birthstone ring. The ring is specified in the PO1 segment and the stones in the PID segment.

N/U PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response N/U PID09 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list




Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 0900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages






may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. This segment may be used to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.




which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can



CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:


which a measurement has been taken N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the







Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1300 Loop: SAC Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount











Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for Code List.



D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian Note:








charge See Section III for Code List. SAC05 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amo unt When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.











BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound M4 Monetary Value Canadian Note:

This code identifies when there is a dollar value in the SAC10. It implies that the value is Canadian Dollars, unless the Header CUR Segment specifies differently.

PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will













end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the



retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.


specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Canadian Note: Tax Registration Number N/U SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when





Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,



Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67 in this segment function as N104. The sum of all quantities in the SDQ segment(s) for a line item must equal the quantity ordered in PO102.














reference document. M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity



N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location



Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Mandatory Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of PO1 segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will



which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content








transaction set.




Functional Group ID=PD Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Activity Data Transaction Set (852) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to advise a trading partner of inventory, sales, and other product activity information. Product activity data enables a trading partner to plan and ship, or propose inventory replenishment quantities, for distribution centers, warehouses or retail outlets. The receiver of the transaction set will maintain some type of inventory/product movement records for its trading partners to enable replenishment calculations based on data provided by the distributor, warehouse or retailer. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 XQ Reporting Date/Action M 1 0300 XPO Preassigned Purchase Order Numbers O >1 0400 N9 Extended Reference Information O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 0600 N1 Party Identification M 1 n1 0700 N2 Additional Name Information O 1 0800 N3 Party Location O 2 0900 N4 Geographic Location O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - LIN 999999 M 0100 LIN Item Identification M 1 0300 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 LOOP ID - ZA >1 M 0800 ZA Product Activity Reporting M 1 n2 1100 SDQ Destination Quantity O >1 LOOP ID - G95 1 M 1200 G95 Performance Requirements M 1 1300 DTM Date/Time Reference O 2

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n3 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1



Transaction Set Notes 1. The reporting location is required. The reporting location is specified explicitly in the N1 segment using the

code RL in N101, or implicitly using the SDQ segment (Table 2) with the location data elements. They are mutually exclusive (the SDQ and the N1 with N101 containing RL).

2. The quantity for the item identified in the LIN segment is required. Quantity is specified either in the ZA segment (ZA02) or in the SDQ segment.

3. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of LIN segments. Hash total (CTT02) is not used in this transaction set.

When s ending item and activity data in the LIN loop, the CTT segment is required.






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 852 Product Activity Data M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: XQ Reporting Date/Action Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify reporting dates, actions to be taken and an identifying number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 XQ02 is the reporting date. If reporting a date range, then XQ02 is the start date and

XQ03 is the end date. 2 XQ04 is a unique report identifier assigned by the sender. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M XQ01 305 Transaction Handling Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the action to be taken by all parties Use of code F or G requires the supplier to advise the distributor/warehouse of

replenishment quantity usually via Transaction Set 855 or Transaction Set 856. F Plan and Submit Suggested Purchase Order(s) G Plan Order(s) and Ship Product H Notification Only M XQ02 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year XQ03 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U XQ04 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U XQ05 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set



Segment: XPO Preassigned Purchase Order Numbers Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit preassigned purchase order numbers Syntax Notes: 1 If either XPO03 or XPO04 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 XPO01 is the preassigned purchase order number. If a range of purchase order

numbers is to be transmitted, use XPO01 for the first number and XPO02 as the ending number.

Comments: 1 XPO03 and XPO04 specify the location to which the purchase order numbers apply. Notes: This segment is used only when purchase order number assignment has not previously

been established by trading partners.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M XPO01 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser XPO02 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser N/U XPO03 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) N/U XPO04 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by XPO03. The location code may be a




Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs



not in both IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the

retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retialer, by the

vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as












2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's location as it pertains to product activity

data and must contain the identity of each organizational entity or a physical location. This is accomplished in one of two ways: BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment to identify the retailer's reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular reporting location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment identifies the retailer's reporting locations. Therefore, code RL is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.



individual BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party FR Message From RL Reporting Location ST Ship To TO Message To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification





reference document. 21 Health Industry Number (HIN)




91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a



reference document. >> N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a



individual




Notes: This segment is normally not used in this transaction set.








(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III for refe rence document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision



Segment: LIN Item Identification Position: 0100 Loop: LIN Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.


Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in










International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the



Universal Product Code (U.P.C.) VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number Canadian Note:


M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in








Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN13 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying numb er for a product or service LIN14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in






Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN19 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in






Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: PO4 Item Physical De tails Position: 0300 Loop: LIN Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages















which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the







Segment: ZA Product Activity Reporting Position: 0800 Loop: ZA Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide activity details concerning product being reported Syntax Notes: 1 If either ZA02 or ZA03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either ZA04 or ZA05 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either ZA06 or ZA07 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ZA08 determines if the product activity code in ZA01 refe rs to a product that is

categorized as In-bond merchandise. A "Y" indicates that the activity code applies to a product that is In-bond; an "N" indicates that the activity code does not refer to a product that is In-bond.

Comments: Notes: If ZA02 and ZA03 are used to specify the quantity of the item identified in the LIN

segment, the SDQ segment is not used. All quantity values (ZA03 or quantity values in the SDQ segment) are expressed as a positive number for all activities except for adjustments (code QA and QT in ZA01). An adjustment is any activity, other than a retail sale or warehouse withdrawal, that changes the inventory position for the item. Inter-store transfers are reported as a positive adjustment for the transfer-to store and a negative adjustment for the transfer-from store. An adjustment to inventory can also be made as a result of a physical inventory, for example, shrinkage is reported as a negative adjustment, understated inventory is reported as a positive adjustment. To express activity in dollars, use the unit of measure DO (Dollars, U.S.) in ZA03 or SDQ01. Multiple ZA segments may be used with the same activity code to specify units and dollars, and, to report activity at different prices. Sales types, promotion/event sales, clearance/markdown sales and non-promotion/non-clearance sales are used in conjunction with a CTP segment to specify the price and/or sales type. For example, if three stores sold an item for one price and five other stores sold the same item for a different price, two ZA loops may be used to report the sale quantity at the appropriate price. The first ZA loop would contain the price in the CTP segment and one SDQ segment with the three stores/quantities. The second loop would specify the other price and one SDQ segment for the remaining five stores/quantities.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ZA01 859 Activity Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying activity details for the product being reported DG Quantity Damaged Total product listed as damaged goods HL Quantity on Hold QA Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or

Sale Indicates the quantity currently available to be sold or

shipped On-hand inventory at store/distribution

center/warehouse available for shipment or sale QC Quantity Committed Quantity reserved for orders not shipped Quantity reserved for consumer delivery/pick up and

not yet withdrawn from inventory. Memo quantity to aid in calculating replenishment needs.



QD Additional Demand Quantity Incremental needs over and above normal

replenishment calculation QL Minimum Inventory Quantity The minimum inventory quantity for replenishment

purposes To define minimum inventory quantity for

replenishment calculations of the total model, i.e., the order point trigger

QM Maximum Inventory Quantity The maximum inventory quantity for replenishment

purposes To define maximum inventory quantity for

replenishment calculations of the total model, i.e., the order up to level quantity

QN Planned Inventory Quantity To define the planned inventory quantity for

replenishment purposes Planned inventory level for VMI (Vendor Managed

Inventory) replenishment calculations, i.e., the desired level on-hand at the store/distribution center/warehouse. If the quantity is zero, it indicates product replenishment is to be discontinued. Subsequent use of code QN with a quantity greater than zero would re-establish the product.

QO Quantity Out of Stock Quantity not available at store/distribution

center/warehouse resulting in lost sales, rainchecks or demand for merchandise that could not be satisfied, i.e., sale was not consummated and indicates potential adjustment of VMI (Vendor Managed Inventory) model areas

QP Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received Total quantity expected to be received from supplier for

current reporting period, but not yet received Total merchandise quantity ordered and not yet received

by the retailer QR Quantity Received Receipts at store, distribution center or warehouse QS Quantity Sold Sales at retail (gross quantity, no returns netted out) QT Adjustment to Inventory Quantity Adjustment to inventory quantity as a result of a

physical inventory discrepancy or internal movement of goods from one location to another

QU Quantity Returned By Consumer QW Quantity Withdrawn from Warehouse Inventory Total quantity withdrawn from the warehouse for sales

purposes, purposes of unsaleability, or as a result of an intracompany warehouse transfer, promotions, etc.

Internal store withdrawal from distribution center or warehouse inventory

QX Quantity Requested (Will Override Replenishment Planning)

Quantity to override the normal replenishment planning, but not intended to permanently change the model levels

ZA02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15



Numeric value of quantity ZA03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll ZA04 374 Date/Time Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested This code is used only when ZA01 contains code QD,

QP or QX. If promotion start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the G95 loop may be used.

007 Effective Inventory taken, on order as of, etc. 036 Expiration Date coverage expires 090 Report Start 091 Report End ZA05 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year ZA06 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs



not in both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the


vendor, for use within the vendor's system PD Promotion/Deal Number ZA07 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U ZA08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response



Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1100 Loop: ZA Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,



Notes: This segment is used to distribute item quantity to various locations. If this segment is used to specify the quantity of the item identified in the LIN segment, ZA02 and ZA03 are not used.














reference document. M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity



N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location



Segment: G95 Performance Requirements Position: 1200 Loop: G95 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the "AND" or "OR" condition for the option, or provide information related to

the promotion performance conditions and allocations required, or both Syntax Notes: 1 If either G9504 or G9505 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If G9502 equals "99", then G9506 is required. 2 G9507 contains the number of days included in the promotion period. Comments:

Notes: This loop is used only when ZA01 contains code QD, QX, of code QW, to identify a promotion and its start and end dates. When ZA01 contains code QW (Quantity Withdrawn from Warehouse Inventory), and is used to define the portion of warehouse withdrawls pertaining to a promotion for a specific product, G9504 is used to identify the quantity associated with the promotion.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U G9501 293 Promotion Condition Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code to inform retailer/wholesaler of the promotion M G9502 422 Promotion Condition Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code describing a performance or advertising condition 01 Product Allocation 02 Number of Buy Restriction 10 Ad, Size Not Specified Vendor requires a newspaper ad with no size

specification 11 Ad, 1 Col Inch 12 Ad, 2 Col Inch 13 Ad, 3 Col Inch 14 Ad, 4 Col Inch 15 Ad, 5 Col Inch 16 Ad, 6 Col Inch or Greater 17 Ad, Full Page 18 Ad, Half Page 19 Ad, Quarter Page 20 Ad, Coupon Vendor requires buyer to run a coupon ad that has a

monetary value discounting the product(s) that is /are applicable

21 Ad, Color Vendor requires buyer to run a color ad for the

product(s) offered. This condition code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.

22 Ad, Product Illustration Vendor requires buyer to picture illustrate the

product(s) offered. This condition code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.

23 Ad, National Line Rate Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in

media normally used. Payment is made for space (per inch or line) without restrictions for space used or frequency of insertion.

25 Ad, Roto



26 Ad, Free Standing Vendor requires buyer to run a free standing ad

illustrating product(s) offered. This ad is separate and apart from normal weekly media used.

28 Ad, Window Signs Vendor requires buyer to post a store window sign

advertising the product(s) offered. 32 Ad, Price Reduction Vendor requires ad at a reduced price. This condition

code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.

33 Ad, Circulars Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in

a circular publication. Circulation intended for buyer's customers.

34 Ad, Television 35 Ad, Radio 36 Ad, Handbill Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in

a loose publication format to be distributed by hand. 37 Ad, Newspaper Insert 39 Ad, See Free-form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to

free form messages. Free form message will describe data such as amount to be reduced, number of stores, cases, days and other short text relating to a particular condition code.

40 Display Vendor requires an in-store display of product(s)

offered. 41 Display, End Aisle Vendor requires a display separate and apart from the

store shelf. 42 Display, Aisle Stack Vendor requires a display separate and apart from the

store shelf. 44 Display, Cases per Store Vendor requires a display with a specified number of

cases per store. 45 Display, Number of Days Vendor requires a display with a specified number of

days. 46 Display, Shelf Extender 49 Display, Number of Stores Vendor requires a display with a specified number of

stores. 51 Display, Price Reduction Vendor requires a display with a specified price

reduction. 59 Display, See Free-form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to


60 Reduced Price Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered

with no amount, restriction or condition.



61 Reduced Price, Number of Days Vendor requires a price reduction for a specific number

of days. 62 Reduced Price With Shelf Sign Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered.

Buyer must list the price reduction in the retail store's price/order guide.

63 Reduced Price, In Price/Order Guide Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered.

Buyer must indicate price reduction with a point-of-sale shelf sign.

64 Reduced Price, In Store Coupons Vendor requires buyer to offer in-store coupons on the

product(s) offered. Coupons are redeemable from the point-of-sale at each buyer's retail outlet.

69 Reduced Price, See Free-form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to


70 Retail Distribution (One Case per Store) 71 Retail Distribution (X Cases per Store) 72 Retail Distribution (X Number of Stores) 79 Retail Distribution Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to


81 Accrual Limit A dollar amount customarily paid on a per case basis on

product purchases in a prior period as defined by the manufacturer or broker

82 Flat Limit A fixed or flat allowance amount paid for rendering

performance as specified by the option code 83 Number of Required Promotion Performances Number of times a promotion must be performed to

qualify for the allowance amount 88 Advertisement or Display or Reduced Price A promotion condition which requires an Advertisement

or an in-store display, or a reduction in the shelf price of an item in order to qualify for the allowance amount

A promotion condition which requires an advertisement, an in-store display, or a reduction in the shelf price of an item in order to qualify for the allowance amount.

99 See Free-form Text N/U G9503 554 Assigned Number O 1 N0 1/6 Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set G9504 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G9505 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. BA Bale



BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U G9506 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U G9507 1470 Number O 1 N0 1/9 A generic number



Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1300 Loop: G95 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 015 Promotion Start 016 Promotion End >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of








Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of LIN segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will



which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content








transaction set.




Functional Group ID=PR Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to a seller's acknowledgment of a buyer's purchase order. This transaction set can also be used as notification of a vendor generated order. This usage advises a buyer that a vendor has or will ship merchandise as prearranged in their partnership. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

Acknowledgment M 1

0500 REF Reference Information O >1 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 3000 N1 Party Identification M 1 3100 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3200 N3 Party Location O 2 3300 N4 Geographic Location O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data M 1 n1 0400 CTP Pricing Information O >1 0900 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 1300 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

1900 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 LOOP ID - ACK 104 2700 ACK Line Item Acknowledgment O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Party Identification O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3900 N3 Party Location O 2 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1



Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 M 0100 CTT Transaction Totals M 1 n2 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total







Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Acknowledgment Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set and

transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BAK04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 2 BAK08 is the seller's order number. 3 BAK09 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment. Comments:

Notes: When notifying a retailer of a vendor-generated replenishment order, either code 00 or 16 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order, code 00 is used in BAK01 and either code AD or AK is used in BAK02. When changing a vendor-generated replenishment order, code 05 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order with change, code 19 is used in BAK01 and either code AC or AE is used in BAK02. When canceling a vendor-generated replenishment order, code 01 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order with a cancellation, code 01 is used in BAK01 and code RJ is used in BAK02.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BAK01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original NOTIFICATION: If XQ01, in Transaction Set 852,

contains code G, BAK01 will contain code 00. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This is the original acknowledgment.

01 Cancellation NOTIFICATION: Cancel the vendor-generated

replenishment order. The canceled purchase order number is not available for reuse until reissued within the normal business cycle. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Cancels the retailer's purchase order.

05 Replace NOTIFICATION: The previously transmitted vendor-

generated replenishment order has changed and should be replaced (re -transmitted) in its entirety. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.

16 Proposed NOTIFICATION: If XQ01, in Transaction Set 852,

contains code F, BAK01 will contain code 16. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.

19 Seller initiated change NOTIFICATION: This code is not valid for notification

of vendor-generated replenishment orders. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Change the retailer's purchase order.



M BAK02 587 Acknowledgment Type M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment Codes AC, AD, AE, AK and RJ may be used only for acknowledgments to a

retailer's purchase order. Code AP may only be used to indicate a vendor-generated replenishment acknowledgment (notification).

AC Acknowledge - With Detail and Change Full purchase order detail must be transmitted AD Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change AE Acknowledge - With Exception Detail Only Only transmit details of change AK Acknowledge - No Detail or Change AP Acknowledge - Product Replenishment RJ Rejected - No Detail M BAK03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser NOTIFICATION: Purchase order numbers are negotiable as part of trading

partner relationships and can be pre-assigned in XPO01 or XPO02 in Transaction Set 852.

M BAK04 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year NOTIFICATION: The date the replenished order was created from the

suppliers modeling system N/U BAK05 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction N/U BAK06 326 Request Reference Number O 1 AN 1/45 Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with contract number)

N/U BAK07 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U BAK08 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U BAK09 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U BAK10 640 Transaction Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction



Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: There must be one occurrence of this segment to specify the retailer's department number, if the retailer has department numbers. Additional segments may be used to specify other reference numbers.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number D3 National Council for Prescription Drug Programs


reference document. DP Department Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the











Notes: This segment is used to specify order processing dates.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 001 Cancel After If the order has not been shipped by this date, the order

is considered canceled 002 Delivery Requested 007 Effective For terms 009 Process Date and time transaction was generated

Used only by the alcohol beverage industry

010 Requested Ship 017 Estimated Delivery 068 Current Schedule Ship 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of) 118 Requested Pickup Pick-up date for backhaul >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of



Used only by the alcohol beverage industry N/U DTM04 623 Time Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards







2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's locations as they pertain to the order.

The ship-to (N101 contains code ST) may be identified in the header area or the detail area, but not both. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB, or for direct-to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO. For spreadsheet orders, the SDQ segment identifies the retailer's ultimate destination. When necessary the N1 segment may be used to identify the bill-to or ship-to location. Only one iteration of each of the bill-to or ship-to is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the customer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship to that is normally associated with the locations identified in the SDQ segment(s). For direct-to-consumer orders, there must be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to identify the retailer (N101 contains code BT or SM). When the ship to (N101 contains code ST) is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. When a direct-to-consumer purchase order contains multiple ship-to locations, the N1 loop in the detail area is used to identify the ship-to locations.



individual BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party FR Message From MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver SE Selling Party SF Ship From



ST Ship To SU Supplier/Manufacturer TO Message To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification












individual



Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO102 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.


Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set PO102 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity >> PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll PO104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be




Canadian Note: Used by the Canadian Rx (Pharmaceutical Industry ONLY) all others specify price using the CTP segment instead.

PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit


LD Catalog Price per Dozen LE Catalog Price per Each NC No Charge PO Price per Ounce PP Price per Pound PR Promotion QT Quoted RD Retail Price per Dozen RE Retail Price per Each TD Contract Price per Dozen TE Contract Price per Each WD Wholesale Price per Dozen WE Wholesale Price per Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in













PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48



Identifying number for a product or service PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in










Use codes reflected in PO106. PO117 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO119 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list.



N/U PO125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 0400 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code X 1 ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification OPP Original Purchase Order Price Original unit price UCP Unit cost price Item list cost Canadian Note:


>> CTP03 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples

of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can



CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in




which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U CTP07 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount N/U CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item N/U CTP10 499 Condition Value O 1 AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions N/U CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 This is the quantity contained in a multipack for the retail selling price

specified in CTP03, e.g., 3 for $10.00, when the product will be sold as a multipack.



Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 0900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages















which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the







Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 1300 Loop: SAC Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount











Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M 1 ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allo wance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge See Section III for Code List.



SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)











which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll SAC10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15



Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will













end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.


specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U SAC14 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when





Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 1900 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,



Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67 in this segment function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BY in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various buying locations. The N1 segment, in the basic order, specifies only one location.





reference document. 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC)




9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix


21 Health Industry Number (HIN) See External Code Source 121 in Section III for




M SDQ03 67 Identification Code M 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code M SDQ04 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity Canadian Note: If other locations, repeat 67/380 pairs as necessary. SDQ05 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15



Numeric value of quantity N/U SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location



Segment: ACK Line Item Acknowledgment Position: 2700 Loop: ACK Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge the ordered quantities and specify the ready date for a specific line item Syntax Notes: 1 If either ACK02 or ACK03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If ACK04 is present, then ACK05 is required. 3 If either ACK07 or ACK08 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either ACK09 or ACK10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either ACK11 or ACK12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either ACK13 or ACK14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either ACK15 or ACK16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either ACK17 or ACK18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either ACK19 or ACK20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either ACK21 or ACK22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either ACK23 or ACK24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either ACK25 or ACK26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either ACK27 or ACK28 is present, then the other is required. 14 If ACK28 is present, then both ACK27 and ACK29 are required. Semantic Notes: 1 ACK29 Industry Reason Code may be used to identify the item status. In addition, it

may be used in conjunction with ACK01 to further clarify the status. Comments:

Notes: This segment may be used to indicate that a line item has been accepted, deleted, or changed. Some product production cycles, such as furniture, are long and may have different ship dates than the original purchase order. This segment may be used to inform the originator of the current ship date or that no ship date has been scheduled. The codes listed for ACK07 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the ACK segment.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ACK01 668 Line Item Status Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the

buyer IA Item Accepted IC Item Accepted - Changes Made ID Item Deleted Cancellation of a line item IE Item Accepted, Price Pending Used only by the alcohol beverage industry IH Item on Hold Used only by the alcohol beverage industry IP Item Accepted - Price Changed Used only by the alcohol beverage industry IR Item Rejected Used only by the alcohol beverage industry ACK02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity Quantity which the change affects, i.e., the quantity that applies to the dates

sent in ACK04 and ACK05 ACK03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken



BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll ACK04 374 Date/Time Qualifier O 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 068 Current Schedule Ship 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of ACK05 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U ACK06 326 Request Reference Number O 1 AN 1/45 Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with contract number)

ACK07 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in
















ACK08 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ACK09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in ACK07. ACK10 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ACK11 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in ACK07. ACK12 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ACK13 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in ACK07. ACK14 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK15 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK16 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK17 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in





Product/Service ID (234) N/U ACK26 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U ACK27 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2



Code identifying the agency assigning the code values N/U ACK28 822 Source Subqualifier X 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U ACK29 1271 Industry Code X 1 AN 1/30 Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list



Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: There can be only one iteration of the N1 loop in the detail area for each PO1 segment.

This segment is used only by the alcohol beverage industry.



individual CN Consignee MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended >> N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N/U N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) N/U N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual



Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment is used only by the alcohol beverage industry.




Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 3900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:





Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to







Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline level is analogous

to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the subline item to the

baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment. Comments: 1 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline item number.

Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

2 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: This segment can be used to specify the originally ordered SKU for substituted SKUs. This segment can also be used to specify SKU contents of an assortment. The assortment can be defined by the retailer or the vendor. The assortment identification is in the line item detail segment for the transaction. This segment may be used to specify partial deletions of SKUs ordered but not invoiced and/or shipped. If SLN03 contains code D or code I, then SLN04 and SLN05 are required.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities D Delete I Included S Substituted SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples

of use)



M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in




which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value SLN06 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate a no charge item or free goods, SLN06 will contain a single zero (0) and SLN07 will contain code NC.

SLN07 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2



Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit

price expressed in SLN06 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in SLN05, unless otherwise specified in SLN07.

LD Catalog Price per Dozen LE Catalog Price per Each NC No Charge PO Price per Ounce PP Price per Pound PR Promotion QT Quoted RD Retail Price per Dozen RE Retail Price per Each TD Contract Price per Dozen TE Contract Price per Each WD Wholesale Price per Dozen WE Wholesale Price per Each N/U SLN08 662 Relationship Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities SLN09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in













SLN10 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN11 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2



Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)

Canadian Note: Use codes reflected in SLN09.

SLN12 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN13 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Use codes reflected in SLN09. SLN14 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN15 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) SLN16 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN17 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in












Use codes reflected in SLN09.



SLN28 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Mandatory Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of PO1 segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will



which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content








transaction set.



856 Ship Notice/Manifest Functional Group ID=SH

Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to list the contents of a shipment of goods as well as additional information relating to the shipment, such as order information, product description, physical characteristics, type of packaging, marking, carrier information, and configuration of goods within the transportation equipment. The transaction set enables the sender to describe the contents and configuration of a shipment in various levels of detail and provides an ordered flexibility to convey information. The sender of this transaction is the organization responsible for detailing and communicating the contents of a shipment, or shipments, to one or more receivers of the transaction set. The receiver of this transaction set can be any organization having an interest in the contents of a shipment or information about the contents of a shipment. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice M 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment M 1 c1 1100 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) -

Shipment O 20

1200 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) - Shipment

O 12

LOOP ID - TD3 12 1300 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Shipment O 1 1400 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or

Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Shipment O 5

1500 REF Reference Information - Shipment O >1 1510 PER Administrative Communications Contact -

Shipment O 3

2000 DTM Date/Time Reference - Shipment O 10 LOOP ID - N1 200 M 2200 N1 Party Identification - Shipment M 1 2300 N2 Additional Name Information - Shipment O 2 2400 N3 Party Location - Shipment O 2 2500 N4 Geographic Location - Shipment O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Unit Load M 1 n1 LOOP ID - TD3 12 1300 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Unit Load O 1 1900 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Unit Load O >1



Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Order M 1 0500 PRF Purchase Order Reference - Order O 1 1100 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Order O 20 1500 REF Reference Information - Order O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 2200 N1 Party Identification - Order O 1 2300 N2 Additional Name Information - Order O 2 2400 N3 Party Location - Order O 2 2500 N4 Geographic Location - Order O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Tare M 1 1900 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Tare O >1 2150 PAL Pallet Type and Load Characteristics - Tare O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Pack M 1 0200 LIN Item Identification - Pack O 1 0300 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Pack O 1 1900 MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack O >1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 200000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level - Item M 1 0200 LIN Item Identification - Item O 1 0300 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Item O 1 0600 PO4 Item Physical Details - Item O 1 0700 PID Product/Item Description - Item O 200 1400 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or

Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Item O 5

1500 REF Reference Information - Item O >1 2000 DTM Date/Time Reference - Item O 10

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1



Transaction Set Notes 1. Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of HL segments. If used, hash total

(CTT02) is the sum of the value of units shipped (SN102) for each SN1 segment. Transaction Set Comments 1. The HL segment is the only mandatory segment within the HL loop, and by itself, the HL segment has no

meaning.






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 856 Ship Notice/Manifest M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If BSN07 is present, then BSN06 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 BSN03 is the date the shipment transaction set is created. 2 BSN04 is the time the shipment transaction set is created. 3 BSN06 is limited to shipment related codes. Comments: 1 BSN06 and BSN07 differentiate the functionality of use for the transaction set.

Notes: In some implementations, it may be appropriate to omit the unit load level and packaging levels, i.e., tare and pack, from the transaction set. Depending on the retailer's receiving systems, carton identification may not be required. Code 0004 in BSN05 indicates the use of a hierarchical structure that does not include a unit load level or any packaging levels.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BSN01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 07 Duplicate M BSN02 396 Shipment Identification M 1 AN 2/30 A unique control number assigned by the original shipper to identify a specific

shipment M BSN03 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year M BSN04 337 Time M 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


>> BSN05 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O 1 ID 4/4 Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that

utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set 0001 Shipment, Order, Packaging, Item Pick and Pack Structure N/U BSN06 640 Transaction Type Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction N/U BSN07 641 Status Reason Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the status reason



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data

segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical

structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.

The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL

segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.

3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.

4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.

5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.

Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M 1 AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment

in a hierarchical structure The value for this level (shipment) is 1. N/U HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data

segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure S Shipment N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the

level being described



Segment: TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Shipment Position: 1100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity Syntax Notes: 1 If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required. 2 If TD103 is present, then TD104 is required. 3 If TD106 is present, then TD107 is required. 4 If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment, at the shipment level, is used to specify total containers and gross weight of the shipment as specified on the bill of lading (see VICS EDI 856 Ship Notice/Manifest Guidelines for further detail).


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD101 103 Packaging Code O 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required AAA Pallet, Returnable BAG Bag CTN Carton MIX Mixed Container Types More than one type of container is included in a shipment

(shipment could consist of 3 pieces that include 1 box, 1 crate, and 1 basket)

PLT Pallet SLP Slip Sheet Shipping containers utilizing slip sheets, which are

cardboard platforms used to hold product for storage or transportation

SRW Shrink Wrap In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by placing

a large "bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and cause the bag to tighten around the contents

25 Corrugated or Solid 76 Paper 94 Wood TD102 80 Lading Quantity X 1 N0 1/7 Number of units (pieces) of the lading commodity The number of packages in the shipment as described in TD101 TD103 23 Commodity Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying the commodity coding system used for Commodity Code See Section III for code list . TD104 22 Commodity Code X 1 AN 1/30 Code describing a commodity or group of commodit ies TD105 79 Lading Description O 1 AN 1/50 Description of an item as required for rating and billing purposes TD106 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight



G Gross Weight TD107 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight TD108 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound TD109 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure Gross volume TD110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll



Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) - Shipment Position: 1200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required. 3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required. 5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required. 6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required. 7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed. Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502 and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2 and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used to specify transit time. When using a small package service provider as the carrier, TD502 will contain code 2, TD503 will contain the carrier's SCAC, and TD504 will contain code U to inform the receiver of a small package service shipment.

Data Element Summar y

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement 1 1st Carrier after Origin Carrier 2 2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier 3 3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier 4 4th Carrier after Origin Carrier 5 5th Carrier after Origin Carrier 6 6th Carrier after Origin Carrier 7 7th Carrier after Origin Carrier 8 8th Carrier after Origin Carrier 9 9th Carrier after Origin Carrier A Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail) B Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) O Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean) S Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail) TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) See External Code Source 17 in Section III for

reference document.



91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent Canadian Note:

Only used when identifying routing sequence. 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian Note:

Only used when identifying routing sequence. UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a



TD503 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment H Customer Pickup M Motor (Common Carrier) R Rail TD505 387 Routing X 1 AN 1/35 Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item or transaction

CC Shipment Complete on (Date) N/U TD507 309 Location Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U TD508 310 Location Identifier X 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location See External Code Source 54 in Section III for reference document.

When TD508 contains code PA or PE, refer to U.S. Census Schedule D, U.S. Customs District/Port Codes and official code lists relevant to other countries (entry country).

N/U TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O 1 ID 2/2 The point of origin and point of direction N/U TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time N/U TD511 733 Transit Time X 1 R 1/4 The numeric amount of transit time Transit time is based on the ship date and time in the DTM segment. N/U TD512 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier N/U TD513 284 Service Level Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier N/U TD514 284 Service Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier N/U TD515 26 Country Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country



Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Shipment Position: 1300 Loop: TD3 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment is used to specify the trailer number for a truckload shipment. This segment may be used also to specify the type of import container.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD301 40 Equipment Description Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) AT Closed Container (Controlled Temperature) CI Container, Insulated CK Container, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated CN Container CZ Refrigerated Container RC Refrigerated (Reefer) Car TA Trailer, Heated/Insulated/Ventilated TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) TD302 206 Equipment Initial O 1 AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number TD303 207 Equipment Number X 1 AN 1/15 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure



equipment N/U TD308 407 Seal Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival N/U TD309 225 Seal Number O 1 AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment N/U TD310 24 Equipment Type X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type Use ISO 6346:1995 code list.



Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Shipment

Position: 1400 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.

Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD401 152 Special Handling Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code specifying special transportation handling instructions CC Container, Consolidator Load Full container Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code CF Container, Factory Load Full container, not to be opened for consolidation Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code LN Less Than Container, Consolidator Load Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code LR Less Than Container, Factory Load Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code TC Trailer, Consolidator Load Full trailer Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code TF Trailer, Factory Load Full trailer, not to be opened for consolidation Submit Change Request to Reinstate this Code N/U TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209) N/U TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X 1 AN 1/4 Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material N/U TD404 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response



Segment: REF Reference Information - Shipment Position: 1500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: In some cases, individual shipments with bill of lading may be grouped under a Master Bill of Lading. Under this circumstance, specifying both the bill of lading and the associated Master Bill of Lading Number will facilitate tracking.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification BM Bill of Lading Number CN Carrier's Reference Number (PRO/Invoice) MB Master Bill of Lading UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particula r Transaction Set or as








Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact - Shipment Position: 1510 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named DI Delivery Instructions Contact PER02 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail FX Facsimile TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when






Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference - Shipment Position: 2000 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 011 Shipped 017 Estimated Delivery 067 Current Schedule Delivery 068 Current Schedule Ship AA1 Estimated Point of Arrival >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of








Segment: N1 Party Identification - Shipment Position: 2200 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB, or for direct-

to-consumer when N101 contains code ST. When the ship to is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required. In some EDI imp lementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO.



individual MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ult imate receiver SF Ship From ST Ship To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification






reference document. 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent Canadian Note:




92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian Note:


UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a


This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III in




individual



Segment: N2 Additional Name Information - Shipment Position: 2300 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:




Segment: N3 Party Location - Shipment Position: 2400 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:




Segment: N4 Geographic Location - Shipment Position: 2500 Loop: N1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to


Notes: N401 and N402 are required unless N405 and N406 are used.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O 1 AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency See External Code Source 22 in Section III in reference document. N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III in reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Unit Load Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data











in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data

segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure UT Unit or Lot Unit load N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Unit Load Position: 1300 Loop: TD3 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD301 40 Equipment Description Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment 20 20 ft. IL Container (Open Top) 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) 40 40 ft. IL Container (Open Top) 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) CN Container CZ Refrigerated Container N/U TD302 206 Equipment Initial O 1 AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number N/U TD303 207 Equipment Number X 1 AN 1/15 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure



equipment N/U TD308 407 Seal Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival N/U TD309 225 Seal Number O 1 AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment N/U TD310 24 Equipment Type X 1 ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type Use ISO 6346:1995 code list.



Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Unit Load Position: 1900 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code "UC" (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers. When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: This segment, at the unit load level, is used to specify the identification number for the

unit load.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and

Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial

Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the modulo 103 check digit are not included.

M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) N/U MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Order Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure O Order N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: PRF Purchase Order Reference - Order Position: 0500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide reference to a specific purchase order Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 PRF04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PRF01 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U PRF02 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used N/U PRF03 327 Change Order Sequence Number O 1 AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a

previously transmitted transaction set N/U PRF04 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date N/U PRF05 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set The number assigned to the original purchase order line item; the value of

PO101 for the previously transmitted purchase order, if used N/U PRF06 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U PRF07 92 Purchase Order Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order



Segment: TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Order Position: 1100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity Syntax Notes: 1 If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required. 2 If TD103 is present, then TD104 is required. 3 If TD106 is present, then TD107 is required. 4 If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment, at the order level, is used to specify the number and type of shipping containers in the order.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD101 103 Packaging Code O 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required BAG Bag CTN Carton MIX Mixed Container Types More than one type of container is included in a shipment

(shipment could consist of 3 pieces that include 1 box, 1 crate, and 1 basket)

PLT Pallet SLP Slip Sheet Shipping containers utilizing slip sheets, which are

cardboard platforms used to hold product for storage or transportation

SRW Shrink Wrap In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by placing

a large "bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and cause the bag to tighten around the contents

25 Corrugated or Solid 76 Paper 94 Wood TD102 80 Lading Quantity X 1 N0 1/7 Number of units (pieces) of the lading commodity N/U TD103 23 Commodity Code Qualifier O 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying the commodity coding system used for Commodity Code N/U TD104 22 Commodity Code X 1 AN 1/30 Code describing a commodity or group of commodities N/U TD105 79 Lading Description O 1 AN 1/50 Description of an item as required for rating and billing purposes TD106 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight G Gross Weight TD107 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight TD108 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2



Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U TD109 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure Gross volume N/U TD110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List.



Segment: REF Reference Information - Order Position: 1500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number Customs entry number BM Bill of Lading Number BT Batch Number CH Customer Catalog Number CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer DP Depart ment Number HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the


vendor, for use within the vendor's system IV Seller's Invoice Number MR Merchandise Type Code PD Promotion/Deal Number QC Product Specification Document Number Model designation of replacement component Schematic reference number SB Sales Region Number UCB EAN.UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. UCM EAN.UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. VN Vendor Order Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as





Segment: N1 Party Identification - Order Position: 2200 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N103 and N104 are required exc ept when N101 contains code CT, MA or OB.



individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver SE Selling Party N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification







It is recommended that the UL - Global Location Number (GLN) be used. This code will be deleted in the version published in 2005.







This is the 13-digit Global Location Number (GLN). See External Code Source 583 in Section III in




individual



Segment: N2 Additional Name Information - Order Position: 2300 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:




Segment: N3 Party Location - Order Position: 2400 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:




Segment: N4 Geographic Location - Order Position: 2500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to



(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III in reference document. N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country See External Code Source 5 in Section III for reference document. CA Canada MX Mexico US United States N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Tare Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure T Shipping Tare N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Tare Position: 1900 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks






numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: This segment, at the tare level, is used to specify the identification numbers for the pallet.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and


Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the modulo 103 check digit are not included.

M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) N/U MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment



Segment: PAL Pallet Type and Load Characteristics - Tare Position: 2150 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify the type and physical attributes of the pallet, and, gross weight, gross volume,

and height of the load and the pallet Syntax Notes: 1 If either PAL05 or PAL06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PAL07 is present, then PAL10 is required. 3 If PAL08 is present, then PAL10 is required. 4 If PAL09 is present, then PAL10 is required. 5 If PAL10 is present, then at least one of PAL07 PAL08 or PAL09 is required. 6 If either PAL11 or PAL12 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PAL13 or PAL14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAL04 (Pack) is the number of pieces on the pallet. 2 PAL05 (Unit Weight) is the weight of the pallet alone, before loading. 3 PAL07 and PAL08 (Length and Width) are the dimensions of the pallet before

loading. 4 PAL09 (Height) is the height of the pallet and load. 5 PAL11 and PAL13 (Gross Weight and Gross Volume) are measured after loading

and includes the pallet. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAL01 883 Pallet Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating the type of pallet 1 Aluminum 2 As Specified by the Department of Transportation (DOT) 3 Metal 4 Standard 5 Steel 6 Wood 7 Slip sheet Typically cardboard or plastic sheets used to hold product

for storage or transportation PAL02 884 Pallet Tiers O 1 N0 1/3 The number of layers per pallet PAL03 885 Pallet Blocks O 1 N0 1/3 The number of pieces (cartons) per layer on the pallet PAL04 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner

containers, per outer container N/U PAL05 395 Unit Weight X 1 R 1/8 Numeric value of weight per unit N/U PAL06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PAL07 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the

upright position N/U PAL08 189 Width X 1 R 1/8



Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the object in the upright position

N/U PAL09 65 Height X 1 R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position N/U PAL10 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PAL11 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack N/U PAL12 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PAL13 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack N/U PAL14 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. PAL15 399 Pallet Exchange Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code specifying pallet exchange instructions 1 No Exchange/No Return 2 Exchange Pallets 3 Return Pallets 4 Pallets to be Purchased by Customer 5 Third-Party Pallet Exchange A pallet exchange program where a third party rents

pallets for internal or external use N/U PAL16 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container N/U PAL17 1699 Pallet Structure Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying the pallet structure



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Pack Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure P Pack N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: LIN Item Identification - Pack Position: 0200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: This segment, at the pack level, is used to specify the U.P.C. Case Code or the

U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (SCC-14), and production information. The SN1 segment that follows is used to specify the number of cases identified in the LIN segment. The LIN segment, at the item level, is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code.

Canadian Note: The LIN segment is to be used when the PACK is a standard shipping unit. The MAN segment is to be used when the PACK is a variable, single use shipping unit.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



LT Lot Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian Note:


UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN


M LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian Note:




UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) Canadian Note:


UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN




LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian Note:




UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) Canadian Note:


UP UCC - 12



Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN International.Uniform Code Council) Global Trade Identification Number (GTIN). Also known as the Universal Product Code (U.P.C.)



LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in













Product/Service ID (234) N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Pack Position: 0300 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification. 2 SN105 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.

Notes: This segment, at the pack level, is used only to specify the number of cases identified by the U.P.C./EAN Case Code or the U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (SCC-14) in the previous LIN segment. The LIN segment in the item level is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U SN101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M SN102 382 Number of Units Shipped M 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set M SN103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case N/U SN104 646 Quantity Shipped to Date O 1 R 1/15 Number of units shipped to date N/U SN105 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U SN106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U SN107 728 Returnable Container Load Make-Up Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the load make -up of the returnable containers in the shipment N/U SN108 668 Line Item Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the

buyer



Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers Information - Pack Position: 1900 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks






numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: When the shipping container is the same as the consumer unit, the U.P.C. may be the

only UCC identification code on the container. In many applications, it is necessary to positively identify what identification code is to be scanned and matched at point of receipt. Since the U.P.C. is not a unique serial shipping container code, only one pack level for each item is required when using the pick and pack structure. The total number of shipping units for this item is the same as the quantity for the item in the SN1 segment at the item level.

Canadian Note: The MAN segment is to be used when the PACK is a variable, single use shipping unit. The LIN segment is to be used when the PACK is a standard shipping unit.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M 1 ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and


Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the mo dulo 103 check digit are not included.

UC U.P.C. Shipping Container Code This is the fourteen-digit U.P.C. Shipping Container

Code. Submit Change Request to remove this code. UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) Submit Change Request to remove this code. M MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2



Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) N/U MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers X 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment N/U MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O 1 AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Item Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure I Item N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: LIN Item Identification - Item Position: 0200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.


Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



























Use codes reflected in LIN02. LIN17 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48



Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in







Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U LIN31 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Item Position: 0300 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification. 2 SN105 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.

Notes: This segment is used to specify the quantities associated with the item identified in the LIN at the item level. When specifying an item, which is comprised of two or more components that are in unique shipping containers, SN103 will contain code ST for set and the quantity specified in SN102 is the number of sets as identified in the LIN segment. Each different component is identified in one pack level. See the VICS Note, on the SLN segment, at the pack level.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U SN101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M SN102 382 Number of Units Shipped M 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set M SN103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U SN104 646 Quantity Shipped to Date O 1 R 1/15 Number of units shipped to date N/U SN105 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U SN106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U SN107 728 Returnable Container Load Make-Up Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the load make -up of the returnable containers in the shipment



N/U SN108 668 Line Item Status Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the

buyer



Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details - Item Position: 0600 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages






may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment can be used to specify the weight for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and to specify the volume (cube) by using PO408 and PO409.



containers, per outer container N/U PO402 357 Size X 1 R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack N/U PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U PO404 103 Packaging Code X 1 AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required N/U PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O 1 ID 1/2



Code defining the type of weight PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack X 1 R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll N/U PO410 82 Length X 1 R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the







Segment: PID Product/Item Description - Item Position: 0700 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A





Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are published only in this guideline.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product N/U PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values N/U PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described N/U PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier N/U PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response N/U PID09 819 Language Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list




Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) - Item

Position: 1400 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.

Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD401 152 Special Handling Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code specifying special transportation handling instructions CO No Marshalling Required for Hazardous Materials DA Dangerous EX Explosive Flammable Gas FG Flammable Gas FL Flammable FP Flammable Poison Gas HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material NPR No Placards Required NW In Case of Fire Do Not Use Water PG Poisonous Gas RM Radioactive Material UN Unload as Placarded TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209) 9 Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) U United Nations TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X 1 AN 1/4 Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material N/U TD404 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content N/U TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response



Segment: REF Reference Information - Item Position: 1500 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer LT Lot Number SE Serial Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as








Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference - Item Position: 2000 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 036 Expiration Date coverage expires Used for perishable products >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of








Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of HL segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will


N/U CTT03 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight N/U CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT05 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U CTT07 352 Description O 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content








transaction set.




Functional Group ID=PT Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set (867) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to: (1) report information about product that has been transferred from one location to another; (2) report sales of product from one or more locations to an end customer; or (3) report sales of a product from one or more locations to an end customer, and demand beyond actual sales (lost orders). Report may be issued by either buyer or seller. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BPT Beginning Segment for Product Transfer and

Resale M 1

LOOP ID - N1 5 0800 N1 Party Identification O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PTD >1 M 0100 PTD Product Transfer and Resale Detail M 1 0200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 LOOP ID - N1 5 0500 N1 Party Identification O 1 0800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 0900 REF Reference Information O 20 LOOP ID - QTY >1 1100 QTY Quantity Information O 1 1200 LIN Item Identification O 1 1300 UIT Unit Detail O 12 1400 AMT Monetary Amount Information O 12

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n1 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of LIN segments. If used, hash total

(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities (QTY02) for each QTY segment.






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: BPT Beginning Segment for Product Transfer and Resale Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set and

transmit identifying data Syntax Notes: 1 If either BPT05 or BPT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 BPT02 identifies the transfer/resale number. 2 BPT03 identifies the transfer/resale date. 3 BPT08 identifies the transfer/resale time. 4 BPT09 is used when it is necessary to reference a Previous Report Number. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BPT01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 22 Information Copy BPT02 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier M BPT03 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year BPT04 755 Report Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item IV Invoice N/U BPT05 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U BPT06 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U BPT07 306 Action Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action N/U BPT08 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U BPT09 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U BPT10 786 Security Level Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following



Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual DS Distributor VN Vendor N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character



reference document. UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a


A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system.

See External Code Source 583 in Section III in reference document.

N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual



Segment: PTD Product Transfer and Resale Detail Position: 0100 Loop: PTD Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of detail information relating to the transfer/resale of a product and

provide identifying data Syntax Notes: 1 If either PTD02 or PTD03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PTD04 or PTD05 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PTD01 521 Product Transfer Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of product transfer SS Stock Sale SU Summary N/U PTD02 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier X 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier N/U PTD03 649 Multiplier X 1 R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U PTD04 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U PTD05 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U PTD06 486 Product Transfer Movement Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 To indicate the type of product transfer movement



Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 0200 Loop: PTD Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 003 Invoice >> DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of








Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing




individual 1C Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) Used when identifying a group of stores under one

banner (name). SF Ship From ST Ship To N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification






A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system.

See External Code Source 583 in Section III in reference document.

N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3



Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual



Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 0800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to



(zip code for United States) See External Code Source 51 in Section III in reference document. N/U N404 26 Country Code X 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying the country N/U N405 309 Location Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location N/U N406 310 Location Identifier O 1 AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location N/U N407 1715 Country Subdivision Code X 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the country subdivision



Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 0900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IV Seller's Invoice Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as








Segment: QTY Quantity Information Position: 1100 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 31 Additional Demand Quantity 39 Shipped Quantity 74 Damaged Goods 76 Returns BQ Backorder Quantity >> QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples


which a measurement has been taken EA Each N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in



which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value



N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multip lier to obtain a new value N/U QTY04 61 Free-form Information X 1 AN 1/30 Free-form information



Segment: LIN Item Identification Position: 1200 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.


Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set M LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in

2005. UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) This code will be deleted in the version published in




Product/Service ID (234) VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number LIN05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)



LT Lot Number LIN07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in














N/U LIN30 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in




Segment: UIT Unit Detail Position: 1300 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify item unit data Syntax Notes: 1 If UIT03 is present, then UIT02 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M UIT01 C001 Composite Unit of Measure M 1 To identify a composite unit of measure. M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken EA Each N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in




which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value UIT02 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. N/U UIT03 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item



Segment: AMT Monetary Amount Information Position: 1400 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AMT01 522 Amount Qualifier Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code to qualify amount 1 Line Item Total M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M 1 R 1/18 Monetary amount N/U AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit



Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of LIN segments present in the transaction set N/U CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will

be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element. Example: -.0018 First occurrence of value being hashed. .18 Second occurrence of value being hashed. 1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth occurrence of value being hashed. 18E2 Fifth occurrence of value being hashed. -------- 1873 Hash Total











transaction set.



870 Order Status Report Functional Group ID=RS

Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Order Status Report Transaction Set (870) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to report on the current status of a requirement forecast, an entire purchase order, selected line items on a purchase order, selected products/services on a purchase order, or purchase orders for a specific customer in their entirety or on a selection basis. The transaction set can also be used to report on the current status of single or multiple requisitions. The report format allows for the inclusion of "reasons" relative to the status. This transaction set may also be used to update the supplier's scheduled shipment or delivery dates. This transaction set can result from either an inquiry or a prearranged schedule agreed to by the trading partners. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BSR Beginning Segment for Order Status Report M 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 0500 N1 Party Identification O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 1000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level M 1 0200 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - HL 1000 M 0100 HL Hierarchical Level M 1 n1 LOOP ID - PO1 1000 1500 PO1 Baseline Item Data O 1 LOOP ID - ISR 104 2100 ISR Item Status Report O 1 2300 QTY Quantity Information O 4 3000 REF Reference Information O 12

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of HL segments. If used, hash total




Segment: ST Transaction Set He ader Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 870 Order Status Report M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: BSR Beginning Segment for Order Status Report Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an Order Status Report Transaction Set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BSR03 indicates a status report document number assigned by the sender. 2 BSR04 indicates the date of this report from the sender. 3 BSR07 indicates the time of this report from the sender. 4 BSR08 indicates a status report document number assigned by the inquirer. 5 BSR09 indicates the date this report was requested from the sender by the inquirer. 6 BSR10 indicates the time this report was requested from the sender by the inquirer. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BSR01 850 Status Report Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating the reason for sending the report 3 Unsolicited Report M BSR02 847 Order/Item Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying a group of orders and items PP Selected Orders - Selected Items The item levels represent the status of only those

specific items requested. M BSR03 127 Reference Identification M 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Number assigned by the sender to identify the request within their application

system M BSR04 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U BSR05 848 Product/Date Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating whether the inquiry is based on products and/or date

parameters N/U BSR06 849 Location Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating the selection of a supplier's and/or buyer's locations or group

of locations N/U BSR07 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U BSR08 127 Reference Identification O 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier This will be the value in BSI01 of the Order Status Inquiry that generated this

report. If BSR01 contains code 2 or 3, this data element will not be used. N/U BSR09 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year This will be the value in BSI02 of the Order Status Inquiry that generated this

report. If BSR01 contains code 2 or 3, this data element will not be used.



N/U BSR10 337 Time O 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


N/U BSR11 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set N/U BSR12 306 Action Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action



Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing




individual SF Ship From N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification



reference document. UL Global Location Number (GLN) A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of a



reference document. >> N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a



individual



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data








Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the order level HL segment (HL03 contains code O), since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Order and Item.



in a hierarchical structure N/U HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data

segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure O Order N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: PRF Purchase Order Reference Position: 0200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide reference to a specific purchase order Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 PRF04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PRF01 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number N/U PRF02 328 Release Number O 1 AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used N/U PRF03 327 Change Order Sequence Number O 1 AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a

previously transmitted transaction set PRF04 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year Retailer's original purchase order date N/U PRF05 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PRF06 367 Contract Number O 1 AN 1/30 Contract number N/U PRF07 92 Purchase Order Type Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order



Segment: HL Hierarchical Level Position: 0100 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies amo ng and the content of hierarchically related groups of data








Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the order level HL segment (HL03 contains code O), since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Order and Item.



in a hierarchical structure N/U HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O 1 AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data

segment being described is subordinate to M HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure I Item N/U HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the




Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 1500 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO102 is quantity ordered. Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: There can be only one iteration of the PO1 loop at the item level to maintain a one-to-one

relation between the PO1 segment and the item level HL segment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N/U PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set N/U PO102 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for Code List. N/U PO104 212 Unit Price X 1 R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be


N/U PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit


PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) UP UCC - 12 Data structure for the 12 digit EAN.UCC (EAN




PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in









Product/Service ID (234) See Section III for code list. N/U PO125 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service



Segment: ISR Item Status Report Position: 2100 Loop: ISR Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify detailed purchase order/item status Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 If ISR01 specifies a date, ISR02 is required. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ISR01 368 Shipment/Order Status Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a l ine item or transaction

AS Available Now - Scheduled to Ship (date) DS Out Of Stock Condition ED Expect to Ship By (Date) EW Expect To Ship Week of (Date) IC Item Canceled ISR02 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year If ISR01 contains code AS, BP, CC, CP, ED, EW, RD or RW, ISR02 is

required. ISR03 641 Status Reason Code O 1 ID 3/3 Code indicating the status reason P03 Production Falldown Shipper held order for stock W01 Out of Stock W08 Material Shortage



Segment: QTY Quantity Information Position: 2300 Loop: ISR Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 4 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: This represents the quantity associated with the previous ISR segment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 01 Discrete Quantity >> QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples


which a measurement has been taken BO Bottle BX Box CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load N/U C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in



which a measurement has been taken N/U C00111 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00112 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value



N/U C00113 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised N/U C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value N/U QTY04 61 Free-form Information X 1 AN 1/30 Free-form information



Segment: REF Reference Information Position: 3000 Loop: ISR Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer >> REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as








Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of HL segments present in the transaction set CTT02 347 Hash Total O 1 R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will












transaction set.




Functional Group ID=IG Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Transaction Set (882) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. This transaction set can be used to summarize detailed delivery, return and adjustment information which was previously reconciled at time of delivery in a retail direct store delivery environment, and also to request payment for the products delivered. This transaction set will provide only a summary of direct store deliveries and adjustments without product detail. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 G47 Statement Identification M 1 LOOP ID - 0100 10 M 0300 N1 Party Identification M 1 n1 0400 N2 Additional Name Information O 1 0500 N3 Party Location O 2 0600 N4 Geographic Location O 1 0700 N9 Extended Reference Information O 10

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - 0200 9999 M 0100 G48 Statement/Invoice Identification M 1 LOOP ID - 0210 99 0200 G72 Allowance or Charge O 1 0600 G31 Total Invoice Quantity O 1 M 0700 G33 Total Dollars Summary M 1

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 G49 Statement Total M 1 M 0200 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. One iteration of the N1 segment must be used to identify the party to receive the remittance.






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: G47 Statement Identification Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G4701 is the statement date. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G4701 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year Statement date M G4702 613 Statement Number M 1 AN 1/16 Identifying number for statement assigned by issuer for charges



Segment: N1 Party Identification Position: 0300 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: At least one occurrence of the N1 segment is required to specify the remit-to party by

using code RI in N101.


individual BT Bill-to-Party RI Remit To SE Selling Party N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification















reference document. >> N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code N/U N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N/U N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual



Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 0400 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:




Segment: N3 Party Location Position: 0500 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:




Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 0600 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to






Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 0700 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AI Associated Invoices Submit Change Request to add this Code DP Department Number GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number Canadian GST MR Merchandise Type Code PG Product Group Q8 Registration Number Code describing which type of registration is being

submitted Quebec Sales Tax Registration Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as










Segment: G48 Statement/Invoice Identification Position: 0100 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To uniquely identify an invoice or adjustment Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G4801 or G4807 is required. 2 If either G4801 or G4802 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either G4807 or G4808 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G4802 is the invoice issue date. 2 G4804 is the date assigned by the purchaser to the purchase order. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G4801 76 Invoice Number X 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer >> G4802 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year >> G4803 614 Store Number O 1 AN 1/10 A number assigned to uniquely identify a retail outlet or store Assigned by the retailer N/U G4804 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year N/U G4805 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser N/U G4806 424 Vendor Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Number assigned by a vendor referencing a particular customer purchase order N/U G4807 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U G4808 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U G4809 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year



Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0200 Loop: 0210 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,

the use of these codes is discouraged. Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 490 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian GST and Harmonized credit allowance 491 Tax Credit Allowance Canadian Provincial Tax credit allowance 537 State or Province Tax Canadian Provincial Sales Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge Canadian GST and Harmonized Sales Tax M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 02 Off Invoice 18 Non-Payable Tax N/U G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or

charge N/U G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or

existing promotion N/U G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit N/U G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the

purchase order or invoice quantity N/U G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken >> G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge N/U G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through

100%) N/U G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or

tax N/U G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered



Segment: G31 Total Invoice Quantity Position: 0600 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and

volume, and to specify payment method Syntax Notes: 1 If either G3103 or G3104 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either G3105 or G3106 is present, then the other is required. 3 If G3107 is present, then G3104 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G3110 should only be used to express the quantity of third party pallets 2 G3111 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds. Comments: 1 G3102 qualifies G3101.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G3101 382 Number of Units Shipped M 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set M G3102 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll G3103 81 Weight X 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight G3104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound N/U G3105 183 Volume X 1 R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure N/U G3106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken N/U G3107 398 Order Sizing Factor O 1 R 1/10 A product specification other than gross or net weight, or cubic feet for a line

item or transaction used for order sizing and pricing purposes N/U G3108 417 Price Bracket Identifier O 1 AN 1/3 Identifier assigned by the vendor for a specific price bracket



N/U G3109 107 Payment Method Type Code O 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures N/U G3110 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity N/U G3111 81 Weight O 1 R 1/10 Numeric value of weight



Segment: G33 Total Dollars Summary Position: 0700 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the total invoice amount, including charges less allowances, before terms

discount Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G3301 610 Amount M 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount



Segment: G49 Statement Total Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide essential billing totals to the purchaser Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G4901 is the total monetary amount for all changes billed on a statement since

issuance of the last statement. 2 G4902 is the monetary amount for all unpaid charges prior to issuance of the current

transaction. 3 G4903 identifies the total monetary amount currently due the issuer of the charges. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G4901 610 Amount M 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount N/U G4902 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount N/U G4903 610 Amount O 1 N2 1/15 Monetary amount








transaction set.




Functional Group ID=DX Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Base Record Transaction Set (894) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate the details of a DSD delivery and is to be used during the check-in procedure. Notes: Refer to the "Canadian Implementation Guideline" for VICS EDI Direct Store Delivery Implementation and User Guide for specific implementation guidelines for this transaction set. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 G82 Delivery/Return Base Record Identifier M 1 0250 N9 Extended Reference Information O >1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 LS Loop Header O 1 LOOP ID - 0100 9999 0200 G83 Line Item Detail/Direct Store Delivery O 1 0300 G22 Pre-Pricing Information O 1 0400 G72 Allowance or Charge O 10 0600 LE Loop Trailer O 1

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 G72 Allowance or Charge O 20 0200 G23 Terms of Sale O 20 M 0300 G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals M 1 M 0400 G86 Signature Identification M 1 M 0500 G85 Record Integrity Check M 1 M 0600 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 894 Delivery/Return Base Record M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The control number is comprised of the functional group control number (Data

Element 28 in the GS segment) followed by a four-digit sequence number. The sequence number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first sequence number will be 0001 and will incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.




Segment: G82 Delivery/Return Base Record Identifier Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 When G8201 equals "D" (debit), information in this segment is for a delivery. When

G8201 equals "C" (credit), information in this segment is for a return. 2 G8203 is the receiver's DUNS number. 3 G8205 is the supplier's DUNS number.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8201 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit C Credit D Debit M G8202 861 Supplier's Delivery/Return Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by the supplier to the transaction Invoice Number M G8203 860 D-U-N-S Number M 1 ID 9/9 Identifying number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet (Data Universal Numbering

System) M G8204 862 Receiver's Location Number M 1 AN 1/6 Number assigned by the customer that when combined with receiver Duns

number uniquely identifies the receiving location M G8205 860 D-U-N-S Number M 1 ID 9/9 Identifying number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet (Data Universal Numbering

System) Supplier's Duns Number M G8206 871 Supplier's Location Number M 1 AN 1/6 Number assigned by supplier that provides uniqueness when combined with

sender Duns number Route or Driver Number M G8207 872 Physical Delivery or Return Date M 1 DT 8/8 Actual or intended date of physical delivery or return expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U G8208 873 Product Ownership Transfer Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date which is meaningful for both supplier and distributor for various mutually

defined purposes (i.e., date of product ownership transfer) expressed in format CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year

N/U G8209 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser N/U G8210 323 Purchase Order Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date assigned by the purchaser to Purchase Order expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year N/U G8211 146 Shipment Method of Payment O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges For all air shipments, use code in IATA rule 650.

For Warehouse Transaction Set usage only

CC Collect



PB Customer Pickup/Backhaul PC Prepaid but Charged to Customer PP Prepaid (by Seller) N/U G8212 625 COD Method of Payment Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating method of payment acceptable for C.O.D. charge collection



Segment: N9 Extended Reference Information Position: 0250 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 08 Carrier Assigned Package Identification Number A reference number assigned by a carrier to uniquely

identify a single package 4G Provincial Tax Identification 4O Canadian Goods & Services or Quebec Sales Tax

Reference Number LA Shipping Label Serial Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text N/U N904 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of







specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier N/U C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50



Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

N/U C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification N/U C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as




Segment: LS Loop Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the next segment begins a loop Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LS01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this

data element in segments LS and LE



Segment: G83 Line Item Detail/Direct Store Delivery Position: 0200 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic, and most frequently used line item data for the delivery record

transaction Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G8304 or G8305 is required. 2 If either G8305 or G8306 is present, then the other is required. 3 If G8307 is present, then G8309 is required. 4 If either G8311 or G8312 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 G8303 qualifies G8302.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8301 204 Direct Store Delivery Sequence Number M 1 N0 1/4 Direct Store Delivery sequential number of the line item detail or a new line

item detail This is the sequential number of the line item detail in the Delivery/Return

Base Record Transaction Set (894) or a new line item detail to the Delivery/Return Acknowledgement and/or Adjustment Transaction Set (895).

M G8302 380 Quantity M 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity M G8303 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of

various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups.

BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G8304 766 U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code X 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) identifying the retail shelf unit;

consists of 2 high order digits identifying the system (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07, U.S. Drug = 03); the next ten digits are manufacturer ID: 5, Item ID: 5

G8305 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) Used to identify a group (e.g. a style). DI Deposit Item Number Used for deposit items such as empty bottles that do not

contain products for resale. EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN






NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN




G8306 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service G8307 438 U.P.C. Case Code O 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) including two high order digits

identifying the "system" (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07; U.S. Drug = 03); using the U.S. Grocery system, the next ten digits are: Manufacturer (5) Case Code (5)

G8308 237 Item List Cost O 1 R 1/9 Gross unit cost within the appropriate price bracket for a line item Gross unit cost expressed in decimal dollars per unit of measure. G8309 356 Pack X 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner

containers, per outer container If G8303 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code = CA, then G8309 Pack is

required. The number of retail units per secondary case

G8310 878 Cash Register Item Description O 1 AN 1/20 The cash register description of an item N/U G8311 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) N/U G8312 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service N/U G8313 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container



Segment: G22 Pre-Pricing Information Position: 0300 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pre-pricing information Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 If G2201 equals "A", then G2202 and G2203 are required. 2 If G2201 equals "Y", then G2202 is required. 3 G2205 is the effective date of the price information. Comments: 1 If G2201 equals "Z" or G2201 equals "N", then neither G2202 nor G2203 are

required.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2201 288 Pre-priced Option Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code specifying pre-pricing option selected One data element is mandatory if this optional segment is used. A Pre-Priced Prices included and price qualifie r applies N Not Pre -Priced Y Pre-Priced (Prices Included) Z Pre-Priced (Prices Not Included) G2202 420 Price New, Suggested Retail O 1 N2 2/7 The consumer package price or retail unit price associated with the product

applicable on or after an effective price date G2203 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 Used ONLY if G2201 is equal to A. (e.g. if G2202=198 and G2203=3, the pre-

price mark reads (3/$1.98). G2204 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed

in machine readable/processable form and is important in the processing of a transaction.

G2205 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year




the use of these codes is discouraged. Notes: If an adjustment needs to be made to one or more of the G72 segments for an item, the

entire set of G72 segments for the item should be replaced with a complete, new set. (This convention is invoked in order to avoid ambiguity concerning the segment being adjusted).


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge For Deposit Charges associated with Resale Items should be set equal to "525"

to indicate a deposit charge. 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts

are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only

When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts are not to be added or subtracted from the transaction; the data is being provided for information purposes only.

G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number X 1 AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or

charge G7204 769 Exception Number O 1 AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or

existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit This data element is used if the allowance or charge is specified in terms of a

rate (e.g. a dollar amount per unit. It is Positive for CHARGES and Negative for ALLOWANCES.



G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the

purchase order or invoice quantity G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in


various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups. G7207 and G7206 specify the quantity and unit of measure to which the rate in G7205 is applied. They should only be used where these quantities are different from those expressed in G8302 and G8303.

BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge In hundredths of dollars. G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through

100%) G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent X 1 R 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or

tax G7211 770 Option Number O 1 AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when




Segment: LE Loop Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LE01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this




Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,

the use of these codes is discouraged.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts





existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the



various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies



and the convention within industry groups. BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through






Segment: G23 Terms of Sale Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G2308 or G2309 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The G23 segment may be used for the detail or the total transaction set level. Refer

to the transaction set assumptions for details on proper usage. 2 If G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) then either G2313 or G2314 is

required and the data in the segment pertains only to the portion of the invoice described in G2313 or G2314. If G2301 equals "11" (elective) then G2304 is required. If G2301 is not equal to "05"' (discount not applicable) then (G2305 or G2310) and (G2306 or G2307) is required. If G2301 equals "ZZ" (other) then G2315 is required. Multiple use of this segment when G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) always implies an "AND" relationship. When G2301 equals "06" (mixed) or "11" (elective) an "OR" relationship is always implied.

3 G2310 is a memo figure requiring specific payment performance and therefore should not be negative.

4 When elective terms are offered in a deferred or installment situation, G2316 (Installment Group Indicator - DE 713) must be used to properly group the terms within each installment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2301 336 Terms Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 02 End of Month (EOM) 03 Fixed Date 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM) 14 Previously agreed upon 24 Anticipation A discount allowance given when an invoice is paid

before its due date (anticipation = (agreed rate/365) x invoice amount x number of days early)

M G2302 333 Terms Basis Date Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 7 Effective Date 8 Invoice Transmission Date G2303 282 Terms Start Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date from which payment terms are calculated expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2304 283 Terms Due Date Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the method to be used for payment in conjunction with due

date G2305 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if



an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date G2306 370 Terms Discount Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2307 351 Terms Discount Days Due O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned G2308 446 Terms Net Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2309 386 Terms Net Days X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) G2310 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount G2311 391 Discounted Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice or

installment amount less cash discount) G2312 390 Amount Subject to Terms Discount O 1 N2 1/10 Amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated G2313 343 Installment Total Invoice Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Deferred or installment portion of the total invoice (including charges, less

allowances) before terms discount (if discount is applicable) G2314 342 Percent of Invoice Payable O 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent G2315 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed


G2316 713 Installment Group Indicator O 1 N0 2/2 The installment group indicator is a 2-digit serial number beginning with 01

(i.e., 01, 02, 03 or 04); it is used to group "elective" terms types in an installment payment situation; the same indicator must be used for all segments in the same installment



Segment: G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items in terms of quantity or amount Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G8401 or G8402 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8401 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G8401 is equal to the sum of all line item detail quantities for G8302. G8402 361 Total Invoice Amount X 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before terms discount

(if discount is applicable) This is the total delivery/return record amount, after all deposits, charges

(positive), and all allowances (negative) have been applied. G8403 865 Total Deposit Dollar Amount O 1 N2 1/6 Sum of deposit amounts separately identified



Segment: G86 Signature Identification Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit an electronic identity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G8602 is a keyed representation of a signature. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8601 867 Signature O 1 AN 1/12 Electronic identity. Calculation algorithm obtained from the Uniform Code

Council When used in Direct Store Delivery applications, this is the sender's electronic

identity. N/U G8602 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name



Segment: G85 Record Integrity Check Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8501 866 Integrity Check Value M 1 AN 1/12 Data element providing secure method for identifying authenticity of content.

Value calculated by using CRC 16 algorithm






segments When used in the SE segment, the count includes the total number of segments

in the transaction including the ST and SE segments. M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The transaction set control number (SE02) is the same as that used in the

corresponding header (ST02).



895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment

Functional Group ID=DX Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment Transaction Set (895) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to enable a distributor or Direct Store Delivery (DSD) vendor to communicate adjustments to a DSD delivery or to acknowledge the completion of a delivery. The transaction set contains changes to the Delivery/Return Base Record identified during the check-in procedure. A Delivery/Return Acknowledgment and/or Adjustment Transaction containing no changes is considered to be an acceptance of the preceding Base Record or Adjustment. The transaction set will contain only the detail data which is to be changed. Notes: Refer to the "Canadian Implementation Guideline" for VICS EDI Direct Store Delivery Implementation and User Guide for specific implementation guidelines for this transaction set. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 n1 M 0200 G87 Delivery/Return Adjustment Identification M 1 0300 G88 Delivery/Return Identification Adjustment O 1

Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 LS Loop Header O 1 LOOP ID - 0100 9999 0200 G89 Line Item Detail - Adjustment O 1 0300 G22 Pre-Pricing Information O 1 0400 G72 Allowance or Charge O 10 0600 LE Loop Trailer O 1

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 0100 G72 Allowance or Charge O 20 0200 G23 Terms of Sale O 20 0300 G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals O 1 M 0400 G86 Signature Identification M 1 M 0500 G85 Record Integrity Check M 1 M 0600 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. The individual data fields will contain replacement values, not differences. The authentication code in the

identification segment will contain the corresponding authentication code from the authentication segment in the Base or Adjustment Transaction immediately preceding it.






Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The control number is comprised of the functional group control number (Data

Element 28 in the GS segment) followed by a four-digit sequence number. The sequence number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first sequence number will be 0001 and will incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.




Segment: G87 Delivery/Return Adjustment Identification Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 G8704 must contain the integrity check value from the G85 (Record Integrity Check)

segment in the preceding base or adjustment transaction.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8701 868 Initiator Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code identifying initiator of the transaction R Receiver S Supplier M G8702 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit C Credit (Return) D Debit (Delivery) M G8703 861 Supplier's Delivery/Return Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by the supplier to the transaction Invoice Number M G8704 866 Integrity Check Value M 1 AN 1/12 Data element providing secure method for identifying authenticity of content.

Value calculated by using CRC 16 algorithm This element should duplicate the value contained in the data element G8501

of the base record. M G8705 869 Adjustment Sequence Number M 1 N0 1/1 Sequential number for adjustment beginning with 1 and incremented by 1 for

each additional adjustment regardless of which party is the originator G8706 870 Receiver Delivery/Return Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by the customer to the transaction This element provides the transaction number assigned by the receiver to

identify this particular record set.



Segment: G88 Delivery/Return Identification Adjustment Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit adjustments for identification data Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8801 872 Physical Delivery or Return Date O 1 DT 8/8 Actual or intended date of physical delivery or return expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year Corresponds to G8207 in the base record. Can be used to supply a REVISED

value. G8802 873 Product Ownership Transfer Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date which is meaningful for both supplier and distributor for various mutually

defined purposes (i.e., date of product ownership transfer) expressed in format CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year

Corresponds to G8208. Can be used to supply a revised value. G8803 324 Purchase Order Number O 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Corresponds to G8209. Can be used to supply a revised value. G8804 323 Purchase Order Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date assigned by the purchaser to Purchase Order expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year Corresponds to G8210. Can be used to supply a revised value. G8805 862 Receiver's Location Number O 1 AN 1/6 Number assigned by the customer that when combined with receiver Duns

number uniquely identifies the receiving location Corresponds to G8204. Can be used to supply a revised value.



Segment: LS Loop Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the next segment begins a loop Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LS01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this




Segment: G89 Line Item Detail - Adjustment Position: 0200 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit line-item detail adjustments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8901 204 Direct Store Delivery Sequence Number M 1 N0 1/4 Direct Store Delivery sequential number of the line item detail or a new line

item detail This is the sequential number of the line item detail in the Delivery/Return

Base Record Transaction Set (894) or a new line item detail to the Delivery/Return Acknowledgement and/or Adjustment Transaction Set (895). Corresponds to G8301 of the base record.

G8902 380 Quantity O 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G8903 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in


various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups.

BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G8904 766 U.P.C./EAN Consumer Package Code O 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) identifying the retail shelf unit;

consists of 2 high order digits identifying the system (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07, U.S. Drug = 03); the next ten digits are manufacturer ID: 5, Item ID: 5

G8905 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) AC Aggregation Code (Used to Consolidate Part Families) Used to identify a group (e.g. a style). DI Deposit Item Number Used for deposit items such as empty bottles that do not

contain products for resale. EN EAN/UCC - 13 Data structure for the 13 digit EAN.UCC (EAN






NR Non-resaleable item (excluding deposit) number Used to identify items that are not for resale (example

display racks). UK GTIN 14-digit Data Structure Data structure for the 14 digit EAN.UCC (EAN




G8906 234 Product/Service ID O 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service G8907 438 U.P.C. Case Code O 1 AN 12/12 Code (Universal Product Code - U.P.C.) including two high order digits

identifying the "system" (U.S. Grocery = 00, 06 or 07; U.S. Drug = 03); using the U.S. Grocery system, the next ten digits are: Manufacturer (5) Case Code (5)

G8908 237 Item List Cost O 1 R 1/9 Gross unit cost within the appropriate price bracket for a line item Gross unit cost expressed in decimal dollars per unit of measure. G8909 356 Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner

containers, per outer container G8910 810 Inner Pack O 1 N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container



Segment: G22 Pre-Pricing Information Position: 0300 Loop: 0100 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pre-pricing information Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 If G2201 equals "A", then G2202 and G2203 are required. 2 If G2201 equals "Y", then G2202 is required. 3 G2205 is the effective date of the price information. Comments: 1 If G2201 equals "Z" or G2201 equals "N", then neither G2202 nor G2203 are

required. Notes: If an adjustment needs to be made in this data segment, the entire data segment should be

furnished and used to entirely replace the previous G22 segment for this item.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2201 288 Pre-priced Option Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code specifying pre-pricing option selected A Pre-Priced Prices included and price qualifier applies The Price listed in the G2202 is for the quantity in

G2203. N Not Pre -Priced Y Pre-Priced (Prices Included) G2202 MUST be used and G2203 must NOT be used. Z Pre-Priced (Prices Not Included) G2202 420 Price New, Suggested Retail O 1 N2 2/7 The consumer package price or retail unit price associated with the product

applicable on or after an effective price date G2203 289 Multiple Price Quantity O 1 N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00 Used only if G2201 is equal to A - Pre-Priced Prices included and price

qualifier applies. G2204 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed


G2205 373 Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of

the calendar year




the use of these codes is discouraged. Notes: If an adjustment needs to be made to one or more of the G72 segments for an item, the

entire set of G72 segments for the item should be replaced with a complete, new set. (This convention is invoked in order to avoid ambiguity concerning the segment being adjusted).


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts





existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit The rate is expressed positive for charges and negative for allowances. G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the

purchase order or invoice quantity G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X 1 ID 2/2



Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

The unit or basis for measurement code is used to qualify the contents of various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies and the convention within industry groups.

BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through






Segment: LE Loop Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M LE01 447 Loop Identifier Code M 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this




Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,

the use of these codes is discouraged.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 97 Cents Off 525 Deposit Charge - Resale Item 527 Environmental Handling Charge 537 State or Province Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge M G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back 02 Off Invoice Allowance included on invoice 05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor 15 Information Only When this code is used, the allowance or charge amounts





existing promotion G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate X 1 R 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity X 1 R 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the



various data elements. It will vary depending on the data element it qualifies



and the convention within industry groups. BX Box CA Case CT Carton DZ Dozen EA Each KG Kilogram LB Pound PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load UN Unit G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount X 1 N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge G7209 332 Percent, Decimal Format X 1 R 1/6 Percent given in decimal format (e.g., 0.0 through 100.0 represents 0% through






Segment: G23 Terms of Sale Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G2308 or G2309 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The G23 segment may be used for the detail or the total transaction set level. Refer

to the transaction set assumptions for details on proper usage. 2 If G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) then either G2313 or G2314 is

required and the data in the segment pertains only to the portion of the invoice described in G2313 or G2314. If G2301 equals "11" (elective) then G2304 is required. If G2301 is not equal to "05"' (discount not applicable) then (G2305 or G2310) and (G2306 or G2307) is required. If G2301 equals "ZZ" (other) then G2315 is required. Multiple use of this segment when G2301 equals "04" (deferred or installment) always implies an "AND" relationship. When G2301 equals "06" (mixed) or "11" (elective) an "OR" relationship is always implied.

3 G2310 is a memo figure requiring specific payment performance and therefore should not be negative.

4 When elective terms are offered in a deferred or installment situation, G2316 (Installment Group Indicator - DE 713) must be used to properly group the terms within each installment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G2301 336 Terms Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 02 End of Month (EOM) 03 Fixed Date 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM) 14 Previously agreed upon M G2302 333 Terms Basis Date Code M 1 ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date 7 Effective Date 8 Invoice Transmission Date 15 Receipt of Goods G2303 282 Terms Start Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date from which payment terms are calculated expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2304 283 Terms Due Date Qualifier O 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the method to be used for payment in conjunction with due

date 01 Mailed by Date (Postmark Date) 02 Received by date 03 Electronics Funds Transfer Settlement Date 04 Funds Deposited by Date G2305 338 Terms Discount Percent O 1 R 1/6



Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date

G2306 370 Terms Discount Due Date O 1 DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2307 351 Terms Discount Days Due O 1 N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned G2308 446 Terms Net Due Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year G2309 386 Terms Net Days X 1 N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) G2310 362 Terms Discount Amount O 1 N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount G2311 391 Discounted Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice or

installment amount less cash discount) G2312 390 Amount Subject to Terms Discount O 1 N2 1/10 Amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated G2313 343 Installment Total Invoice Amount Due O 1 N2 1/10 Deferred or installment portion of the total invoice (including charges, less

allowances) before terms discount (if discount is applicable) G2314 342 Percent of Invoice Payable O 1 R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent G2315 3 Free-form Message O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form text This data element should only be used when information cannot be expressed


G2316 713 Installment Group Indicator O 1 N0 2/2 The installment group indicator is a 2-digit serial number beginning with 01

(i.e., 01, 02, 03 or 04); it is used to group "elective" terms types in an installment payment situation; the same indicator must be used for all segments in the same installment



Segment: G84 Delivery/Return Record of Totals Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items in terms of quantity or amount Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G8401 or G8402 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8401 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity G8401 is equal to the sum of all line item detail quantities for G8302. G8402 361 Total Invoice Amount X 1 N2 1/10 Amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before terms discount

(if discount is applicable) G8403 865 Total Deposit Dollar Amount O 1 N2 1/6 Sum of deposit amounts separately identified



Segment: G86 Signature Identification Position: 0400 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit an electronic identity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G8602 is a keyed representation of a signature. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes G8601 867 Signature O 1 AN 1/12 Electronic identity. Calculation algorithm obtained from the Uniform Code

Council When used in Direct Store Delivery applications, this is the sender's electronic

identity. N/U G8602 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name



Segment: G85 Record Integrity Check Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide a secure method of identifying authenticity of record content Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M G8501 866 Integrity Check Value M 1 AN 1/12 Data element providing secure method for identifying authenticity of content.

Value calculated by using CRC 16 algorithm






segments When used in the SE segment, the count includes the total number of segments

in the transaction including the ST and SE segments. M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The transaction set control number (SE02) is the same as that used in the

corresponding header (ST02).



997 Functional Acknowledgment

Functional Group ID=FA Introduction: This Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set (997) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to define the control structures for a set of acknowledgments to indicate the results of the syntactical analysis of the electronically encoded documents. The encoded documents are the transaction sets, which are grouped in functional groups, used in defining transactions for business data interchange. This standard does not cover the semantic meaning of the information encoded in the transaction sets. Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 n1 M 0200 AK1 Functional Group Response Header M 1 n2 LOOP ID - AK2 >1 0300 AK2 Transaction Set Response Header O 1 n3 LOOP ID - AK3 >1 0400 AK3 Data Segment Note O 1 c1 0500 AK4 Data Element Note O 99 M 0600 AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer M 1 M 0700 AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer M 1 M 0800 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

Transaction Set Notes 1. These acknowledgments shall not be acknowledged, thereby preventing an endless cycle of

acknowledgments of acknowledgments. Nor shall a Functional Acknowledgment be sent to report errors in a previous Functional Acknowledgment.

There is only one Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set per acknowledged functional group. Only one acknowledgement, a single Transaction Set 997, should be generated for a functional group unless

mutually agreed upon. 2. AK1 is used to respond to the functional group header and to start the acknowledgment for a functional

group. There shall be one AK1 segment for the functional group that is being acknowledged. The Functional Acknowledgement is generated at the point of translation, intended for the originator (not any

intermediate parties). The Functional Group Header Segment (GS) is used to start the envelope for the Functional

Acknowledgment Transaction Sets. In preparing the functional group of acknowledgments, the application sender's code and the application receiver's code, taken from the functional group being acknowledged, are exchanged; therefore, one acknowledgment functional group responds to only those functional groups from one application receiver's code to one application sender's code.

3. AK2 is used to start the acknowledgment of a transaction set within the received functional group. The AK2 segments shall appear in the same order as the transaction sets in the functional group that has been received and is being acknowledged.

Transaction Set Comments 1. The data segments of this standard are used to report the results of the syntactical analysis of the functional

groups of transaction sets; they report the extent to which the syntax complies with the standards or proper subsets of transaction sets and functional groups. They do not report on the semantic meaning of the transaction sets (for example, on the ability of the receiver to comply with the request of the sender).



Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 997 Functional Acknowledgment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set






Segment: AK1 Functional Group Response Header Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a functional group Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 AK101 is the functional ID found in the GS segment (GS01) in the functional group

being acknowledged. 2 AK102 is the functional group control number found in the GS segment in the

functional group being acknowledged. 3 AK103 is the version release industry identifier code in the GS segment (GS08) in

the functional group being acknowledged. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK101 479 Functional Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets This is the functional group ID of the group that is being acknowledged, e.g., if

a purchase order group is being acknowledged, the value would be PO. It is the value sent in GS01 for the original transmission.

DX Direct Exchange Delivery and Return Information (894, 895)

IG Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) IN Invoice Information (810) PD Product Activity Data (852) PO Purchase Order (850) PR Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) PT Product Transfer and Resale Report (867) RS Order Status Information (870) SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) M AK102 28 Group Control Number M 1 N0 1/9 Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender This is the control number assigned to the group being acknowledged, e.g., this

is the control number assigned by the sender of the original transmission. It is the value sent in GS06 for the original transmission.

N/U AK103 480 Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code O 1 AN 1/12 Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the

EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed



Segment: AK2 Transaction Set Response Header Position: 0300 Loop: AK2 Optional Level: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a single transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 AK201 is the transaction set ID found in the ST segment (ST01) in the transaction

set being acknowledged. 2 AK202 is the transaction set control number found in the ST segment in the

transaction set being acknowledged. 3 AK203 is the implementation convention reference, if any, found in the ST segment

(ST03) in the transaction set being acknowledged. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK201 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set This is the transaction set ID of the transaction being acknowledged, e.g., if a

purchase order is being acknowledged, the value would be 850. It is the value sent in ST01 for the original transmission.

810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 867 Product Transfer and Resale Report 870 Order Status Report 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 894 Delivery/Return Base Record 895 Delivery/Return Acknowledgment or Adjustment M AK202 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This is the control number assigned to the transaction set being acknowledged,

e.g., this is the control number assigned by the sender of the original transmission. It is the value sent in ST02 for the original transmission.

N/U AK203 1705 Implementation Convention Reference O 1 AN 1/35 Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention



Segment: AK3 Data Segment Note Position: 0400 Loop: AK3 Optional Level: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To report errors in a data segment and identify the location of the data segment Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK301 721 Segment ID Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code defining the segment ID of the data segment in error. M AK302 719 Segment Position in Transaction Set M 1 N0 1/10 The numerical count position of this data segment from the start of the

transaction set: the transaction set header is count position 1 AK303 447 Loop Identifier Code O 1 AN 1/4 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this

data element in segments LS and LE AK304 720 Segment Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a segment 1 Unrecognized segment ID 2 Unexpected segment 3 Mandatory segment missing



Segment: AK4 Data Element Note Position: 0500 Loop: AK3 Optional Level: Usage: Optional Max Use: 99 Purpose: To report errors in a data element or composite data structure and identify the location of

the data element Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 In no case shall a value be used for AK404 that would generate a syntax error, e.g.,

an invalid character. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK401 C030 Position in Segment M 1 Code indicating the relative position of the simple data element or composite

data structure in error within a segment, count beginning with 1 for the position immediately following the segment ID; additionally indicating the relative position of a repeating structure in error, count beginning with 1 for the position immediately following the preceding element separator; additionally indicating the relative position of a component of a composite data structure in error, count beginning with 1 for the position following the preceding element or repetition separator

M C03001 722 Element Position in Segment M N0 1/2 This is used to indicate the relative position of a simple data element, or the

relative position of a composite data structure with the relative position of the component within the composite data structure, in error; in the data segment the count starts with 1 for the simple data element or composite data structure immediately following the segment ID

N/U C03002 1528 Component Data Element Position in Composite O N0 1/2 To identify the component data element position within the composite that is in

error N/U C03003 1686 Repeating Data Element Position O N0 1/4 To identify the specific repetition of a data element that is in error AK402 725 Data Element Reference Number O 1 N0 1/4 Reference number used to locate the data element in the Data Element

Dictionary M AK403 723 Data Element Syntax Error Code M 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating the error found after syntax edits of a data element 1 Mandatory data element missing 2 Conditional required data element missing. 3 Too many data elements. More data elements existed than defined for the segment 4 Data element too short. 5 Data element too long. 6 Invalid character in data element. 7 Invalid code value. AK404 724 Copy of Bad Data Element O 1 AN 1/99 This is a copy of the data element in error



Segment: AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer Position: 0600 Loop: AK2 Optional Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection and report errors in a transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: The codes listed for AK502 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 718 in the AK5 segment.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK501 717 Transaction Set Acknowledgment Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating accept or reject condition based on the syntax editing of the

transaction set A Accepted E Accepted But Errors Were Noted R Rejected AK502 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer

Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual

Count 5 One or More Segments in Error AK503 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer






Count



5 One or More Segments in Error AK506 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer


Count 5 One or More Segments in Error



Segment: AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer Position: 0700 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection of a functional group and report the number of

included transaction sets from the original trailer, the accepted sets, and the received sets in this functional group

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 If AK901 contains the value "A" or "E", then the transmitted functional group is

accepted. Notes: The codes listed for AK905 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 716 in the AK9

segment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M AK901 715 Functional Group Acknowledge Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating accept or reject condition based on the syntax editing of the

functional group A Accepted E Accepted, But Errors Were Noted. P Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was

Rejected R Rejected M AK902 97 Number of Transaction Sets Included M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or

interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element

M AK903 123 Number of Received Transaction Sets M 1 N0 1/6 Number of Transaction Sets received M AK904 2 Number of Accepted Transaction Sets M 1 N0 1/6 Number of accepted Transaction Sets in a Functional Group AK905 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group

header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header

and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Numb er of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match

Actual Count AK906 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O 1 ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group


and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match




header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Tra iler Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header








Actual Count



Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0800 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted





transaction set.

Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines · Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines...

Documents

Transcript of Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines · Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines...